Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 367

.

Hydraulic system
Hydraulic system for Stacker

Instruction Manual

Plant Name: XUAN THANH - VIETNAM

Contract Number: 1445344_900


Equipment nr.: 132.ST200/231.ST200/232.ST200

Created by: JeMu


Approved date: 03-Jun-16

Doc. No.: 60151478 - 1.0


FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160
Include for following
XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM
4-1445344-494693A

Fritz Schur Teknik A/S · Telefon +45 70 20 16 16 · Telefax 70 20 16 15 · mail@fst.dk · www.fst.dk


FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160
Include the following

FLS description:
 Order number: 4-1445344-494693A
 Contract No.: 04-14-45344-910
 FLS Equip. No.: 132.ST200 / 50070960
 Plant: XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM

Documentation:
 Hydraulics diagram
 Pictures
 Parts list / Recommended spare parts
810928-180/110-2270 Equip. No. 50070960 (10.01.01.05 – 10.01.02.12)
810923-400 Equip. No. 50070960 (10.02.01.04 – 10.02.02.09)
810929-26169 Equip. No. 50070960 (10.02.02.11 – 10.05.01.23)
810935-160/100-655 Equip. No. 50070960 (10.04.01.03 – 10.04.01.15)
BI300099 Equip. No. 50070960 (10.06.01.03 – 10.06.01.13)

 Documentation of components
 Assembly, Start, Repair, and Disassembling

Date: 30-03-2016 Sign: Ingolf Jönsson


Declaration of Conformity
DECLARATION CONCERNING USE OF MENTIONED MACHINES/MACHINE COMPONENTS
in according with the Council Directives
2006/42/95/EEC

Declaration of incorporation of party completed machinery


In accordance with the Council Directive 2006/42/EEC
FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS declares hereby that mentioned components:

Pump Unit: 810923-400


810929-26169
810928-180/110-2270
810935-160/100-655

FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160. Include the following

Your ref.: 4-1445344-494693A Version 0

XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM

Order no.: 075632

 Comply with the relevant requirements for partly complete machinery laid down in
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EEC Article 2g and Article 13 as amended. The relevant
technical documentation is compiled in accordance with part B of Annex VII.

 Are in conformity with the provisions of EMC Directive 2004/108/EEC and Low Voltage
Directive 2006/95/EEC as amended and

 have been manufactured in accordance with the harmonized standards EN 55014-1, EN


55014-2, EN 60335-2-103.

The total system then complies with the essential requirements of the Council Directives
2006/42/EEC, 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EEC as amended.

Albertslund, 30-03-2016

Allan Nelbom

QA Manager
Hydraulic system 160
STK Stacker unit: 132.ST200
Load Holding valve: serial No.: 16011592 Pos. 17

Load Holding Valve: Serial no.: 16011770 Pos. 16


Knee cylinders: Serial No. 160250
Parts list: 810928-180/110-1816 Page: 1 / 1
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.01.01.05 1 4.075947 Shaft NiCrMo 7-3-2
10.01.01.06 1 61000633 Cylinder HM85-S-D-180/110x1816-S-R-SP Fjero
10.01.01.10 4 746767.100 Locking plate .100
10.01.01.12 2 Lub. Nipple (part of compelet cylinder)
10.01.01.19 8 ARV600118 Screw 0223.M16x35
10.01.01.20 8 ARV600225 Spring Washer 0720.M16
10.01.02.01 1 45001311 O.C. valve BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV250/N Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.02 1 45001312 O.C. valve BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV210/N Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.03 4 EMA3/1/4"ED Pressure gauge connector EMA3/1/4ED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.05 4,4 m 2162060R Pipe 16 X 2,0 Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.06 4,4 m 2101560R Pipe 10x1,5 Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.07 1 4.070023 Test equipment
10.01.02.09 2 E2129116000 Fitting GE16SRED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.10 2 E2129110106 Fitting GE10SR-1/4ED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.11 2 E2619016000 Fitting T16S Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.12 2 E7079016010 Reduction RED 16/10S Attched on cylinder

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic cylinder
Revision: 00 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.01.01.05 - 10.01.02.12 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: Roskildevej 108-110, DK-2620 Albertslund Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810923-400V Page: 1 / 1
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
01 1 BI300089 Oil tank 140L Fritz Schur Teknik AS
01.1 1 52001067 Oil Level gauge CLA13M12NT UFI
02 1 36900018 Gear pump WP09A1B-080-R-06-NB-159-N Concentric GmbH
02.1 1 45000241 Return bush UC.2817 UCC (Parker)
03 1 52000058 Strainer MSZ 202BMCVB10 UFI
04.1 1 52000126 Coupling Motor ND86B OMT
04.2 1 54000111 Coupling Pump ND86P2 OMT
04.3 1 54000112 Coupling Spider R82 OMT
04.4 1 54000006 Bell housing LS300 OMT
05 1 603001320305IE3 El-Motor Type 3,0kW 6pol B35 3x400V 50Hz HOYER A/S
05.1 1 TR000010 Vibration pad B50/30 Novibra
06 1 500305 Ball valve G1/2" F/F ITV
07 1 52001018 Pressure filter BPB32B10CN**03XX UFI
07.1 1 52001016 Filter cartidge EPB32NFC 12 mic. abs UFI
07.2 1 52000508 Electrical/visual indicator 7E 5bar UFI
08 1 52000207 Air beather / Filling filter TM 178 G 78 UFI
08.1 1 BI300058 Distance pipe Fritz Schur Teknik AS
09 1 52001021 Oil level switch CLB25UNW UFI
11 1 FT290-1/4 Needle valve FT290-1/4" Tognella
12 1 63-7211-250 Pressure gauge Ø63/250 bar 1/4" Type 1454 Oleotech
13 1 45000433 Pressure relief valve VP-RT-6-EP-315 Kladivar
13.1 1 80000111 Manifold HK MRSL 3 38 Subplate NG6 3/8" Hansa Flex
15 1 45000328 Solenoid valve KV-4/3-5KO-6-3-24DC Kladivar
18 1 TEM600006 PT100 sensor Tpe B (PR-5333A), 0-100°C, L=150 KP Electronics
18.1 1 TEM600004 Sensor protection L=150 mm KP Electronics
20 1 SN60041 Oil heater BOCX 60 3x400V, incl. thermostate SAN
25 1 45000140 Solenoid valve KV-4/3-5KO-6-6-24DC Kladivar
32 1 45000147 Double check valve VP-NOV-6-D Kladivar

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.02.01.04 - 10.02.02.09 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400Vac 50Hz / 24Vdc Roskildevej 8-10, 2620 Albertslund Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A XUAN THANH CEM. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810929-26169 Page: 1 / 3
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.02.02.11 2 01003325 BC 2-1,0 F Hawe
10.02.02.12 2 01003325 BC 2-1,0 F Hawe
10.02.02.13 2 01003326 BC 2-1,2 G Hawe
10.03.01.04 10 E2219016000 G16S Larga
10.03.01.05 2 E3029016000 WSV16S Larga
10.03.01.06 10 E2229016000 W16S Larga
10.03.01.09 15 RCPR116 Pipe Clamps 16mm Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 30 TM-C1 Mutter for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 15 DP-C1 Cap plate for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 30 SS-C1 Screw for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.10 1 TS-C2 Mounting Rail Hansa Flex
10.03.01.12 18 2162560R Steel tube Ø16x2,5mm L=18000mm Sanistaal
10.03.01.14 2 4SP08-23001 DKOS-16 L=1400/1340mm Larga
10.03.01.16 4 ARV600229 M20x45mm Arvid Nilsson
10.03.01.17 4 ARV600227 M20 Washer Arvid Nilsson

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: Ihj FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.02.02.11 - 10.03.01.17 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400V 50Hz / 24Vdc Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810935-160/100-655 Page: 1 / 3
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.04.01.03 2 61000466-01 HM85-B-D-160/100-655 (20046345) Fjero
10.04.01.05 2 7.000150-80x242 Shaft Ø80x242mm FST
10.04.01.06 2 7.000150-80x283 Shaft Ø80x283mm FST
10.04.01.07 2 7.000150-100x283 Shaft Ø100x283mm FST
10.04.01.08 4 GLY PG10010530A PCM 100 10550M SKF
10.04.01.10 12 74676-100 Locking Plate FST
10.04.01.11 24 ARV600220 M16x35 Screw Würtz
10.04.01.12 24 ARV600224 M16 facet washer Würtz
10.04.01.14 2 61000634 Shaft Ø70/Ø80x96 FST
10.04.01.15 2 61000635 Shaft Ø70/Ø80x111 FST

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10-04.01.03 - 10.04.01.15 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400V 50Hz / 24Vdc Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Pos. 01.1
Oil level gauge
CLA13M12T

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CLA
V I S U A L L E V E L I N D I C AT O R S

MATERIALS
Visual level indicators, tank side mounting.

Transparent part:
Trogamid T

Anti-shock protection:
painted steel

Fixing bolts:
zinc plated steel

Seals:
NBR Nitrile
(FKM - on request fluoroelastomer)

Double scale thermometer


(Celsius and Farenheit) option available.

Tightening torque for the fixing bolts 10 Nm.

PRESSURE
Max pressure allowed 100 kPa (1 bar).

WORKING TEMPERATURE Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CLA - EN - 03/2011
From -20°C to +90°C

Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
on our website.

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


H1 H2 H3 D E1 E2 E3 C TYPE
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C
CLA11M10NW 108 76 32 M10 35 24 50 L A FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
11 12 13
M CONNECTION TYPE
CLA11M10NT 108 76 32 M10 35 24 50
M = metric thread M M M
CONNECTION SIZE
CLA12M12NW 160 127 78 M12 35 24 50
10 = M10 10 10 -
12 = M12 12 12 12
CLA12M12NT 160 127 78 M12 35 24 50 N SEALS
N = NBR Nitrile N N N
CLA13M12NW 286 254 202 M12 35 24 50
ACCESSORIES
CLA13M12NT 286 254 202 M12 35 24 50 W = without W W W
T = with thermometer T T T
Pos. 02
Vane pump
Type: WPA1B-080-R-06-NB-159-N

STK Stacker
HIGH PRESSURE GEAR PUMP W900

HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS DIVISION Outstanding Hydraulic Products, Service and Expertise, Worldwide
THE POWER OF THE W900 A SERIES
Haldex Hydraulics is one of the world’s W900 High Pressure Gear Pumps are
leading manufacturers of hydraulic optimized for demanding work, with harsh
pumps. In recent years we have focused weather conditions, rugged operations
on important markets, such as materials and long service intervals. The W900
handling and vehicles, and now the result series is a range of cost-efficient group II
are in: a series of high-performance pumps for all applications in which the
hydraulic pumps. The W900 series builds customer’s demands for quality and
on the versatile technical platform reliability are particularly high.
represented by the W series.

FLANGE CODE 03, 06, 07, 10, 11, 12, 13 4-9

EFFICIENCIES 10 - 11

Pictures on front page are used with the kind permission of eg: Atlet, BT, Huddig, Scania, Toro and Volvo Construction Equipment.
The right to modifications for technical improvements is reserved.

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03


PERFORMANCE DATA
Operating pressure range
Inlet port: continuous, minimum -0,20 bar
intermittent, minimum -0,35 bar
maximum +2,00 bar
Outlet port (See tables on pages 4-9)
p III

p II
p I continous
pressure

Pressure
pI
p II intermittent
pressure
p III Peak
pressure
10 sec. at minimum Time
20 sec. at minimum

Product has been tested to 1,000,000 cycles at pl.


Pressure pll is permitted at maxi. 20 sec loaded
following 10 sec minimum unloaded.
Product has been tested to 500,000 cycles at pllI.
Above represents performance wich can be
expected from units incorporating flange port styles.

Speed range
Minimum speed for all pump sizes is n=500 rpm at
maximum pressure pl.
Maximum speed for single pumps depends on the
pump model in question and can be identified from
tables on pages 4-9 for respective models.
Model code example for a single pump Maximum speed for multiple pumps is the lowest
one specified (See tables on pages 4-9) for any
WP 09 A 1 B 050 R 03 BA 150 N section of the configuration in question.
Noise performance data according to DIN 45 635.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Typical levels at 200 bar and 2300 rpm using mine-
ral oil with viscosity of 40 mm2/s and at temperature
of 50° C:
1 = Type 7 = Rotation W9A1-08 W9A1-16 W9A1-23
60 dB(A) 65 dB(A) 68 dB(A)
2 = Series 8 = Mounting flange
Hydraulic fluids. The use of HL-or HLP-hydraulic
oil according to DIN 51 524 is recommended.
3 = Design revision 9 = Drive shaft The permissible viscosity for all W900 pumps
ranges from 750 to 10 mm2/s. The recommended
4 = # of sections 10 = Portings operating viscosity range is from 40 to 16 mm2/s.
The permissible cold start viscosity is 2000 mm2/s.
11 We recommend to contact Haldex Barnes before
5 = Seal material = Valve options
using fire resistant or bio-degradable fluids.

6 = Displacement per section Temperature range


Amb. temperature mini.-25° C
maxi. +80° C
Fluid temperature
continuous operation maxi. +90° C
short term operation maxi. +105° C
W900 DESCRIPTION Please note
The W900 pumps are available in a single A wide range of mounting flanges and port Viscosities -when operating at above temperature
limits-have to remain within the range specified un-
or multiple configuration of up to four sizes are available to meet international
der ”Hydraulic Fluids”.
sections. The basic pump is of a three standards.
piece modular design. Mounting flange Fluid cleanliness
and rear cover are of cast iron. The pump General data
Fluid cleanliness according to ISO 4406/1986 code
body is manufactured from high strength Displacement V 5 - 31cc/rev 18/14 or better is required in order to assure the
aluminium alloy. Speed n 500 - 4000 rpm pump’s high level of efficiency in the long term.
For optimum strength, gears and shafts Pressure
are precision machined in one piece. The rated pressure pl up to 276 bar Drive arrangement
13-tooth gear geometry has been intermittent pressure pll up to 300 bar Flexible couplings are preferred for direct drives.
Operating temperatures t up to 105° C Please contact Haldex Hydraulics for indirect drive
optimized for low noise level.
Average volumetric efficiency 97% requirements. Pumps with outboard side load
All shaft bearing surfaces are Teflon® The maximum values for n, pl and t for a given bearing are available.
coated and designed for long service life. pump specification may be applied
They are continually cooled and lubricated simultaneously. Mounting position
by a controlled flow of fresh oil. This
As required.
enables operation across a wide speed Options
range at very high loads. • SAE mounting flange, through bolt model. Symbols
Multiple pumps in the W900 range are • Rectangular flanges. Single pump
very compact. The drive shaft is capable • Splined, tapered or straight shaft with key, Double pump
of transmitting high torque even to the rear tang shaft. Triple pump
section. Each section has its own inlet and • Thread ports of flange ports. Quadruple pump
pressure ports. Single inlet features are • Clockwise or anti-clockwise rotation.
• Integrated valve features.
optional for 2 and 3 section unit.
• Single inlet for multiple units.
HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 3
FLANGE CODE 06

Model code example for a single pump


WP 09 A 1 B 050 R 06 NB 160 N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 = Type WP - Pump 8 = Mounting flange


06 Rect. Ø 36,5 mm pilot
2 = Series 09 - 900
9 = Drive shaft
3 = Design revision A NB European Tapered shaft 1:8

4 = # of sections 1 - Single 10 = Portings


2 - Duplex 160 - 20 mm + 13,5 mm
3 - Triplex
For pump displacement 050-080 4 - Quadruplex 11 = Valve options N - None

5 = Seal material B - Buna


6 = Displacement per section
(See Code Displ. below)

7 = Rotation
R - Clockwise
L - Counter clockwise

Size Rated pressure Maximum speed Dimensions Weight


(bar) (rpm) A B (approx.)
Port. c. ’160’ [mm] [mm] [kg]

050 - 5,0cc 276 4000 90,1 43,3 3,7


060 - 6,0cc 276 4000 91,6 44,0 3,8
080 - 8,0cc 276 4000 94,6 45,5 3,9
110 - 11,0cc 276 3600 99,0 47,7 4,1
140 - 14,0cc 276 3300 103,5 50,0 4,2
160 - 16,0cc 276 3000 106,4 51,4 4,3
190 - 19,0cc 276 3000 110,9 53,7 4,4
230 - 23,0cc 221 2800 116,8 56,6 4,4
270 - 27,0cc 185 2350 122,7 59,6 4,8
310 - 31,0cc 170 1900 128,7 62,6 5,0

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 5


MULTIPLE PUMPS

The two following parameters are of the Maxi. load index K 5240
utmost importance when selecting for double pump
multiple pumps and must never be K = (p2 x V2)
exceeded: for triple pump
-Drive shaft load index ”A” K = (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3)
-Internal coupling load index ”K”
for quadruple pump
K = (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3) + (p4 x V4)

Maximum drive shaft load index ”A”,


see table below
for double pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2)
for triple pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3)
for quadruple pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3) +
(p4x V4)

Drive Load index Drive Load index


Shaft end section shaft A shaft A
BA 10488 JA 6215
FA 5100 MB 10488
GA 9608 NB 10488
HA 11304 QB 5012

Note: P = actual pressure in bar,


V = applicable displacement from
table page 4-8.

In multiple pumps, shaft end section must have largest displace-


ment. Each consecutive section must have displacement equal
to or smaller than section proceeding.
Haldex Hydraulics multiple pumps are also available with reduced
number of inlets. Please contact Haldex Hydraulics for details.
Please, contact Haldex Hydraulics for pump applications requiring
independently sealed sections.

Size P Q Weight R S Weight T Weight N L Weight


mm mm kg mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg
Shaft end section Rear section 2nd & 3rd section A1-section

060 - 0,6cc 77,6 44,0 3,1 73,4 25,6 2,7 59,1 1,8 75,1 41,5 2,7
080 - 0,8cc 80,0 45,5 3,2 76,4 27,0 2,8 62,1 1,9 78,1 41,5 2,7
110 -11,0cc 85,0 47,7 3,4 80,8 29,2 3,0 66,5 2,1 82,5 45,2 3,0
140 -14,0cc 89,5 50,0 3,5 85,2 31,5 3,1 71,0 2,2 87,0 47,5 3,1
160 -16,0cc 92,4 51,4 3,6 88,1 33,0 3,2 73,9 2,3 89,9 48,9 3,2
190 -19,0cc 96,9 53,7 3,7 92,7 35,2 3,4 78,4 2,4 94,4 51,2 3,4
230 -23,0cc 102,8 56,6 3,9 98,6 38,2 3,5 84,3 2,6 100,3 54,1 3,5
270 -27,0cc 108,7 59,6 4,1 104,5 41,1 3,7 90,2 3,7 106,2 57,1 3,7
310 -31,0cc 114,8 62,6 4,3 110,5 44,1 3,9 96,2 3,0 112,2 60,1 3,9

10 HALDEX W900 GB-03-03


EFFICIENCES, TOTAL , MECHANICAL, VOLUMETRIC

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 11


Pos. 02.1
Return bush
UC.2817

STK-Stacker
Pos. 03
Strainer
MSZ 202BMCVB10

STK Stacker
GB Suction elements - MSZ series -
DESCRIPTION: MSZ series elements are especially designed to protect pump and system components. They extend life
and reduce breakdown for continuous equipment operation. Available with or without by-pass. Used to filter all mineral and
petroleum based fluids. Port sizes: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Flow rates: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
TECHNICAL DATA FILTRATION
End cap: galvanized steel Steel wire mesh: 125µ - 250µ
Center tube: galvanized steel
Head: glass-filled nylon FILTER ELEMENTS COLLAPSE PRESSURES
By-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Working temperature: -25 ÷ +90°C

Special execution on request


All tests performed according to the following standards: ISO 2941: Element collapse resistance test - ISO 2942: Production integrity test
ISO 2943: Fluids compatibility - ISO 3723: End load test method - ISO 3724: Flow fatigue resistance method - ISO 3968: Pressure drop versus
flow rate - ISO 4572: Multipass test. For further information contact our Technical Dept.

D Saugfilterelemente - MSZ Serie -


BESCHREIBUNG: Die Saugfilterelemente der Serie MSZ werden an die Pumpensaugleitung angeschraubt und im Behälter
unterhalb des Flüssigkeitsspiegels installiert. Sie sollen in erster Linie Pumpen schützen. Um bei verschumutzten
Elementen oder Kaltstart Ansaugschwierigkeiten zu vermeiden, können die Elemente auch mit Bypass - Ventil ausgerüstet
werden. Anschlußgewinde: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Nennvolumenstrom: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
TECHNISCHE DATEN FILTERMATERIAL
Endkappe: stahl korrosionsgeschützt Metallsieb: 125µ - 250 µ
Stützrohr: stahl korrosionsgeschützt
Anschlußgewinde: glas-nylon KOLLAPSDRÜCKE DES FILTERELEMENTS
Bypass - Ventil: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Betriebstemperatur: -25 ÷ +90°C

Sonderausführungen auf Wunsch


Alle Proben wurden nach folgenden Normen durchgeführt: ISO 2941: Kollaps-Berstdruckprüfung - ISO 2942: Fesstellung der einwandfreien
Fertigungsqualität - ISO 2943: Prüfung der Verträglichkeit mit der Druckflüssigkeit - ISO 3723: Verfahren zur Prüfung der Endscheibenbelastung
ISO 3724: Nachweis der Durchfluss-Ermüdungseigenschaften - ISO 3968: Durchflusswiderstand gegen Volumenstrom - ISO 4572: Multipass test

F Crepines d'aspiration - série MSZ -


DESCRIPTION: cette gamme de crèpines d'aspiration est concue pour la protection des pompes et des équipements.
Leur seuil de filtration est de 125 ou 250 microns avec ou sans by-pass. Compatibles avec tous les fluids hydrauliques à
base d'huile minérale, de coupe ou refrigerants. Raccordements: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Débits: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
INFORMATIONS TECHNIQUES FILTRATION
Coupelle: acier zingué Treillis metal: 125µ - 250µ
Tube central: acier zingué
Tête du filtre: polyester renforcé en fibre de verre PRESSION D'ECRASEMENT ELEMENTS FILTRANTS
Valve de by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Temperature de travaille: -25 ÷ +90°C

Production special sur demande


Tous les tests sont réalisés selon les standards suivant: ISO 2941: Test de pression d'écrasement élément filtrant - ISO 2942: Conformité
aux details de production - ISO 2943:Compatibilité media/fluids - ISO 3723: Détermination résistance à la deformation axiale - ISO 3724:
Détermination résistance selon variation du débit - ISO 3968: Détermination des pertes de charge selon le débit - ISO 4572: Test Multipass.

E Filtros en aspiración - serie MSZ -


DESCRIPCIÒN: Los filtros de la serie MSZ se emplean en aspiración para proteger la bomba. Asegurando el máximo
rendimiento en base al caudal nominal. Con o sin by-pass. Pueden ser empleados con todos los aceites minerales y con
los fluidos rifrigerantes de corte. Conexiones: 1/2” ÷ 3” BSP-NPT- Caudal: 15 ÷ 550L/min
CARACTERISTICAS TÉCNICAS FLTRACIÒN
Fondo: Acero cincado Tela metálica: 125µ - 250µ
Tubo interior: Acero cincado
Conexión roscada: Nylon con carga de fibra de vidrio PRESION DE APLASTAMIENTO
Válvula by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% DE LOS CARTUCHOS FILTRANTE
Temperatura de servicio: -25°C ÷ 90°C Estandar: ∆p 100 kPa

Ejecuciones especiales bajo demanda

Todos los ensayos se realizan según las normas sigulentes: ISO 2941: Verificación de la presión de aplastamiento del cartucho - ISO 2942:
Verificación de conformidad a la fabricación - ISO 2943: Compatibilidad de los materiales con los fluidos - ISO 3723: Prueba de resistencia a la
deformación axial - ISO 3724: Prueba de resistencia a la fatiga - ISO 3968: Pérdidas de carga según el caudal - ISO 4572: Prueba multipass

I Filtri in aspirazione - serie MSZ -


DESCRIZIONE: i filtri serie MSZ sono utilizzati in aspirazione per proteggere la pompa. Assicurano il massimo
rendimento in base alla portata nominale. Sono disponibili con o senza valvola di by-pass. Possono essere utilizzati con
tutti gli oli minerali e con i fluidi refrigeranti da taglio. Attacchi: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Portate: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE FILTRAGGIO
Fondello: acciaio zincato Tela metallica: 125µ - 250µ
Tubo interno: acciaio zincato
Attacco filettato: nylon caricato vetro PRESSIONE COLLASSO CARTUCCE FILTRANTI
Valvola di by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Temperatura di lavoro: -25 ÷ +90°C

Esecuzioni speciali su richiesta


Tutti i test sono stati eseguiti secondo le seguenti norme: ISO 2941: Test verifica pressione collasso cartuccia - ISO 2942: Test verifica di
conformità di fabbricazione - ISO 2943: Test verifica compatibilità materiali con fluidi - ISO 3723: Test per resistenza alla deformazione assiale
ISO 3724: Test determinazione resistenza alla fatica - ISO 3968: Test perdite di carico in funzione della portata - ISO 4572: Prova Multipass
DIMENSIONS (mm) AND WEIGHTS (Kg) DIMENSIONS (mm) ET POIDS (Kg)
MASSE (mm) UND GEWICHTE (Kg) DIMENSIONI (mm) E PESI (Kg)

H1

H2
Ch 8

D2

D1
Filter area
Type Filterfläche
Typ Surface filtrante
Type D1 D2 H1 H2 Ch Kg
Superficie filtrante
Tipo cm2

MSZ 101... 46 1/2" 105,5 14 30 0,12 0.155

MSZ 201... 64 3/4" 109,5 14 36 0,22 0.335

MSZ 202... 64 1" 139,5 15 46 0,27 0.450

MSZ 301... 86 1 1/2" 140,0 18 60 0,45 0.610

MSZ 302... 86 1 1/2" 200,0 18 60 0,53 0.920

MSZ 303... 86 2" 260,0 18 70 0,56 1.190

MSZ 401... 150 2" 150,0 18 70 1,20 2.030

MSZ 402... 150 2 1/2" 212,0 20 90 1,40 2.900

MSZ 403... 150 3" 272,0 20 100 1,60 3.900

FLOW RATES DEBITS


NENNVOLUMENSTROM (L/min) PORTATE

Type
Typ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ
Type 101 201 202 301 302 303 401 402 403
Tipo

MCV µ 125 15 25 50 95 130 180 225 350 500

MDC µ 250 20 32 63 115 142 190 248 372 550

∆p 2 kPa (0,02 bar)

The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity Fluid de référence avec viscosité de
of 30 cSt and a density of 0,86 Kg/dm3 30 cSt et densité de 0,86 Kg/ dm3
Bezugsflüssigkeit mit kinematischer Fluido di riferimento con viscosità cinematica di
Viscosität von 30 cSt und Dichte von 0,86 Kg/ dm3 30 cSt e densità di 0,86 Kg/ dm3
HOW TO ORDER THE COMPLETE FILTER
BESTELLBEZEICHNUNG FÜR KOMPLETTE FILTER
DETERMINATION D'UN FILTRE
ORDINAZIONE DEL FILTRO COMPLETO

M S Z

Type Type By-pass Type Filter media Ports


Typ Typ Bypass Typ Filtermaterial Anschlußgewinde
Type Type By-pass Type Finesse media Raccordements
Tipo Tipo By-pass Tipo Materiale filtrante Attacchi

101 303 Without


Ohne
201 401 0 Sans B = BSP
Senza MCV 125µ Wire mesh
202 402 Metallsieb
With MDC 250µ Treillis métal
Mit Tela metallica
301 403 Avec
B N = NPT
Con
302 ∆p 30 kPa±10%

INSTALLATION DETAILS INSTALLATION


EINBAUSYSTEME SISTEMA DI MONTAGGIO

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. 12 - 05/03

Port sizes: 1/2" ÷ 3" Flow rates: 15 ÷ 550


Anschlußgewinde: 1/2" ÷ 3" Nennvolumenstrom: 15 ÷ 550
Raccordements: 1/2" ÷ 3" Débits: 15 ÷ 550
Attacchi: 1/2" ÷ 3" Portate: 15 ÷ 550
BSP - NPT (L/min)
Pos. 4.1
Coupling hub
Type ND 86 C

Pos. 4.2
Coupling hub
Type ND 86 P2

Pos. 4.3
Coupling catch
Type R82

STK-Stacker
ACCOPPIAMENTI TRA MOTORI ELETTRICI
A FLANGIA UNIFICATA B3 - B5 - B14
POMPE OLEODINAMICHE AD INGRANAGGI
CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ELECTRICAL MOTORS
WITH STANDARD B3 - B5 - B14 FLANGE
AND HYDRAULIC GEARPUMPS

TIPOLOGIA DELLE LANTERNE DISPONIBILI / TYPE OF AVAILABLE BELLHOUSINGS

tipo tipo
type L type LS

tipo tipo
type LE type LSE

L 8 fori passanti lato motore LE 8 fori passanti lato motore e anello di centraggio in lamie-
8 passing holes on motor side ra per estrazione del giunto
LS 4 fori passanti + 4 fori filettati lato motore 8 passing holes on motor side + sheet metal centering
4 passing holes + 4 threaded holes on ring for the extraction of the coupling.
motor side LSE 4 fori passanti +4 fori filettati lato motore e anello di cen-
traggio in lamiera per estrazione del giunto
4 passing holes + 4 threaded holes on motor side + sheet
metal centering ring for the extraction of the coupling.
Tabella / Table 20
Potenza motore 4 poli Semigiunto lato motore
1450 giri/1’ Motor side halfcoupling
Motor power 4 poles
1450 revs/min Codice Dimensioni / Dimensions (mm)
Part
kW Taglia HP number A C G D CH T
Size
0,12 0,16
÷ 63 ÷ ND 48A 48 30 19 11 4 12,8
0,18 0,25
0,25 0,35
÷ 71 ÷ ND 48B 48 30 29 14 5 16,3
0,37 0,55
0,55 0,75
÷ 80 ÷ ND 48C 48 38 54 19 6 21,8
0,75 1
1,1 1,5
÷ 90 ÷ ND 48D 48 38 54 24 8 27,3
1,5 2
0,55 0,75
÷ 80 ÷ ND 65A 65 42 47,5 19 6 21,8
0,75 1
1,1
÷ 90
1,5
÷ ND 65B 65
Tabella / Table 21
1,5 48 47,5 24 8 27,3
2 Dimensioni (mm) lato pompa / Dimensions (mm) pump side
2,2 100 3 Rif. pompa
÷ ÷ ÷ ND 65C 65 53 57,5 28 8 31,3 Pump code Tipo / Type d Ch t L
4 112 5,5
2,2 100 3 05 M cilindrico / cylindric 6 2 7 10
÷ ÷ ÷ ND 86A 86 55 60 28 8 31,3 05 GT cilindrico / cylindric 7 2 8 10
4 112 5,5
5,5 7,5 1C cilindrico / cylindric 12 3 13,3 13,5
÷ 132 ÷ ND 86B 86 73 88 38 10 41,3
9 12,5 U1P con 1:8 / taper 1:8 9,7 2,4 10,5 15
5,5 7,5 1M con 1:8 / taper 1:8 13,9 3 15,5 18,5
÷ 132 ÷ ND 108A 108 73 77 38 10 41,3
9 12,5 2 (CA) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 17,2 3,2 18,5 23
11 15
÷ 160 ÷ ND 108B 108 84 110 42 12 45,3 2 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 17,2 4 18,5 23
15 20 3U con 1:8 / taper 1:8 22,2 4 23,6 28
18,5 25
÷ 180 ÷ ND 108C 108 100 110 48 14 51,8 35 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 25,6 4,76 27,8 35
22 30
35 (M) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 25,6 5 27,8 35
30 200 40 ND 108D 108 100 110 55 16 59,3 4 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 33,3 6,35 35,5 45
4 (M/T) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 33,3 7 35,5 45
30 200 40 ND 143B 143 106 110 55 16 59,3 ZB con 1:5 / taper 1:5 9,8 2 10,2 12
37 50 ZF con 1:5 / taper 1:5 16,9 3 17,7 19
÷ 225 ÷ ND 143C 143 137 140 60 18 64,4
45 60 ZG con 1:5 / taper 1:5 25,2 5 26,3 29

23
GIUNTI IN ALLUMINIO
ALUMINIUM COUPLINGS

MOTORI FLANGIA B3-B5 / MOTORS WITH FLANGE B3-B5


Motore 4 poli Giunto completo Semigiunto Inserto Semigiunto

Centering ring

damping ring
di centraggio

Anello Amm.
Foot flange
1450 giri/1’ Rif. Lanterna Dimensione lanterna (mm) serie ND Motore elastico pompa

Suitable
Piedino
Motor power 4 p. pompa

Anelli
Bellhousing Dimensions of bellhousing (mm) Complete coupling Halfcoupling Rubber Halfcoupling
1450 revs/min Pump ND series motor side spider pump side
Taglia Codice Codice Codice Codice
kW Size HP code LE LSE L LS A B C D F G H P Q R S
Part number
H Part number Part num. I Part number
U1P 3010 310 3010 310 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 RC1-254
1C 3011 311 3011 311 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 901 135 ND 86B R-82 20 NS 86P1C RC1-30
1M 3011 311 3011 311 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 901A 135 ND 86B R-82 20 NS 86P1M RC1-30
2 3001 300 3001 300 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 16 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P2 RC2-365
T 250 3002 301 3002 301 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
5,5 7,5 3U 3003 302 3003 302 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508

P - 300

A - 300
÷ 132 ÷ M3 3004 303 3004 303 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
9 12 T3 3005 304 3005 304 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
ZF - - LB26 LBS26 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 210 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86PZF -
ZG - - LB27 LBS27 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 211 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86PZG -
35 M 3006 305 3006 305 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-60
35 G 3007 306 3007 306 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-603
35 U 3007 306 3007 306 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-603
2 - - 3511 350 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43A 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P2 RC2S-365
T 250 3512 351 3512 351 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
3U 3513 352 3513 352 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
M3 3514 353 3514 353 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S508
T3 3515 354 3515 354 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S508
11 15 ZF - - LB31 LBS31 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43D 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108PZF -
÷ 160 ÷ ZG - - LB32 LBS32 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43E 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108PZG -
15 20 35 M 3506 355 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60
35 G 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
35 U 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635

A - 350
P - 350
4U 3509 358 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
2 - - 3511 350 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44A 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P2 RC2S-356
T 250 3512 351 3512 351 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
3U 3513 352 3513 352 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
M3 3514 353 3514 353 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S-508
T3 3515 354 3515 354 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S-508
18,5 25 ZF - - LB31 LBS31 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44D 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108PZF -
÷ 180 ÷ ZG - - LB32 LBS32 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44E 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108PZG -
22 30 35 M 3506 355 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60
35 G 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
35 U 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4U 3509 358 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
T 250 4001 400 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
3U 4002 401 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
M3 4003 402 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
T3 4004 403 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
35 M 4005 404 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60 A - 400
30 200 40 35 G 4006 405 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
-

35 U 4006 405 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 4007 406 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 4007 406 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4U 4008 407 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
ZG - - LB30 LBS30 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 299 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108QZG -
T 250 - - 4505 455 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
3U - - 4506 456 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
M3 - - 4507 457 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
T3 - - 4508 458 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
37 50 ZG - - LB35 LBS35 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 33 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143PZG RC3-508
÷ 225 ÷ 35 M - - 4501 450 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-60
-
-

45 60 35 G - - 4502 451 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-603
35 U - - 4502 451 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-603
4M - - 4503 452 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635
4T - - 4503 452 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635
4U - - 4504 453 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635

Applicazioni speciali
Per tutte le applicazioni che non rientrano nei casi normali specificati in questi cataloghi contattare l’ufficio commerciale della OMT
S.p.a. per un eventuale studio di fattibilità.

Special applications
For all applications not foreseen by this catalogue please contact our commercial department.
We will be pleased to verify the possibility to realize a special connection.

25
Pos. 05
El-motor
3,0 kW, 132 M-6, B35, 380-420V / 50Hz
Type: 603001320305 IE3

STK Stacker
Electric Motors

IE3 Motors

hoyermotors.com

IE3 Motors GREEN responsibility


Behind
Hoyer Motors

Svend Hoyer A/S is an international company comprising the


two business units Hoyer Motors and Hoyer Transmissions.
Headquartered in Denmark and China, we are represented
through subsidiaries and sales offices in a number of
countries across the globe. We pride ourselves of being an
elite manufacturing enterprise with the highest attention
to service and support – a company where dedication,
competitiveness and reliability are second to none.

At Svend Hoyer A/S, meeting agreements is as natural as


breathing air. Our motto: A promise is a promise, is the
foundation for always supplying solutions that meet –
or, indeed, exceed our customers’ expectations in every
respect. Our business policy is always to be direct in our
approach, even in the rare case of complaint or criticism.

In other words, Svend Hoyer A/S is a company you can rely


on. A trustworthy business partner that always meets our
obligations on deliveries and technical solutions – both in
the short and long term. This is what we mean by Exceeding
Expectations.

2
Hoyer IE3
Electric Motors

General info about our IE3 motors All Hoyer IE3 Motors are as standard IP55, prepared for drain
Asynchronous low voltage three-phase Hoyer IE3 IEC TEFV holes and painted RAL 9005 low gloss.
Squirrel-Cage Motors Type HMA3 (aluminum) and HMC3 400V Y – Hoyer IE3 Motors ≤ 3 kW
(cast iron). 400V D – Hoyer IE3 Motors ≥ 3 kW
Other voltages can be supplied on request.
Hoyer IE3 Electric Motors are manufactured according to the
efficiency class system specified under IEC 60034-30. With a Application info
proven quality, high reliability and performance, Hoyer IE3 Hoyer IE3 Electric Motors are used within a wide variety of
is the Electrical Motor of the future. applications. Below we have listed some of the typical ap-
plications:
Technical info
Hoyer IE3 Motors are supplied in HMC3 type cast iron execution • Fans (air handling units, refrigeration plants, oil coolers)
from frame size 160 to 400. All Hoyer IE3 Motors in cast iron are • Hydraulic power packs
provided with SKF bearings. Hoyer IE3 Motors from frame size • Pumps (for water, fuels, oils)
56 to 132 are supplied in HMA3 type aluminum with C&U • Shredders (granulation, crushing)
bearings. Motors in aluminum size ≤ 132 and cast iron size ≤ • Gears (gear reducers, gearmotors)
180 are with closed bearings greased for life.

All Hoyer IE3 motors are with 3xPTC and blind caps in the
terminal box.

(efficiency)
100

95

90 4-pole, 50 Hz

IE3
85
IE2

80 IE1

75

70
0.75 1.5 3 5.5 11 18.5 30 45 75 110 160 375 (kW)

3
IE3 / 6 pol

Motor type Power Speed Current at 400V Efficiency (%) Pf Torque IM Weight
1/1 3/4 1/2
kw rpm IN (A) IS/IN cos φ TN TS/TN TM/TN J(kgm2) kg
load load load

Aluminium motors
HMA3 90S-6 0,75 950 1,99 5 78,9 78,8 75,9 0,69 7,5 1,9 2,3 0,005 18
HMA3 90L-6 1,1 950 2,8 5 81 81,4 79,4 0,7 11,1 1,8 2,2 0,006 21
HMA3 100L-6 1,5 955 3,75 5,6 82,5 82,3 79,9 0,7 15 1,9 2,3 0,008 24
HMA3 112M-6 2,2 960 5,16 6 82,5 85,1 83,6 0,73 21,9 1,9 2,3 0,015 31
HMA3 132S-6 3 970 6,84 6,2 85,6 85,8 84,4 0,74 29,5 2,1 2,4 0,04 46
HMA3 132M1-6 4 970 8,75 7,5 86,8 86,9 85,4 0,76 39,4 2,2 2,5 0,05 58
HMA3 132M2-6 5,5 970 11,6 8 88 88,1 86,8 0,76 54,1 2,4 2,6 0,06 70
HMA3 160M-6 7,5 970 15,8 6 89,1 89,5 88,6 0,77 74 2,4 2,4 0,1153 109
HMA3 160L-6 11 975 23,1 6,8 90,3 90,4 89,2 0,76 108 2,9 2,6 0,1547 140
HMA3 180L-6 15 980 29,7 7,8 91,2 91,3 90,1 0,8 146 2,9 3,3 0,3648 180

Cast iron motors


HMC3 160M-6 7,5 970 15,8 6 89,1 89,5 88,6 0,8 74 2,4 2,4 0,1153 119
HMC3 160L-6 11 975 23,1 6,8 90,3 90,4 89,2 0,8 108 2,9 2,6 0,1547 150
HMC3 180L-6 15 980 29,7 7,8 91,2 91,3 90,1 0,8 146 2,9 3,3 0,3648 195
HMC3 200L1-6 18,5 980 36 7,3 91,7 91,9 91 0,81 180 2,8 2,8 0,384 254
HMC3 200L2-6 22 980 42,5 7,7 92,2 92,3 91,4 0,81 214 3 2,9 0,435 262
HMC3 225M-6 30 985 54,8 6,2 92,9 93,2 92,7 0,85 291 2,1 2,2 0,726 310
HMC3 250M-6 37 985 66,6 8,3 93,3 93,3 92,5 0,86 359 2,9 3,4 1,13 395
HMC3 280S-6 45 990 80,6 7,8 93,7 93,8 93,1 0,86 436 2,7 3,1 1,754 485
HMC3 280M-6 55 990 98,1 8,2 94,1 94,1 93,4 0,86 532 2,9 3,2 1,988 562
HMC3 315S-6 75 990 135 7,7 94,6 94,2 92,8 0,85 722 2,4 3,1 3,864 953
HMC3 315M-6 90 990 159 7,4 94,9 94,6 93,5 0,86 867 2,3 3 4,952 1085
HMC3 315L 1-6 110 990 192 6,5 95,1 95 94,2 0,87 1061 2 2,6 5,762 1135
HMC3 315L 2-6 132 990 230 6,7 95,4 95,3 94,5 0,87 1273 2,1 2,6 5,789 1200
HMC3 355M 1-6 160 990 275 7,3 95,6 95,4 94,6 0,88 1543 2,3 2,9 9,958 1755
HMC3 355M 2-6 200 990 342 7,5 95,8 95,6 94,8 0,88 1928 2,4 2,9 11,5 1957
HMC3 355L-6 250 990 428 7,5 95,8 95,6 94,8 0,88 2410 2,5 2,8 12,6 1980

6
IE3 / B35

140

LA TL TB
T
S

AD
F M

HB
EB

HD
GD

55
AC
N
P
G

DB EG

H
HA
D

E C B AA K
BB A
LB
L AB

Motor type Pole A AA AB AC AD B BB C D DB E F G GD H HA HB HD K L LA LB M N P S T

Aluminium motors
HMA3 80 - 125 32 154 157 133 100 125 50 19 M6 40 6 15,5 6 80 10 - 213 10 300 9,5 260 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 80 2 4 125 32 154 157 133 100 125 50 19 M6 40 6 15,5 6 80 10 - 213 10 335 9,5 265 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 90S - 140 35 180 175 145 100 128 56 24 M8 50 8 20 7 90 10 - 235 10 330 10 284 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 90L - 140 35 177 175 132 125 155 56 24 M8 50 8 20 7 90 14,5 - 222 10 355 10 305 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 100 - 160 37 200 200 155 140 170 63 28 M10 60 8 24 7 100 12 - 255 12 378 14 318 215 180 250 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 100L2 4 160 37 200 200 155 140 170 63 28 M10 60Hoyer
8 24 Motors
7 100 12 - 255 12DEBUR
422AND14 362 215 180 DO
BREAK SHARP
250
NOT4SCALE
- Ø15 DRAWING
4
HMA3 112M - 190 47 230 223 168 140 170 70 28 M10 60Over 8Hadstenvej
24 42, 7 DK-8370
Tel : +45 86982111
12 150 280 12EDGES
112 Hadsten 385 14 325 215 180 250 4 - Ø15 4
Fax: +45 86981779
HMA3 132S - 216 54 264 260 188 140 172 89 38 M12 80www.hoyermotors.com
10 33 8 132 15 168 320 12 480 14 400 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 132S2 2 216 54 264 260 188 140 172 89 38 M12
NAME
80 10 33
SIGNATURE
8 132 15 168 320 12 518 14 438 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
TITLE:
HMA3 132M - 216 54 264 260 188 178 210
DRAWN TIH 89 38 M12 80 10 33 8 132 15 168 320 12 518 15 438 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 160M - 254 62 315 315 242
CHK'D210 260 108 42 M16 110 12 37 8 160 22 213 402 15 618 15 508 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5GMA2-100L
APPV'D
HMA3 160L - 254 62 315 315 242 254 304 108 42 M16 110 12 37 8 160 22 213 409 15 658 15 548 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5
MFG
HMA3 180M - 279 70 350 356 260 241 304 121 48 M16 110 14 42,5 9 180 25 233 440 15 690 15 580 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5
Q.A MATERIAL:
DWG NO.
HMA3 180L 4,6 279 70 350 360 265 279 342 121 48 M16 110 14 42,5 9 180 25 235 440 15 728 15 618 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 B35009
5
Al

WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:10 SHE

roperty rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic,mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Mo
other purpose.

12
Bearings and
Cable Glands

Bearings Cable Glands


Drive End None drive end

Motor type 2 pole 4,6 pole 2 pole 4,6 pole Motor type Main Blindcaps Ass. Blindcaps

HMA3 80 6204-2Z/C3 6203-2Z/C3 HMA3 80 2 x M20x1,5


HMA3 90 6205-2Z/C3 6204-2Z/C3 HMA3 90 2 x M25x1,5
HMA3 100 6306-2Z/C3 6205-2Z/C3 HMA3 100 2 x M25x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 112 6306-2Z/C3 6205-2Z/C3 HMA3 112 2 x M25x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 132 6208-2Z/C3 6206-2Z/C3 HMA3 132 2 x M32x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 160 6209/C3 6209/C3 HMA3 160 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMA3 180 6211/C3 6311/C3 6211/C3 HMA3 180 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5

HMC3 160 6209-2Z/C3 6209-2Z/C3 HMC3 160 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5


HMC3 180 6211-2Z/C3 6311-2Z/C3 6211-2Z/C3 HMC3 180 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 200 6212/C3 6312/C3 6212/C3 HMC3 200 2 x M50x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 225 6312/C3 6313/C3 6312/C3 HMC3 225 2 x M50x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 250 6313/C3 6314/C3 6313/C3 HMC3 250 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 280 6314/C3 6317/C3 6314/C3 HMC3 280 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 315 6317/C3 NU319 (B3) 6319/C3 (B5/B35) 6317/C3 6319/C3 HMC3 315 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 355 6319/C3 NU322 (B3) 6322/C3 (B5/B35) 6319/C3 6322/C3 HMC3 355 2 x M72x2,0 2 x M20x1,5

Rating plate

IE3

www.hoyermotors.com
Type: HMC3 280M-4 Serial no.:SH 3~Motor
D.E.6317 N.D.E. 6314 40℃ 735Kg IP55 Ins.cl.F
V.∆/Y Hz KW rpm A.∆/Y Cosφ Duty
400/690 50 90 1490 156/90 0.88 S1
480/830 60 108 1790 156/90 0.88 S1

IE3 eff.at: 400/690V 50Hz 1/1: 95.2% 3/4:95.2% 1/2:94.6%


IM:B3 Year:2013 IEC 60034-1

14
357
372

19 115
115 115
78 earth screw
45

Drawings and

7 h11 -0.090
7.5

7 h11 -0.090
Website
0
0
8 h9 -0.036 50

0
0
8 h9 -0.036A 5

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
24 -0.2

198
0

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
M10X28 24 -0.20

250

180
A
Drawings
SECTION A-A
0

SCALE 1 : 1
At hoyermotors.com both 2D and 3D drawings of our IE3 programme are available for download.
M10 28 A
SECTION A-A 4- 12 4-15 37
SCALE 1 60
:1 63 140 160

170 200
4 357
115
115
earth screw M5
78 45°

12
4- 15

7 h11 -0.090
50

0
0
8 h9 -0.036 5

60
A

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
Remark:

280
180
24 -0.20

250

180
0

M10 28 A

1.Blind caps are 2XM25X1.5 and M20X1.5


SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 1

12 Hoyer Motors DEBUR AND


215
BREAK SHARP
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
60 Over Hadstenvej 42, DK-8370 Hadsten EDGES
Tel : +45 86982111
Fax: +45 86981779

Remark:
www.hoyermotors.com

NAME Remark:DATE
SIGNATURE TITLE:
DRAWN TIH 1.Eye bolt20130606
is M8

CHK'D 2.Blind caps are 2XM25X1,5 and M20X1,5


Hoyer Motors DEBUR AND
BREAK SHARP
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING REVISION
1.Eye
01
bolt is
HMA3-100L2-4
APPV'D Over Hadstenvej 42, DK-8370 Hadsten
Tel : +45 86982111
EDGES

Fax: +45 86981779


www.hoyermotors.com

MFG

2.Blind caps
NAME SIGNATURE DATE TITLE:
DRAWN TIH 20120412

Q.A CHK'D MATERIAL: GMA2-100-B5


APPV'D DWG NO.
MFG

Q.A MATERIAL:

Al
Al DWG NO.
70358 A3
70464
WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:5 SHEET 1 OF 1

WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:5
© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Motors. It is to be used only for the purposes specified by Hoyer
Motors and for no other purpose.

© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Motors. It is to be used only
Motors and for no other purpose.

NAME

DRAWN TIH
CHK'D

APPV'D

MFG

Q.A

Website
© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,pho
On the website you will also
Motors find
and for no information about our full product range and details on our exten-
other purpose.

sive stock.

15
Mounting
Positions

B6 B3 B5 B14

B7 V5 V1 V18

B8 V6 V3 V19

B3/B5 B3/B14 V1/V5 V3/V6

17
Other Hoyer
Catalogues

18
Pos 05.1
Vibration Pad
B50/30

STK Stacker
Novibra Bobbins
APPLICATIONS AND FEATURES

A supplementary range of cylindrical mountings for a wide range of applications. They


can be loaded either in compression or shear taking into consideration individual
demands for actual applications.

Made of natural rubber in hardness A (40-45 ° IRH) or hardness B (55-60 ° IRH).

Type A Type B Type C

Type D Type KD Type E

Compression load Shear load

49
Novibra Bobbins

Cylindrical mountings type A


Hardness B
Type D/H GxL Art.No. Compression load Shear load
Hardn. B kcomp Fmax kshear Fmax
(N/mm) (N) (N/mm) (N)
A 10/10 M 4x10 1255720 53 77 10 31
A 15/15 M 4x13 1255740 73 170 13 69
A 20/15 M 6x15 1255770 145 327 25 123
A 20/20 M 6x15 1255300 96 303 18 123
A 20/25 M 6x15 1255780 72 292 14 123
A 25/10 M 6x18 1255790 574 755 64 192
A 25/15 M 6x18 1255800 247 556 38 192
A 25/20 M 6x18 1255810 157 495 27 192
A 25/25 M 6x18 1255310 116 471 21 192
A 25/30 M 6x18 1255820 93 458 17 192
A 30/15 M 8x20 1255830 453 930 61 277
A 30/20 M 8x20 1255320 261 771 42 277
A 30/30 M 8x20 1255840 143 680 26 277
A 40/30 M 8x23 1255330 271 1288 47 493
A 40/40 M 8x23 1255850 184 1202 34 493
A 50/25 M 10x28 1255860 652 2442 93 770
A 50/30 M 10x25 1255870 472 2193 75 770
A 50/40 M 10x25 1255340 306 1970 54 770
A 50/45 M 10x25 1255880 261 1915 47 770
A 50/50 M 10x25 1255350 228 1877 42 770
A 75/40 M 12x37 1255360 827 5181 124 1732
A 75/50 M 12x37 1255900 579 4670 97 1732
A 100/55 M 16x41 1255910 994 8908 155 3079

Cylindrical mountings type B


Hardness B
Type D/H GxL (S) Art.No. Compression load Shear load
Hardn. B kcomp Fmax kshear Fmax
(N/mm) (N) (N/mm) (N)
B 20/15 M 6x15 (6) 1255960 159 298 25 123
B 20/20 M 6x15 (6) 1255970 105 275 18 123
B 25/25 M 6x18 (6) 1256010 127 428 21 192
B 30/20 M 8x20 (8) 1256040 285 701 42 277
B 30/30 M 8x20 (8) 1256060 156 618 26 277
B 50/30 M10x28 (10) 1256090 515 1994 75 770
B 50/40 M10x28 (10) 1256100 334 1791 54 770
B 50/50 M10x25 (10) 1256120 248 1706 42 770
B 75/55 M12x37 (12) 1256160 550 4111 87 1732
B 100/40 M16x41 (16) 1256170 1914 9992 221 3079

S = internal thread lenght


50
Pos. 06
Ball valve
500305 G1/2" F/F

STK Stacker
Kugelhähne | 169

Kugelhahn Serie 20 IG-IG


Ball-valve type 20 FF

ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
500303 G1/4 10 25 48 80 43 50 18 12
500304 G3/8 10 25 48 80 43 50 21 12
500305 G1/2 15 31 51 80 45 50 25 12
500306 G3/4 20 37 57 113 60 40 31 8
500307 G1 25 46 70 113 63 40 38 8
500308 G11/4 32 57 80 138 79 30 47 4
500309 G11/2 40 70 93 138 83 30 54 2
500310 G2 50 84 112 158 100 25 66 2

Kugelhahn Serie 21
Ball-valve type 21

ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
501303 G1/4 10 25 54 80 43 50 18 12
501304 G3/8 10 25 54 80 43 50 21 12
G1/2 15 31 59 80 45 50 25 12

Kugelhähne
501305
501306 G3/4 20 37 65 110 60 40 31 8
501307 G1 25 46 77 110 63 40 38 8
501308 G11/4 32 57 90 138 79 30 47 4
501309 G11/2 40 70 103 138 83 30 54 2
501310 G2 50 84 116 138 100 25 66 2

Kugelhahn Serie 30 IG-IG


Ball-valve type 30 FF
*schwarzer Griff/ black handle
ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
500403* G1/4 10 23,5 49,5 80 37 50 18 12
500404* G3/8 10 24 52,5 80 37 50 21 12
500405 G1/2 15 32,5 75 89 50 50 25 12
500406 G3/4 20 42 80 113 59 40 31 8
500407 G1 25 49,5 90 113 63 40 38 6
500408 G11/4 32 59,5 110 138 77 30 48 4
500409 G11/2 40 72 120 158 91 30 54 2
500410 G2 50 86 140 158 97 25 67 2
500411 G21/2 65 122 147 247 122 18 86 1
500412 G3 80 142 168 247 134 16 100 1
500413 G4 100 180 202 247 151 14 125 1

Kugelhahn Serie 31
Ball-valve type 31
*schwarzer Griff/ black handle
ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
501403* R1/4 10 23,5 57 80 37 50 18 12
501404* R3/8 10 24 59 80 37 50 21 12
501405 R1/2 15 32,5 77 89 50 50 25 12
501406 R3/4 20 42,0 84 113 59 40 31 8
501407 R1 25 49,5 92 113 63 40 38 6
501408 R11/4 32 59,5 110 138 77 30 48 4
501409 R11/2 40 72 121 158 91 30 54 2
501410 R2 50 86 141 158 97 25 67 2
501411 R21/2 65 122 156 247 128 18 86 1
501412 R3 80 142 177 247 137 16 100 1
501413 R4 100 180 208 247 155 14 125 1
Pos. 07
Pressure filter
52001018
BPB32B10CN**03XX

Filter cartidge

EPE32NFC 12 mic. Abs

Electrical / visual indicator

STK Stacker
COMPONENTS

PRESSURE F I LT E R S

PB
MATERIALS
Head:
Cast iron
Bowl:
Steel
Bypass valve:
Steel
Seals:
NBR Nitrile
(FKM - on request fluoroelastomer)
Indicator housing:
Brass

PRESSURE (ISO 10771-1:2002)


Max. working: 42 MPa (420 bar)
Test: 62 MPa (620 bar)
Bursting: 126 MPa (1.260 bar)
Collapse, differential
for the filter element (ISO 2941):
series standard 2 MPa (20 bar)
serie H+ 21 MPa (210 bar)

APPLICATION EXAMPLE

BYPASS VALVE
Setting:
600 kPa (6 bar) ± 10%

WORKING TEMPERATURE
From -25° to +110° C

COMPATIBILITY (ISO 2943:1999)


Full with fluids: HH-HL-HM-HV-HTG
(according to ISO 6743/4)
For fluids different than the above
mentioned, please contact our Sales
Department.
PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
INSTALLATION DRAWING

FPB 31-32-33 FPB 34-35

H4

H4

D1
D1
H3

H5
H5
H1

H1
H2

H2
R

30

ø123
R

L4 30

L4
D2

L2

D2

L2

L3
L3 L1
L1

FILTER HOUSING
D1 D2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 L1 L2 L3 L4 R kg

FPB31 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 245 107 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 11,0

FPB32 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 337 199 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 13,9

FPB33 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 457 319 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 17,2

FPB34 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 558 420 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 22,0

FPB35 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 658 520 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 25,0
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
ORDERING AND OPTION CHART PB

 6  
 ?          
 
  
  
* * ** * *D   

=!:.'">
=!:.'">

=!:.'">

 %"1'*23$

 %"1')23$
 
++ !"#"$%"&%', +- ./ %0( + + + + +
     
  2!$  !"#"$%"&%'(     



94$!: ;!
6)<")&".(
.'#'.3'-% 4#"%#'
  !  
"
.'#'.3'-% 4/&02"33#"%#'

 

$!.$%' 
 5  %; . '%"3! @'.  5
 A
 A



-$&'. D @8( CB Δ2 "&".(





-$&B D @8( &".
-$&'. E @8( CB Δ2 "&".(      -$&B E @8( &".
6-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 6 6 6 6 6 6-$&B @8( &".
A-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( A A A A A A-$&B @8( &".


-$&'. D @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 





-$&B D @8(&".
-$&'. E @8( CB Δ2 "&".(      -$&B E @8(&".
6-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 6 6 6 6 6 6-$&B @8(&".
A-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( A A A A A A-$&B @8(&".
668'%%;% 3' @ C Δ2 "&".( 66 66 66 66 66 668'%B @ &".
6   A 6

*2 .!2%;11'> 
    
* * * * *
  
   
D  #$3;"%>$--'.'!$"%D<"D&".( D D D D D      
 
D  #$3;"%>$--'.'!$"% +<"+&".( D D D D D 
  
)  '%'8!.$8"% >$--'.'!$"% D<"D&".( ) ) ) ) )
)  '%'8!.$8"% >$--'.'!$"% +<"+&".( ) ) ) ) )
E$>$8"! .)4$!: A E E E E E
E $>$8"! .) 4$!: A E E E E E
N.B.
'%'8!B>$--BD<"D&".(4$!:!:'.@ 3!"!*F6      Indicator
series 72 & 73
*'%'8!B>$--B+<"+&".(4$!:!:'.@ 3!"!*F6 * * * * * only on request
7 7
66 
77 "88'33 .0"#"$%"&%' 77 77 77 77 77

FILTER ELEMENT
kg media kg media Area (cm2)
A B C F+ & C+ H+
øB
Media F+ Media H+ Media C+

EPB31 78 42,5 118 0,40 0,70 2.000 1.470 1.720

EPB32 78 42,5 210 0,80 1,30 3.695 2.695 3.170


C

EPB33 78 42,5 330 1,00 1,60 5.025 4.325 4.025

EPB34 78 42,5 430 1,20 1,80 6.585 5.685 6.585

EPB35 78 42,5 530 1,40 2,00 8.145 7.045 8.645


øA
A
PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S

FLUID SPEED
when selecting the lter size, we suggest to consider also the max recommended uid speed (in pressure lines normally 5 < v < 10 m/s).

800

750 Recommended
range
700

650

5 < v < 10 m/s


600

550

500
[l/min]

450
FLOW RATE

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1/4 1” 1/2
PORT SIZE

PRESSURE DROP CURVES (6p)


The “Assembly Pressure Drop (p)” is obtained by adding the pressure drop values of the Filter Housing and
of the Clean Filter Element corresponding to the considered Flow Rate and it must be lower than 120 kPa (1,2 bar).

FILTER HOUSING PRESSURE DROP


(mainly depending on the port size)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) FPB 11-12-13-21-22 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) FPB 31-32-33-34-35


1 100 1 100
1/2"
3/4"
0,75 75 0,75 75 1" 1” 1/4

0,5 50 0,5 50 1” 1/2


1"
0,25 25 0,25 25

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 100 200 300 400 500 600


l/min l/min

CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP WITH F+ AND C+MEDIA


(depending both on the internal diameter of the element and on the lter media)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 11 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 12


2 200 2 200

1,5 150 1,5 150 FB


FB FA
FA FD
FC
1 100 1 100
FC
FD
0,5 50 CC 0,5 50
CC
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
l/min l/min
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
PB
CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP WITH F+ AND C+MEDIA
(depending both on the internal diameter of the element and on the lter media)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 13 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 21


2 200 2 200
FA FB FC
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150
FA
FC
1 100 1 100 FD
FD
0,5 50 0,5 50
CC
CC
0 15 30 45 60 75 90 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 22 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 31


2 200 2 200

1,5 150 FA FB 1,5 150 FB


FA FC
1 100 FC 1 100 FD

0,5 50 FD 0,5 50 CC
CC
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 32 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 33


2 200 2 200
FA FA FB
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150
FC
1 100 1 100 FD
FC
0,5 50 FD 0,5 50
CC
CC
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 34 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 35


2 200 2 200
FA
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150 FA
FB
1 100 1 100
FC FD FC
0,5 50 0,5 50 FD
CC CC
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
l/min l/min

N.B. All the curves have been obtained with mineral oil having a kinematic viscosity 30 cSt and specic gravity 0,9 kg/dm3; for uids with different features, please consider
the factors described in the rst part of this catalogue. All the curves are obtained from test done at the UFI HYDRAULIC DIVISION Laboratory, according to the specication
ISO 3968:2005. In case of discrepancy, please check the contamination level, viscosity and features of the uid in use.
CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
PB
 
  
  
          


WITH H+ MEDIA
  !
   
 

62&".( 62<"( * 62&".( 62<"( 


   

 6
D D D D

 6
  A  
A
D D D D

   *  D )    *  D )
%@$ %@$

BYPASS VALVE PRESSURE DROP


 
  
     
  


     ! 
         

        
  
  " #   
 
 
   
 
 
"

62&".( 62<"( ==* 62&".( 62<"( =


   

^ ^ D D

) )  

* * D D

   *  D )  D * D ) ED ^
%@$ %@$

62&".( 62<"(  


  
 

D D

 
$"%" &      
 !
 
 
 

D D 

 

 '* +   
 
 *=  >'?  

!
 
     
   


   
  " &     
    
 D  D  D *   @GJ KQWX&@ZJ[ WJ\J+J]$ Z  
  ^


 J+] '=_`jq**{" J   
    
%@$  

  

      

"

'*$#%'"#'

G 
  !  !   
!"#$#% '*$#%   
 G|%q}   G|%'}  
  !

   !  !
 
    
   
  

     
  
  

 
 ~X" # ^
 ! 
 
   !

 
    ! 

    _  
 ~|"

J  !  

   ! !    
  " J  
 ~|
  
 
 
    € _   
 
"

J  !  

   !   
 "

           



*   ‚** Z>

*_   q** Z>

*`   '** Z>

PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S

CLOGGING INDICATOR FILTER HOUSING FILTER ELEMENT SEAL GUARANTEED


A visual or visual-electrical diffe- The head by high performance cast The filter element is manufactu- A perfect O-ring seal is always
rential indicator is available as an iron and the bowl by extruded steel red with filter medias selected in ensured as it is not dependent on
option and allows monitoring of ensure the best fatigue resistance the UFI laboratory and mechani- the tightening torque applied to
the element conditions, giving an to the working pressures. cally supported to maintain the the bowl.
exact indication of the right time highest performance even at high
to replace the element. differential pressures. EASY MAINTENANCE
The hexagon end of the bowl
allows for easy maintenance by
using a simple hexagon wrench.

CLOGGING INDICATOR
Differential
For further technical informations
and other options see page 182-183.

SPARE SEAL KIT


NBR FKM
FPB11 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
FPB12 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
FPB13 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
SERIES 5E - 5F
FPB21 521.0003.2 521.0030.2
FPB22 521.0003.2 521.0030.2
FPB31 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB32 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB33 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB34 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
SERIES 6E - 6F
SERIES 7E - 7F FPB35 521.0004.2 521.0087.2

SERIES T2 - T3

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. PB - EN - 03/2011

FILTER HOUSING FILTER ELEMENT CLOGGING INDICATOR SPARE PARTS ELEMENTS


(For filling up see table
“Ordering and option chart”)

B P B X X E P B

Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
on our website.
Pos. 08
Filler / Air filter
TM178G78
CFA21SWCCC

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CFA
F I L L I N G B R E AT H E R S

Filling plugs with inbuilt air breather;


flanged tank connection with standard
dimensions; protection basket against
(option “A”) (option “P”) ingression of coarse parts (removable for
ø D1 ø D4 X n°... holes
CFA23); zinc plated steel body and chrome
plated steel cap; seals by cork (Buna N -
Nitrile for pressurized version only).
H1

Air filter element (not replaceable):


cellulose 3µm
polyurathan 10µm
ø D5
H2

ø D6 For sizes CFA21 & CFA22 only the plug


has a safety chain.

ø D2
ø D3
tion “A”) (option “P”)
ø D4 X n°... holes

Is this datasheet Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CFA - EN - 03a/2011
ø D5 the latest release?
tank connection:
ø D6 DIN 24557/2 Please check
on our website.

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


Filtr. Flow rate holes
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 H1 H2 C TYPE
µm (l/min) n°
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C C
CFA11SWCCC 3 150 47 29 52 M5 3 31 41 48 64 F A FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
11 21 22 23
CFA11SWCPE 10 300 47 29 52 M5 3 31 41 48 64 S MOUNTING PATTERN
S = DIN 24557/2 flange S S S S
CFA21SWCCC 3 450 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 78 PRESSURIZATION VALVE
W = without W W W W
CFA21SWCPE 10 750 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 78 A = 0,35 bar - A A -
SEALS
CFA22SWCCC 3 450 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 148 C = sugheroil C C C C
N = NBR Nitrile (with A option only) - N N -
CFA22SWCPE 10 750 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 148
FILTER MEDIA
CC = cellulose CC CC CC CC
CFA23SWCCC 3 450 80 40 83 M5 6 42 73 57 100 PE = polyurathan foam PE PE PE PE

CFA23SWCPE 10 750 80 40 83 M5 6 42 73 57 100 ACCESSORIES


P = padlock holder - P P -
Dimensions (mm) - Filtration (µ) - Flow Rates (m3 / min) Dimensions (mm) - Filtration (µ) - Débit (m3 / min)
Masse (mm) - Filterungs (µ) - Nennvolumenstrom (m3 / min) Dimensioni (mm) - Filtrazione (µ) - Portate (m3 / min)
ø 47 ø 80 M5

M5

57
48
ø 31
ø D2

H
ø 41
73

D1
64

ø 83

TM 178 G100 and TM 478 G100 without chain


TM 178 G100 und TM 478 G100 ohne Kettchen
TM 178 G100 et TM 478 G100 sans chaîne
TM 178 G100 e TM 478 G100 senza catenella
ø 29
Type
ø 52 Typ
H D1 D2 µ m3/min
Type
Tipo
Type
Typ TM 178 G78 78 50 52 10 0,45
µ m3/min
Type
Tipo TM 478 G78 78 50 52 40 0,75
TM 178 G150 148 50 52 10 0,45
TM 150 G65 10 0,15 TM 478 G150 148 50 52 40 0,75
TM 178 G100 100 38 40 10 0,45
TM 450 G65 40 0,30 TM 478 G100 100 38 40 40 0,75
Padlock holder add suffix “L”
Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code
Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L”
Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice.

ø 80

ø 80 M5
57

180

40
H

ø 73
Filler breather with tube
Einfullsieb mit Rohr
38 Bouchons de replissage avec tube
ø 83 Tappi di riempimento con tubo di rabbocco

ø 38
ø 63

Type Pressure valve Type Pressure valve


Typ Überdruck Typ Überdruck
µ m /min
3
µ m /min
3
Type Pressurisee Type Pressurisee
Tipo Pressurizzazione Tipo Pressurizzazione

TM 178 T100 10 0,45 -


TM 178 G100P3 10 0,45 0,35 bar
TM 478 T100 40 0,75 -
TM 178 T100P3 10 0,45 0,35 bar
TM 478 G100P3 40 0,75 0,35 bar
TM 478 T100P3 40 0,75 0,35 bar
Padlock holder add suffix “L” Padlock holder add suffix “L”
Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code
Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L” Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L”
Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice. Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice.
Pos. 09
Level switch
CLB25UNM

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CLB F L O AT S W I T C H E S
35

ø55
Electrical level indicators, an electrical signal is
activated when the minimum (or maximum) oil
10
2

level is reached.
21

1” BSP
The REED switch has SPDT contacts.
N.B. the float switch must be mounted at
min 50 mm from ferrous walls.
Max oil viscosity 150 cSt.

ELECTRICAL DATA MATERIALS


L

Tank connection:
Anodized aluminium
Rod:
Stainless steel
SPDT Reed switch Float:
Max load AC up to 48 V - 0,5 A Polyammide
Maxload DC up to 48 V - 0,5 A
Connector DIN 43650
Protection DIN 40050: IP 65 COMPATIBILITY
Full with fluids HH-HL-HM-HV-HTG
(according to ISO 6743/4). For fluids
different than the above mentioned,
please contact our Sales Department.

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CLB - EN - 03a/2011


M4 M4
Tank mounting
pattern possibilities:
WORKING TEMPERATURE
30°

- 1” BSP thread
- nr. 3 holes (a)
- nr. 2 holes (b) From -10°C to 90°C

ø34 ø34
a ø42 b ø42

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


L
C TYPE
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C C C C
CLB15 150 L B FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
15 20 25 35 40 50
CLB20 200 U CONNECTION TYPE
U = universal, BSP+2-3 holes flange U U U U U U
CLB25 250 N SEALS
N = NBR Nitrile N N N N N N
CLB35 350
W ACCESSORIES
W = without W W W W W W
CLB40 400 Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
CLB50 500
on our website.
Pos. 11
Needle valve
FT290-1/4

STK Stacker
GAUGE ISOLATOR NEEDLE VALVES IN LINE
The FT290 isolator needle valves (in line) are normally used to protect
the pressure gauge since they have the double function of dampening
pressure surge during opening and of isolating the pressure gauge entirely.

FT 290
Pressed in high-resistance steel, protected by an accurate treatment,
subjected to strict tests, they ensure reliability and long life.
A rotating swivel nut allows for accurate pressure gauge orientation.
The sealing, standard supplied, and inserted in the nut, prevents any
drawing between the connection and the gauge.
For pressure gauge with taper threads, it will be necessary to use copper
washers FT 1201 shown on page 182 of this catalogue (to be requested
separately). Suitable for pressure up to 400 bar and temperature
from -20° to +100° they can be panel mounted by use of log nut (G),
supplied on request.

On request
• Versions with connections female/female (01)
• For rigid pipes (04)
• For flexible pipes (05)
• Seals in Viton (V)
• Complete with lock nut (G). Indicate whether KM or hexagonal
• Version in AISI 316 code FT 2290

DIMENSIONS
Type A1 A2 B ØC D E ØF G H L M N P S OR ES Weight
UNI UNI kg
338 339
14 1/4”G 1/4”Gc 13 5,6 20 61,5 34 12 M15x1 53 15 2 8,5 33 2018 18 0,125
12 1/2”G 1/2”Gc 16 6,5 32 83 40 12,5 M20x1 82,5 19 6 11 40 2021 27 0,413

EXAMPLE FOR ORDERING

Code Type F/F Connection Panel lock nut Viton seal


FT 290 14 01 G V
FT 290 12 - G -

167
FT 290
291 1
FT 290 - 291

178
Pos. 12
Pressure gauge
Ø63, 250 bar 1/4" Type 1454

STK Stacker
Manometri a bagno di glicerina
Glycerine filled pressure gauges

24
Tipi e dimensioni
Type and dimensions

Attacco radiale Quote Dimensions


Bottom connection Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 e f Ch.
7211 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 10 69 63 51 12 14
7211 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 47 17 105 100 80 18 22

Attacco posteriore Quote Dimensions


Back connection Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 e f Ch.
Centrale Centric 7214 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 19 69 63 22 12 14
Eccentrico Eccentric 7215 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 31 105 100 35 18 22

Attacco posteriore con flangia Quote Dimensions


Back connection with Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 d2 d3 e
front fixing flange Centrale Centric 7216 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 19 84 63 75 12 14
Eccentrico Eccentric 7218 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 31 132 100 116 18 35

25
Tipi e dimensioni
Type and dimensions

Attacco posteriore con staffa di Quote Dimensions


fissaggio Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 f
Back connection with clamp 7217 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 5 82 68 2,5

Attacco posteriore con staffa di Quote Dimensions


fissaggio Tipo Type DN a b e d1 d2 c f q
Back connection with clamp 7219 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 35 100 M5 25 63 108

Esempio per l’ordinazione


Order example

Doppia Double
scala scale Codice
bar psi Code 63 - 7211 - 250
-1 + 1,5 bar No psi
-1 + 15 bar No psi Diametro
0 - 2,5 bar 36 psi Diameter
0 - 6 bar 85 psi
0 - 10 bar 140 psi Tipo
0 - 16 bar 230 psi Type
0 - 25 bar 350 psi
0 - 40 bar 550 psi Campo di misura
0 - 60 bar 850 psi Range
0 -100 bar 1400 psi
0 -160 bar 2300 psi
0 -250 bar 3500 psi
0 -400 bar 5500 psi
0 -600 bar 8500 psi
0 -1000 bar a richiesta on request

26
Caratteristiche tecniche
Technical data

Caratteristiche tecniche

Pressione d’esercizio: Stabile: 75% del valore di fondoscala


Temperatura d’utilizzo: Ambiente: -25°C a 65°C
Sovrapressione: 25% <= 100 bar ; 15% > 100 bar
Costruzione: cassa in acciaio inox riempita di glicerina con valvola di sfiato
Fascia bordata: in acciaio inox AISI 304
Flangia di fissaggio: in acciaio inox AISI 304 con tre fori
Quadrante: in alluminio a sfondo bianco, con graduazione e numerazione in nero e rosso
Marchio MCS in verde
Indice: in alluminio laccato nero
Vetro: in policarbonato trasparente
Attacco: in ottone per pressioni da 0 a 600 bar con strozzatura interna da 0,8 mm
Molla tubolare: - in bronzo fosforoso con saldature dolci per pressioni fino a 600 bar
- in acciaio al Cr-Ni con saldature forti per pressioni da 600 a 1000 bar
Dimensioni nominali e tipi
di montaggio: a norme EN 837
Precisione di misura a 20°C: - ± 1,6% v.f.s. per manometri ø 63 UNI 8293 e DIN 16005
- ± 1% v.f.s. per manometri ø100 UNI 8293 e DIN 16005
Grado di protezione: IP 65 secondo EN 837
Graduazione e numerazione: secondo EN 837

Technical data

Working pressure: Steady: 75% of full scale value


Working temperature range: Ambient: -25°C to 65°C / -40°F to 150°F
Overpressure: 25% <= 100 bar ; 15% > 100 bar
Casing body: glycerine filled in stainless steel case with safety vent.
Band ring: stainless steel AISI 304
Fixing flange: stainless steel AISI 304 with 3 holes
Dial: white painted aluminium with indelible black and
red graduation
MCS green mark
Needle: black painted aluminium
Transparent cover: polycarbonat
Connection: brass for pressure up to 600 bar
Tubolar spring: in phosphor bronze for pressure up to 600 bar
Cr-Ni steel for pressure up to 1000 bar
Dimensions and assembly: according to EN 837
Accuracy with temperature 20°C: +/- 1,6% referred to full scale value ø 63 UNI 8293 and DIN 16005
+/- 1% referred to full scale value ø 100 UNI 8293 and DIN 16005
Protection class: IP 65 according to EN 837
Range and graduation: according to EN 837

27
Pos. 13
Pressure relief valve
VP-RT-6-EP-315

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 20

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE


type VP-RT

- NS 6,10
- to 350 bar
- to 100 l/min
- Pilot operated
- Connecting dimensions to ISO 4401
- For vertical stacking - sandwich plate design
- Two pressure setting ranges

VP-RT-10, VP-RT-6

Description
These valves consist of a stack plate (1), pressure relief valve
of operation 3 10 5 6 7 housing (2), main spool insert (3) with a spring (4), pilot poppet (5),
spring (6) and pressure setting element (7). The P-line of this
pressure relief valve is connected with the hydraulic system. The
hydraulic medium pressure acts on the front side of the main spool
P insert (3). The bores (8,9) permit the introduction of pilot oil into the
pressure chamber (10) and the application of pressure to the
B A
opposite side of the main spool insert.
T This pressure relief valve remains in closed position till the system
pressure exceeds the valve set at the spring (6). A pressure rise in
the system above the value set by the pressure setting element (7),
provokes the movement of the pilot poppet (5) of the seat, freeing
the pilot oil discharge through the bores (9) and (11). A pressure
1 8 4 11 9 2 12 drop in the pressure chamber (10) rises the main spool insert (3),
thus clearing the hydraulic medium flow in the direction from port P
Pilot operated pressure relief valves type VP-RT of sandwich towards port T.
plate design, for vertical stacking, are used for maintaining and Loosening of the pressure setting element is prevented by a
limiting the maximum pressure in a hydraulic system. counternut (12).

Ordering code
VP-RT - - - - - Pressure setting in line
setting in line A = EA
Nominal size setting in line B = EB
Pressure setting in line setting in line P = EP
setting in line A and B (for size 6 only) =D
Pressure setting range
Seal type Pressure setting range
Special requirements to be briefly specified to 100 bar = 100
to 315 bar = 315
Seal type
Nominal size
NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
Size 6 = 6 FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 =E
Size 10 = 10 and ISO 15380

Technical data Symbol BV AV VP-RT-..EB PV TV

BV AV VP-RT-..EA PV T V
BP AP PP TP
BV AV VP-RT-..D PV TV
Size 6 10
Flow rate l/min 50 100
BP AP PP T P
Pressure setting range bar to 315 to 315
o
BV AV VP-RT-..EP PV T V
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 -20 bis +70
Viscosity range mm 2/s 15 to 380 15 to 380
Mass kg 1,2-1,7(D) 2,6
Filtration NAS 1638 8 8
BP AP PP T P BP AP PP TP

5.5.1
p - Q Performance curves (measured at t = 50 ºC and = 32 mm²/s)

Lowest settable pressure Lowest settable pressure


32 32
28 28
Diff. pressure (bar)

Diff. pressure (bar)


24 24
20 20
16 16
12 12
8 8
4 4

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 6 Flow (l/min) Size 10 Flow (l/min)

400 400
Operat. pressure (bar)

Operat. pressure (bar)


300 300

200 200

100 100
Lowest settable pressure Lowest settable pressure

0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 6 Flow (l/min) Size 10 Flow (l/min)

Dimensions (mm)
L1
53 VP-RT-6-EA VP-RT-6-EB VP-RT-6-EP VP-RT-6-D
L1 - - - 249
L2 154 - - -
L3 - 154 154 -
L4 90 90 90 121
S=6 S=19 B
L5 9 40,5 40,5 40
13 14
L2
64 L4 64
5,5 40,5 L5
13. O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
14. Nameplate
T
The value set on the pressure setting
A B element is protected by means of a lead
P stamp Ø11 and a wire Ø1,1 mm.
L3

L1 61 0,01/100mm

50 L3 Rmax4

Required quality of
the mating surface

S=6 S=19 VP-RT-10-EP VP-RT-10-EA VP-RT-10-EB


L1 156 161 -
6,5 L4 54 13 14
L2 - - 161
P L3 95,5 100,5 100,5
A B L4 28,5 28,5 18
T T
13. O-ring 12x2
14. Nameplate
L2 The value set on the pressure setting element is protected
by means of a lead stamp Ø11 and a wire Ø1,1 mm.

5.5.2
Pos. 13.1
Manifold
HK MRSL 3 3/8" NG6

STK Stacker
MR.S.L-3
80

X
Y
14 40
3/8" BSP
Y ou 1/2" BSP Y

P
64

B A

80
T
40

40
8

3/8" BSP 8 64 4 x Ø7 3/8" BSP


ou 1/2" BSP ou 1/2" BSP

Sorties X Y (kg)
Y

3/8" 35 17 0.95
1/2" 41 20 1.12
40
3/8" BSP
ou 1/2" BSP

P T B A
Caractéristiques Techniques
P A
Matière : Fonte EN-GJS-400-15 _ Phosphatation
T B
Pression : 300 bar maxi
Débit : 60 L/mn maxi (3/8" BSP)
80 L/mn maxi (1/2" BSP)

Code de désignation : MR . S . L - 3 - * G
MECABOR G : sorties BSP
Plaque de base
Sorties latérales 3/8"
1/2"
CETOP 3
Pos. 14
Cylinder

HM85-S-D-180/110x1816-S-SP-SAE
(FLS 20141490)

STK Stacker
BESTILLINGSVEJLEDNING / BESTELLFORMEL / HOW TO ORDER :

HM85 - X - X - D / d x slagl. / hub / stroke - X - X - (X)


Type / Typ / Type Sp = Speciel-Spezial-Special
Ændrede mål i forh. t/standard
Bundophæng / Geänderte Maße statt Standard
Anlenkung Bodenseitig / Not stand. measure from katalog
Rear mounting Stempelstangsophæng / Stempelstangsmateriale /
Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Kolbenstangenmaterial /
Funktion ** E - D Piston rod mounting Piston rod material

Cyl.rør / Zylinderrohr / Cylinder tube Stempelstangsdiameter / Kolbenstangendurchmesse / Piston rod diameter


** :E = Enk.virk./ Einf.wirk. / Single act.
:D = Dobb.virk. / Dopp.wirk. / Double act.

Bundophæng / Anlenkung-Bodenseitig / Rear mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A/B Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
BFL Bagflange / Flansch hinten / Rear flange
FFL Frontflange / Flansch vorne / Front flange
V Vippetappe / Schwenkzapfen / Trunnion mounting

Stempelstangsophæng / Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Piston rod mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
SFL Stempelstangsflange / Kolbenstangenflansch / Piston rod flange
GvK Ledleje m/ gev. / Gel.lager m/ Gew. / Sph. eye w/ thread
(SKAL bestilles sammen m/cyl. / NUR zusammen m/ Zylinder / order only WITH cylinder)

Katalog FST /HM85/Teknik1.xls


Pos. 15
Solenoid valve
45000328
KV-4/3-5KO-6-3-24Vdc

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 10

4/2 and 4/3 - WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES


type KV
- NS 6
- to 350 bar
- to 75 l/min
- Direct operation by solenoid
- Connection diagram and connecting dimensions to ISO 4401, DIN 24340
- Plug-in connector for solenoids to ISO 4400
- 5-chamber model with good spool guidance
- Optimized flow paths for low losses of pressure
- Adjustment of the switching time
- Wet pin solenoid with interchangeable coil
- Manual emergency control KV-4/3-5K0-6
- Protection of solenoid IP 65 to DIN EN 60529
- Fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC)

Description of operation

4 3 1 5 2 6

A B

T A P B T

A P B
T

Directional valves type KV with direct solenoid operation control When the solenoid (2) is de-energised, the control spool (3) is
the direction of the hydraulic medium flow. returned to its neutral position by the return spring (4). The
change-over can be done manually by pressing the emergency
These directional valves consist of a housing (1), a control spool hand operator (6).
(3), and one solenoid (2) with two return springs (4) in 4/2-way
directional valves, and two solenoids (2) with two return springs (4)
in 4/3-way directional valves. In 4/3-way directional valves the KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
centre position of the control spool is the neutral position. The
change-over to the operating position (a) and (b) is done by Directional valve with two operating position, two solenoids
energising the solenoids (2) "a" and "b" respectively, whereby the without springs allows the control spool to be held in the operating
solenoid plunger acts on the control spool (3) via the operating pin position (detent). The control spool remains in the operation
(5), thus clearing the corresponding flow ways and establishing position also when the solenoids are de-energised.
relevant links between ports A, B, P, and T. For selection of spool
types refer to page 3.6.2.

Technical data Hydraulic Electrical

Size 6 Supply voltage direct or 12, 24, 48


V
Flow rate see p-Q curves, page 3.6.3 alternating 110, 230
Operating pressure ports P,A,B bar 350 Power W 29*
Operating pressure port T bar 210 Switch-on time** ms 50 to 80
o
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 Switch-off time** ms 30 to 55
Viscosity range mm2/s 15 to 380 Switching frequency 1/h 15 000
o
Mounting position optional Ambient temperature C to +50
o
Mass 4/2 kg 1,9 Coil temperature C to +180
4/3 kg 2,7 Duty cycle continious
Filtration NAS 1638 8 ** -The switching-on and off times apply to 24 V DC solenoids
* -12V supply voltage - 36 W

3.11.1
Ordering code

KV - / -5KO- 6 - - P
Working ports
Number of control spool positions
Spool type
Supply voltage
Plug-in connector
If flow rates greater
Throttle than permissible
occur during change-
Seal type
over, a cartridge
Constant action restrictor throttle must be fitted
into P-line of the
Special requirements to be briefly specified
directional valve.

Working ports Plug-in connector


3 working ports = 3 without signal lamp = no design
4 working ports = 4 with signal lamp =L

Number of control spool positions Throttle


without throttle in "P" line = no desig.
two positions = 2
three positions = 3 throttle 0,8 mm dia = D08
throttle 1,0 mm dia = D10
throttle 1,2 mm dia = D12
Supply voltage
direct voltage alternating voltage Seal type
24 V = no desig. 12 V = 12 AC NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
12 V = 12 DC 24 V = 24 AC
FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 = E
48 V = 48 DC 48 V = 48 AC
and ISO 15380
110 V = 110 DC 110 V = 110 AC
230 V = 230 DC 230 V = 230 AC
- Alternating voltage solenoids are fitted with a bridge rectifier. Constant action restrictor
- With solenoids of over 48 V an earthing clamp ( ) Without restrictor = no desig.
to ISO 4400 must be connected. Restrictor 0,3 dia. = UD
* To fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC) a capacitor must be built in (see 10.2.2)

Spool types

A B A B A B A B
0 0
a 0 b a 0 0 b a b
a b a b a b
P T P T P T P T
=1 = 1A = 1B = 81

=2 = 2A = 2B

=3 = 3A = 3B

=6 = 6A = 6B

= 51A = 51B

= 41A = 41B

- Port T in the valves with spool type 41A and 41B to be used as lekage line.
Important note:
> 4 bar must
Valves with adjustment of the switching time - a constant or short - time static oil pressure of at least =
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain the pressure in the spring chambers.

3.11.2
Spool Flow path
12 3 4 5 type
18 P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T
6
7 1 8 8 6 6 -
15
Diff. pressure (bar) 8
12 9 2 5 5 4 4 1

9 3 8 8 7 7 -
6 5 5 9 9 -
6
81 5 5 1 1 -
3
51A, 51B 5 5 1 1 -
Flow
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min) 41A, 41B 7 7 - - -

p - Q Operating limits
350 Spool type Curve The operating limits of the valve are
320 determined at a voltage 10% below
1 1
280 the nominal rating. The curves refer
1 2 4 to application with symetrical flow
240
throw the valve (P-A and B-T). In the
200 3 3
Pressure (bar)

4 3 case of asymetric flow (e.g. one part


160 6 3 not used) reduced values may result.
2
120
81 1
80
51A, 51B 1 Note: For valves with adjustment of
40 the switching time reduced values of
Flow 41A, 41B 2 the operating limits may result.
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min)

Dimensions (mm) With hand operation - add letter G


ca. 157
before spool type in ordering code

P
45

32,5
31
46

B KV-4/2-5KO-6
A

T
17,5 40,5 87

Max. torque 30Nm Connection diagram and


S=20 connecting dimensions to
A ø 9,2 B
ISO 4401

Max. torque
6Nm
85

57

KV-4/3-5KO-6
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
0,01/100mm
ca.73 78
ca.224 Rmax4

Max. torque 30Nm


S=20
A ø 9,2 B Required quality of
the mating surface
Max. torque
6Nm
85

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
ca.73 78 29,5
ca.254

3.11.3
Function drawing
KV-4/3-5KO-6
4 1 9 7 3 8 5 2 6 (KV-4/2-5KO-6)

1 Solenoid "a" - MR-045


A B 2 Solenoid "b" - MR-045
3 Fixing screws 4 pcs M5 x 30
to DIN EN ISO 4762 -10.9
must be ordered separately
Required tightening torque
Md = 9 Nm
4 Plug-in connector "a" - grey
T A P B T 5 Plug-in connector "b" - black
6 Emergency hand operator
7 O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
8 Valve cap
9 Nameplate
10 Constant action restrictor

Vent screw
A B

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/3-5KO-6-2
A B

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/2-5KO-6-UD
A 10

T A P B T

Instalation A constant or short time static oil pressure of at least > 4 bar must
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain
The directional control valve must be installed horizontally the oil pressure in the spring chambers. If this is not the case, the
(Nameplate on top). If this is not the case, the valve must be preloaded oil volume of the restricted valve would leak into the T
removed for venting. Unscrew the vent screw. Move the spool channel through the leakage section of the control spool
alternately to the switching positions a and b until no more shoulders.
bubbles appear at the screw hole. The oil must be visible at the The dampening constancy also depends on the constancy of the
screw hole. Missing oil schould be refielld with an oilcan, drop by oil viscosity.
drop. Screw in the vent screw. For this reason the dampening effect should always be adjusted
with the system at operational temperature.

3.11.4
Pos. 16 -17
Over center valves

BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV250/N

BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV210/N

STK Stacker
Safety for Hydraulics
Leak-free Load Control Valve, series BBV 6

1. General description
S prevents a hydraulic cylinder from S leak-free load-holding in neutral
running ahead of the available oil S the integral, pilot-operated pressure
supply when subjected to external relief valve protects the work cylinder
driving forces i.e. negative, or over- against over-pressure
running, loads
S prevents uncontrolled cylinder moĆ
vement in the event of a hose- or
pipe-rupture

2. Advantages of the BBV load control valve


S zero-leakage load-holding S above 100 bar load pressure, it conĆ S the valve is guaranteed to close,
S 420 bar working pressure with 3-fold trols like a compensated 2-way flow even with a broken spring
factor of safety controller S hardened, ground and lapped seat
S thanks to the various pilot control styĆ S load-control valve with initial decomĆ valve components ensure permaĆ
les, the valve can always be adapted pression, and bypass check valve nent leaktightness and long service
to the system requirements both combined in one axis life
S the load pressure has very little inĆ S compact design means small space S very low hysteresis
fluence on the pilot pressure required requirements
(area ratio 1:66)

3. Applications 4. Safety information 5. Installation information


S safety function for booms, derricking S this valve must only be used for the S observe the port markings
gear, etc. purpose for which it has been desiĆ S protect seals and flange faces from
S controlling the speed of cylinders, gned damage
hydraulic motors and derricking gear S it must only be adjusted by trained S use only mounting bolts of the correct
personnel strength class (12.9).
S before removing or disassembling S use the correct tightening torques
the valve, all hydraulic pressure must (see section 11. Dimensions)
be vented from the system - double S at commissioning, bleed all air from
check! the hydraulic system
S the valve must not be opened without
the express permission of the manuĆ
facturer.

6. Main characteristics (for applications outside these parameters, contact Bucher Hydraulics)
6.1 General Type prop. pilot-controlled seat valve, hydr. piloted
Mounting method flanged SAE 6000 psi or pipe-mounted
Ports A, A1 = G3/8"
see sect. 11. B = SAE 1/2 6000 psi (models with sec. PRV)
= G3/8" (models without secondary PRV)
B1 = G3/8" (models without secondary PRV)
X = G1/4
Mounting attitude unrestricted
Flow direction A → B free flow
B → A flow controllable by pressure at X
Weight with secondary PRV = 2.9 kg
without secondary PRV = 2.0 kg
Opening ratio pilot piston area 66
=
pilot ball seat area 1

Issue: 09.2015
Replaces: 2.2.1 1/6 1/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
Classification: 430.90.39.10
Reference: 300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
6.2 Hydraulic characteristics Nominal size 6
Max. flow rate 50 l/min.
Max. working pressure 420 bar
Hydraulic fluid mineral oil per DIN 51524 and
DIN 51525 (HL/HLP)
(other fluids - contact Bucher Hydraulics)
Fluid temperature range -20_C...+80_C, (for application outside
this range, contact Bucher Hydraulics)
Viscosity range 2.8 ... 1500 mm@/s (cSt)
Filtration NAS 1638 class 9, β10 ≥ 75.

7. Adjusting the secondary pressure relief valve


(Allen screw 4 A/F hex. skt., lock nut To increase the pressure ð clockwise Ê
13 A/F)
To reduce the pressure ð counter-clockwise É
Rate of pressure change ð approx. 240 bar / full rotation
After adjusting the pressure setting, always lock the adjusting screw with the
lock nut (max. tightening torque 20 Nm)

8. Functional description, sectional view


8.1 Neutral position (load pressure at B, ports A and X depressurized)
In the neutral position, there is zero leaĆ acts on the pilot valve ball and thus on the pilot valve ball and the control
kage from B to A. The valve is held cloĆ the control spool, and also by the load spool.
sed by the check valve spring, which pressure, which acts on the rear side of

8.2 The check valve function (flow from A ! B)


To raise the actuator, pump pressure is to open, pushing against the check during the check valve function the piĆ
applied via port A to the valve seat area valve spring. Due to the small effective lot ball moves with it, and does not lift
of the control spool and causes the area of the pilot ball, when the control from its seat in the spool.
control spool together with the pilot ball spool moves in the opening direction

8.3 The "Lowering" function (flow from B ! A)


Initial decompression Opening the control spool Damping
The pilot pressure at port X moves the With further increase in the pilot presĆ The system can be protected against
pilot piston in opposition to the pilot sure (X), the pilot piston compresses oscillations by using suitable damping
spring, lifting the pilot ball from its seat the pilot spring still more. It then makes orifices. The effect of the bypass orifice
in the control spool. The load pressure direct contact with the control spool from X to A is to make it necessary to
behind the control spool now decays and pushes it open against the check use higher pilot pressures (pressure diĆ
as it escapes past the pilot ball seat to valve spring. vider function) and this improves the
port A. The pilot pressure acting on the pilot damping behaviour.
piston therefore controls the open meĆ The orifices are protected against conĆ
tering area of the control spool, and tamination by a mesh filter at port X and
consequently the flow rate from B to A. a check valve that prevents flow from A.

8.4 Secondary pressure relief valve


The secondary pressure relief valve is relief valve poppet opens to create a in the opening direction. The excess
connected directly to the cylinder port flow path to the pilot chamber X. This pressure in B is now relieved to A
B. When the pressure setting (which is causes the pressure in the pilot chamĆ though the open control spool.
externally adjustable) is reached, the ber to rise, which moves the pilot piston

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
2/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
2/6
Filter Damping orifice Bypass orifice Pilot piston Pilot spring Control spool Pilot ball Check valve spring

A/A1
X

MB

Pressure relief valve Poppet Filter

9. Performance curves (measured at 33 mm2/s [cSt])


Dp A ! B Dp B ! A
Check valve ∆p f(Q) fully open
60 100
90
50 80
∆p A ! B [bar]

70
∆p B ! A [bar]

40
60
30 50
40
20
30

10 20
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min]

Pilot pressure X (with damping orifice, without bypass orifice) Relief valve characteristics p=f(Q)
at 200 bar load pressure
40 400
Setting: 330 bar
35 350

300
Pilot pressure X [bar]

30 Setting: 230 bar


∆p B ! A [bar]

25 250

20 200 Setting: 130 bar

15 150

10 100

5 50

0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 7.5 l/min with 2FL
Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min] 15 l/min with 4FL
30 l/min with 4FS
from B ! A
50 l/min with 4SL

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
3/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
3/6
9.1 Table of opening pressures
Opening pressures at 200 bar pX: pX: pX:
load pressure (theoretical values)
pre-opening start of fully open [bar] Bypass Damping
[bar] opening [bar] orifice ø orifice ø
9 16 33 closed 0.25 - 0.40
12 21 45 0.3 0.40
14 25 52.5 0.3 0.35
14 25 54 0.35 0.40
18 32 67.5 0.30 0.30
18 32 67.5 0.35 0.35
18 32 67.5 0.40 0.40
23 42 88.5 0.45 0.40
24 43 91.5 0.40 0.35
26 46 97.5 0.35 0.30
28 49 105 0.30 0.25
34 60 126 0.45 0.35
37 67 141 0.40 0.30
44 78 165 0.35 0.25
54 97 205.5 0.45 0.30
68 121 258 0.40 0.25
103 184 390 0.45 0.25
The opening pressure can be modified by changing the orifices

10. Symbol, circuit example


without secondary pressure relief valve

B B1
A B

Damping orifice X
X

A A1
Bypass orifice
A

with secondary pressure relief valve


B

MB
Damping orifice

A1 A
Bypass orifice

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
4/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
4/6
11. Dimensions
11.1 Without secondary pressure relief valve (with threaded port G3/8")
A B

56
28
Serial no.
7

5
A1 B1 20
2x ø6.4 Orifice filter
mounting holes 100 10

166.5
35.5 123 (8)
64.5
35

A B

40
X 20

11.2 With secondary pressure relief valve (port B= SAE 1/2" 6000 psi)
Tightening torque
MA = 40Nm

A
20.25

B
M8 DIN 912
(12.9)
56
20.25

X SV
28

14
A1
9.12 9.12 43 12
35 60

(72)

(172)
41 123
35.5 64.5 8

X
A
Serial no.

43

MB
14

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
5/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
5/6
12. Model code key

BBV 6 – / / BY – / /

Load control valve Seal material

BBV 6 = BBV N= Nitrile (standard)


V= Viton
T= Low-temperature
Nominal Size
6 =6 Pressure setting

... = PRV setting up to 500 bar


Spool type
2FL = 2FL Optional secondary pressure relief valve
4FL = 4FL
4FS = 4FS SV = with secondary PR valve
4SL = 4SL

Bypass orifice
Damping orifice
0.00 = closed
orifice ø0.25 = 0.25 0.30 = orifice ø0.30
orifice ø0.30 = 0.30 0.35 = orifice ø0.35
orifice ø0.35 = 0.35 0.40 = orifice ø0.40
orifice ø0.40 = 0.40 0.45 = orifice ø0.45

Bypass
With bypass = BY

Seal material NITRILE VITON LOW–TEMP.


Art. No. for basic valve
without secondary PRV 300 0008828..... Contact Bucher Hydraulics Contact Bucher Hydraulics
(without specific features)

Art. No. for basic valve-


with secondary PRV 300 0008816..... Contact Bucher Hydraulics Contact Bucher Hydraulics
(without specific features)

info.ch@bucherhydraulics.com www.bucherhydraulics.com
Bucher Hydraulics AG, CH-6345 Neuheim
All rights reserved
BUCHER HYDRAULICS www.bucherhydraulics.com
Data
Germany is provided for the purpose of productNetherlands
France description only, andUK must not be construed USAas warranted
characteristics
Phone
Fax
+49 7742 85 20
+49 7742 71 16
in the legal
Phone
Fax
sense.
+33 389 The information
64 22 44
+33 389 65 28 78
Phone
Fax
does not relieveFaxusers
+31 79 34 26 24 4
+31 79 34 26 28 8
Phone +44from the duty Fax
24 76 35 35 61
+44 24 76 35 35 72
of conducting
Phone their own
+1 262 605 82 80
+1 262 605 82 78
evaluations and tests. info.fr@bucherhydraulics.com
info.de@bucherhydraulics.com Because the productsinfo.nl@bucherhydraulics.com
are subject to continual improvement, we info.wi@bucherhydraulics.com
info.uk@bucherhydraulics.com reserve the right to
amend the product specifications
Switzerland Italy containedAustria
in this catalogue. China Product Center (Elevator)
Phone +41 33 67 26 11 1 Phone +39 0522 92 84 11 Phone +43 6216 44 97 Phone +86 10 64 44 32 38 Phone +41 41 757 03 33
Fax +41 33 67 26 10 3 Fax +39 0522 51 32 11 Fax +43 6216 44 97 4 Fax +86 10 64 44 32 35 Fax +41 41 757 16 49
info.ch@bucherhydraulics.com info.it@bucherhydraulics.com info.at@bucherhydraulics.com info.bj@bucherhydraulics.com info.nh@bucherhydraulics.com

We reserve the right of modification without notice.

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
6/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
6/6
Pos. 18
PT100 sensor
Type B (PR-5333A), 0-100°C, L=150

STK Stacker
Kjaerulf Pedersen a/s Sheet no.
1-4

RESISTANCE THERMOMETER type: RT-B


Process attachment: welded coupling or flange / adjustable coupling or flange
Measuring inset: interchangeable

Application:
· For measuring temperatures in closed pipelines and containers with
gaseous or liquid media, e.g. air, steam, gas, water or oil.
· Field of application: up to 600 °C, max. 50 bar and media velocities
of up to 25 m/sec

M20 x 1,5
· Typically applied in:
- processing plants
- power plants
- district heating, energy distribution

L2
Properties:
· Pt100 resistance thermometer in accordance with DIN IEC 751
· Mechanical and thermal stress in accordance with DIN 43763
· Process attachment: welded
· Measuring inset: interchangeable, short reaction time
· Outer protective sheath: stainless acid-proof steel

L1
· Modular construction and standard length minimizes the number of
spare parts
· Can be delivered with head mounted transmitter
· The sensors are approved by: DNV, LR, GL, NK, RINA, ABS, KR
and BV
Ø

RT-B 5452-E280103

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Protective sheath: ------------------------------------------- 1.4571 1xPt100 ----Sensor element:


Wnr.1.4571 (AISI316TI max 850°C) 1 x Pt100
Special 2 x Pt100
1 x Pt500
Sensor diameter mm: --------------------------------------- Ø9 mm 1 x Pt1000
Ø8 / Ø9 / Ø11/ Ø15
Special 3-wire -----Number of conductors:
2 conductors
Extension length L2: ------------------------------------------- 25 mm 3 conductors
50 mm, 100 mm, 150 mm 4 conductors
Special:
250 °C -----Media temperature max:
Immersion length L1: ------------------------------------ 150 mm +180°C
100mm, 150mm, 200mm, 250mm, 300mm +250°C
Special: +400°C
+600°C
Process attachment: ------------------------------------------1/2" BSP
Welded coupling 1/4” BSP welded B 1/1 DIN -----Tolerance in acc. with DIN IEC 751:
Welded coupling 1/2” BSP coupling Type A DIN(i.e.±(0,15+0,002xTactual)°C)
Adjustable coupling 1/4” BSP Type B 1/1 DIN (i.e.±(0,3+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable coupling 1/2” BSP Type B 1/3 DIN(i.e.±(0,1+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable thermowell Ø10xL100x1/4” BSP Type B 1/6 DIN(i.e.±(0,05+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable thermowell Ø10xL200x1/2” BSP Type B 1/10 DIN(i.e.±(0,03+0,005xTactual)°C)
None
Special No X Yes -----Programmable transmitter.
If “yes”: Measuring range min/max: -200/+850°C
Protection head: -------------------------------------------- B-head Output: 2-wire, 4-20mA
B (aluminium, enamelled, low cap, IP62) Min span: 25°C
4mA= 0 °C
BH (aluminium, enamelled, high cap, IP54) Ambient temperature min/max:
BSB (aluminium, tilting lid w. screw, low cap, IP65)
20mA= 150 °C -40/+85°C
BSBH (aluminium, tilting lid w. screw, high cap, IP65)
CE (aluminium, enamelled, screw cap, IP68)
BSP (plastic, black, screw cap, IP54)
BRF-M16 (stainless, screw cap,M16x1,5, IP67)
BRF-M20 (stainless, screw cap, M20x1,5, IP67)
Special

Date: 12.12.2012 KP item No.: KP5452251X-0-150 Customer item No.: --

Company name: Fritz Schur Teknik A/S Name: Ingolf Jönsson Tel.: +45 39537045 Fax/ e-mail: IHJ@fst.dk

Kjærulf Pedersen a/s, Taastrupgårdsvej 8-10, DK-2630 Taastrup, Tel.: +45 39760203, Fax: +45 39760501, sensor@kp-as.com, www.kp-as.com
PRetop 5333A

2-WIRE PROGRAMMABLE TRANSMITTER

RTD or Ohm input

High measurement accuracy

3-wire connection

Programmable sensor error value

For DIN form B sensor head mounting

Application:
• Linearised temperature measurement with
Pt100...Pt1000 or Ni100...Ni1000 sensor. 2-wire installation
in control room
• Conversion of linear resistance variation to a RTD to 4...20 mA
standard analogue current signal, for instance
from valves or Ohmic level sensors. +
V+

Technical characteristics:
-

mA

• Within a few seconds the user can program


PR5333A to measure temperatures within all
2-wire installation
RTD ranges defined by the norms. in control room
Resistance to 4...20 mA
• The RTD and resistance inputs have cable
compensation for 3-wire connection.
V+
+

Mounting / installation:
-

• For DIN form B sensor head or DIN rail mA

mounting with the PR fitting type 8421.

Lerbakken 10 · DK-8410 Rønde


Tlf. 8637 2677 · Fax 8637 3085
www.prelectronics.dk
Order: 5333A

Type

5333A

Connections:
Input: Output:
RTD, 2-wire RTD, 3-wire Resistance, 2-wire Resistance, 3-wire 2-wire installation
3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 1 2

+ mA -

Electrical specifications: Electrical specifications, input:


Specifications range: RTD and linear resistance input:
-40°C to +85°C
RTD Min. Max. Min.
Common specifications: Standard
type value value span
Supply voltage, DC............................ 8.0...35 V
Internal consumption.......................... 25 mW...0.8 W Pt100 -200°C +850°C 25°C IEC 60751
Voltage drop....................................... 8 VDC Ni100 -60°C +250°C 25°C DIN 43760
Warm-up time..................................... 5 min. Lin. R 0W 10000 W 30 W -----
Communications interface................. Loop Link Max. offset.......................................... 50% of selec. max. value
Signal / noise ratio.............................. min. 60 dB Cable resistance per wire (max.)........ 10 Ω
Response time (programmable)......... 0.33...60 s Sensor current.................................... > 0.2 mA, < 0.4 mA
Signal dynamics, input....................... 19 bit Effect of sensor cable resistance
Signal dynamics, output..................... 16 bit (3-wire)................................................ < 0.002 Ω/ Ω
Calibration temperature...................... 20...28°C Sensor error detection........................ Yes
Accuracy, the greater of general and basic values:
Output:
General values Current output:
Absolute Temperature Signal range....................................... 4...20 mA
Input type accuracy coefficient Min. signal range................................ 16 mA
All ≤ ±0.1% of span ≤ ±0.01% of span / °C Updating time..................................... 135 ms
Load resistance.................................. ≤ (Vsupply- 8) / 0.023 [Ω]
Basic values Load stability...................................... < ±0.01% of span/100 Ω
Basic Temperature Sensor error detection:
Input type accuracy coefficient Programmable.................................... 3.5...23 mA
Namur NE43 Upscale...................... 23 mA
RTD ≤ ±0.3°C ≤ ±0.01°C/°C
Namur NE43 Downscale.................. 3.5 mA
Lin. R ≤ ±0.2 Ω ≤ ±20 mW / °C Ex approval:
EMC immunity influence................................. < ±0.5% of span
KEMA 10ATEX0003 X......................... II 3 GD Ex nA [nL] IIC
T4...T6 or
Effect of supply voltage variation....... ≤ 0.005% of span / VDC II 3 GD Ex nL IIC
Vibration............................................. IEC 60068-2-6 Test FC T4...T6 or
Lloyd’s specification no. 1.................. 4 g / 2...100 Hz II 3 GD Ex nA [ic] IIC
Max. wire size..................................... 1 x 1.5 mm2 stranded wire T4...T6 or
Humidity............................................. < 95% RH (non-cond.) II 3 GD Ex ic IIC
Dimensions......................................... Ø 44 x 20.2 mm T4...T6
Protection degree (encl. / terminal).... IP68 / IP00 ATEX Installation Drawing No........ 5333QA02
Weight................................................ 50 g Marine approval:
Det Norske Veritas, Ships & Offshore.... Stand. for Certific. No. 2.4
GOST R approval:
VNIIM, Cert. No.................................. www.prelectronics.com
Observed authority requirements: Standard:
EMC 2004/108/EC............................. EN 61326-1
ATEX 94/9/EC..................................... EN 60079-0, -11, -15

Of span = Of the presently selected range

5333AY110-UK (1005)
Pos. 20
Oil heater
BOCX 60, incl. VK7 Thermostate 10-88°C

STK Stacker
Member of the NIBE Group

SAN Immersion Heaters Type BO


for oil heating etc.

Application:
All types are equipped with thermo well and can be delivered with thermostat.
Delivered with terminal box.

Technical data:
Heating element: Flat profile B, stainless steel,
Werkstoff. no. 1.4571, AISI 316Ti
Bushing: Brass
Terminal box: Silumine, IP55, no. 70556, for 2” WRG bushing
For type BOL: Galvanized box, IP55.

BOL 1”WRG 230V


2
Type Power W Immersion W/cm Part no.
length mm
BOL 20 200 200 1.5 84125
BOL 25 250 200 2.0 84130
BOL 55 550 500 1.5 84135
BOL 75 750 600 2.0 84140

BOCX 1.0W/cm2 2”WRG 3x230/400V


Type Power kW Immersion Part no.
length mm
BOCX 60 0.60 300 84100
BOCX 105 1.05 500 84101
BOCX 180 1.80 800 84107
BOCX 210 2.10 1000 84108

Gillelejevej 30b - DK-3230 Graested - Denmark


Tel.: +45 48 39 88 88 - Fax: +45 48 39 88 98 - info@san-as.com - www.san-as.com
CVR No.: 42 16 59 13
January 2012
01040 ENG

UK: Germany: China:

Harold Comerford Wolfgang Biehs Sun Qiang


H_comerford@btconnect.com wolfgang.biehs@nibe.de qsun@nibechina.com
tel.: +44 1432 851999 tel.: +49 6171 887 724 tel.: +86 21 58366522
mobile: +44 7802 853862 mobile: +49 1622 793 484 mobile: +86 1391 680 5151

Production: Shenzhen, China


REF.NO.: SN600XX
DATA SHEET SAN-Immersion heater
DATE: 24.10.2013 Made by: MHA

Immersion Heater type BOCX/BOEX

Part nos: SN60037, SN60041, SN60044, SN60044-1, SN60045, SN60059

Purpose: Heating of oil.

Material: Bush : Brass Ms 4168


Heating elements : Stainless steel, AISI 316Ti
Thermowell : RS-steel AISI 316
Terminal box : Silumin
Solder : Hard solder.

Construction: The heater consists of 3 off heating elements type BV, each of 230 V, bent in hairpin and with 2”
brass bush, brazed. Hereafter the heating elements are sealed.
The thermowell is soldered in the bush.
The leads are connected to a terminal board which is marked and fastened in the box.
Mounted with thermostat type 31700, VK7 10-88°C, 20A-250

Technical data: Power :


Voltage : 3 x 230/400 V
Dept of insertion :
Watt density :
Thermowell : ∅ 10/9 x 285 mm
Max. operational pressure : 7,5 bar at 100°C
(can be delivered for higher pressure).
Test pressure : 10 bar
Bush : B = 2” RG
Width across flats = 74 mm
Protection mode : IP 55
Screwed connection : 2 off PG 16
Thermostat : Type 31700, VK7 10-88°C, 20A-250
Weight : approx. 2,5 kg

Remarks: The heater must not be switched on until the heating elements are covered with fluid.
PE

The immersion heater can be delivered for other voltages.

Diagram Heating element


Varmelegeme
L1 L2 L3

40 14,25
5,5
6,5

486
15,5

Bukkemål = Længde /2
1 2

500 Bukkes over rulle 25,


klemmes til 15 mm

Total længde for vlg : 1000

Thermostat 10-88°C
Thermostat 30-110°C
mm

Drawing: 121
94,8

2"
Brass Bush
A
Ø 57
136

A
Length

NW
74 A-A ( 1 / 2 )

Terminal box Sensor pocket


Silumin Ø9 x 185

Cable glands
PG 16
Nylon 66
UV94V-2
patron\BOEX\84111-MA.idw

Type Power Voltage Length Surface load W/cm² Part no. PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3


3x400 V(Y)
BOEX 135 1,35 kW 3 x 230 / 400 300 2,0 84104 3x230 V(∆)
Pos. 21-24
Pressure gauge connector

EMA 3/ 1/4" ED

STK Stacker
-INIPRESADIPRESSIONEAVVITABILE SERIE
4HREADEDCHECKCOUPLING SERIES

-INIPRESACONCAPPUCCIODIPLASTICA -INIPRESACONCAPPUCCIODIMETALLO
#HECK COUPLINGWITHPLASTICCAP #HECK COUPLINGWITHMETALCAP

&ILETTATURA 4IPODI PMAX 1UOTE #ONCAPPUCCIO #ONCAPPUCCIO


TENUTA $IMENSIONS DIPLASTICA DIMETALLO
4HREAD 3EALING , #H *¢  7ITHPLASTIC 7ITHMETAL
' TYPE MM MM MM CAP CAP
-X &/2-! BAR     
)3/' &/2-! BAR     
-X &/2-" BAR     
)3/' &/2-" BAR     
)3/' &/2-" BAR     
5.)-X &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
 5.& &/2-& BAR     

 5.& &/2-& BAR     


 5.& &/2-& BAR     
 5.& &/2-& BAR     
*)3' &/2-& BAR     
)3/' "3 BAR     


3OLOSURICHIESTA
/NLYONREQUEST


Pos. 25
Solenoid valve
45000140
KV-4/3-5KO-6-6-24Vdc

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 10

4/2 and 4/3 - WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES


type KV
- NS 6
- to 350 bar
- to 75 l/min
- Direct operation by solenoid
- Connection diagram and connecting dimensions to ISO 4401, DIN 24340
- Plug-in connector for solenoids to ISO 4400
- 5-chamber model with good spool guidance
- Optimized flow paths for low losses of pressure
- Adjustment of the switching time
- Wet pin solenoid with interchangeable coil
- Manual emergency control KV-4/3-5K0-6
- Protection of solenoid IP 65 to DIN EN 60529
- Fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC)

Description of operation

4 3 1 5 2 6

A B

T A P B T

A P B
T

Directional valves type KV with direct solenoid operation control When the solenoid (2) is de-energised, the control spool (3) is
the direction of the hydraulic medium flow. returned to its neutral position by the return spring (4). The
change-over can be done manually by pressing the emergency
These directional valves consist of a housing (1), a control spool hand operator (6).
(3), and one solenoid (2) with two return springs (4) in 4/2-way
directional valves, and two solenoids (2) with two return springs (4)
in 4/3-way directional valves. In 4/3-way directional valves the KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
centre position of the control spool is the neutral position. The
change-over to the operating position (a) and (b) is done by Directional valve with two operating position, two solenoids
energising the solenoids (2) "a" and "b" respectively, whereby the without springs allows the control spool to be held in the operating
solenoid plunger acts on the control spool (3) via the operating pin position (detent). The control spool remains in the operation
(5), thus clearing the corresponding flow ways and establishing position also when the solenoids are de-energised.
relevant links between ports A, B, P, and T. For selection of spool
types refer to page 3.6.2.

Technical data Hydraulic Electrical

Size 6 Supply voltage direct or 12, 24, 48


V
Flow rate see p-Q curves, page 3.6.3 alternating 110, 230
Operating pressure ports P,A,B bar 350 Power W 29*
Operating pressure port T bar 210 Switch-on time** ms 50 to 80
o
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 Switch-off time** ms 30 to 55
Viscosity range mm2/s 15 to 380 Switching frequency 1/h 15 000
o
Mounting position optional Ambient temperature C to +50
o
Mass 4/2 kg 1,9 Coil temperature C to +180
4/3 kg 2,7 Duty cycle continious
Filtration NAS 1638 8 ** -The switching-on and off times apply to 24 V DC solenoids
* -12V supply voltage - 36 W

3.11.1
Ordering code

KV - / -5KO- 6 - - P
Working ports
Number of control spool positions
Spool type
Supply voltage
Plug-in connector
If flow rates greater
Throttle than permissible
occur during change-
Seal type
over, a cartridge
Constant action restrictor throttle must be fitted
into P-line of the
Special requirements to be briefly specified
directional valve.

Working ports Plug-in connector


3 working ports = 3 without signal lamp = no design
4 working ports = 4 with signal lamp =L

Number of control spool positions Throttle


without throttle in "P" line = no desig.
two positions = 2
three positions = 3 throttle 0,8 mm dia = D08
throttle 1,0 mm dia = D10
throttle 1,2 mm dia = D12
Supply voltage
direct voltage alternating voltage Seal type
24 V = no desig. 12 V = 12 AC NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
12 V = 12 DC 24 V = 24 AC
FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 = E
48 V = 48 DC 48 V = 48 AC
and ISO 15380
110 V = 110 DC 110 V = 110 AC
230 V = 230 DC 230 V = 230 AC
- Alternating voltage solenoids are fitted with a bridge rectifier. Constant action restrictor
- With solenoids of over 48 V an earthing clamp ( ) Without restrictor = no desig.
to ISO 4400 must be connected. Restrictor 0,3 dia. = UD
* To fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC) a capacitor must be built in (see 10.2.2)

Spool types

A B A B A B A B
0 0
a 0 b a 0 0 b a b
a b a b a b
P T P T P T P T
=1 = 1A = 1B = 81

=2 = 2A = 2B

=3 = 3A = 3B

=6 = 6A = 6B

= 51A = 51B

= 41A = 41B

- Port T in the valves with spool type 41A and 41B to be used as lekage line.
Important note:
> 4 bar must
Valves with adjustment of the switching time - a constant or short - time static oil pressure of at least =
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain the pressure in the spring chambers.

3.11.2
Spool Flow path
12 3 4 5 type
18 P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T
6
7 1 8 8 6 6 -
15
Diff. pressure (bar) 8
12 9 2 5 5 4 4 1

9 3 8 8 7 7 -
6 5 5 9 9 -
6
81 5 5 1 1 -
3
51A, 51B 5 5 1 1 -
Flow
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min) 41A, 41B 7 7 - - -

p - Q Operating limits
350 Spool type Curve The operating limits of the valve are
320 determined at a voltage 10% below
1 1
280 the nominal rating. The curves refer
1 2 4 to application with symetrical flow
240
throw the valve (P-A and B-T). In the
200 3 3
Pressure (bar)

4 3 case of asymetric flow (e.g. one part


160 6 3 not used) reduced values may result.
2
120
81 1
80
51A, 51B 1 Note: For valves with adjustment of
40 the switching time reduced values of
Flow 41A, 41B 2 the operating limits may result.
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min)

Dimensions (mm) With hand operation - add letter G


ca. 157
before spool type in ordering code

P
45

32,5
31
46

B KV-4/2-5KO-6
A

T
17,5 40,5 87

Max. torque 30Nm Connection diagram and


S=20 connecting dimensions to
A ø 9,2 B
ISO 4401

Max. torque
6Nm
85

57

KV-4/3-5KO-6
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
0,01/100mm
ca.73 78
ca.224 Rmax4

Max. torque 30Nm


S=20
A ø 9,2 B Required quality of
the mating surface
Max. torque
6Nm
85

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
ca.73 78 29,5
ca.254

3.11.3
Function drawing
KV-4/3-5KO-6
4 1 9 7 3 8 5 2 6 (KV-4/2-5KO-6)

1 Solenoid "a" - MR-045


A B 2 Solenoid "b" - MR-045
3 Fixing screws 4 pcs M5 x 30
to DIN EN ISO 4762 -10.9
must be ordered separately
Required tightening torque
Md = 9 Nm
4 Plug-in connector "a" - grey
T A P B T 5 Plug-in connector "b" - black
6 Emergency hand operator
7 O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
8 Valve cap
9 Nameplate
10 Constant action restrictor

Vent screw
A B

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/3-5KO-6-2
A B

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/2-5KO-6-UD
A 10

T A P B T

Instalation A constant or short time static oil pressure of at least > 4 bar must
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain
The directional control valve must be installed horizontally the oil pressure in the spring chambers. If this is not the case, the
(Nameplate on top). If this is not the case, the valve must be preloaded oil volume of the restricted valve would leak into the T
removed for venting. Unscrew the vent screw. Move the spool channel through the leakage section of the control spool
alternately to the switching positions a and b until no more shoulders.
bubbles appear at the screw hole. The oil must be visible at the The dampening constancy also depends on the constancy of the
screw hole. Missing oil schould be refielld with an oilcan, drop by oil viscosity.
drop. Screw in the vent screw. For this reason the dampening effect should always be adjusted
with the system at operational temperature.

3.11.4
Pos. 26
Counter Balance valve
01003326
BC 2-1,2 G

STK Stacker
Pos. 27-28
Counter Balance valve
01003325
BC 2-1,0 F

STK Stacker
Pos. 29
Counter Balance valve
01003325
BC 2-1,0 F

STK Stacker
Pos. 30-31
Bend cylinders
61000466-01
HM85-B-D-160/100-655-GVK-SP

STK Stacker
BESTILLINGSVEJLEDNING / BESTELLFORMEL / HOW TO ORDER :

HM85 - X - X - D / d x slagl. / hub / stroke - X - X - (X)


Type / Typ / Type Sp = Speciel-Spezial-Special
Ændrede mål i forh. t/standard
Bundophæng / Geänderte Maße statt Standard
Anlenkung Bodenseitig / Not stand. measure from katalog
Rear mounting Stempelstangsophæng / Stempelstangsmateriale /
Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Kolbenstangenmaterial /
Funktion ** E - D Piston rod mounting Piston rod material

Cyl.rør / Zylinderrohr / Cylinder tube Stempelstangsdiameter / Kolbenstangendurchmesse / Piston rod diameter


** :E = Enk.virk./ Einf.wirk. / Single act.
:D = Dobb.virk. / Dopp.wirk. / Double act.

Bundophæng / Anlenkung-Bodenseitig / Rear mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A/B Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
BFL Bagflange / Flansch hinten / Rear flange
FFL Frontflange / Flansch vorne / Front flange
V Vippetappe / Schwenkzapfen / Trunnion mounting

Stempelstangsophæng / Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Piston rod mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
SFL Stempelstangsflange / Kolbenstangenflansch / Piston rod flange
GvK Ledleje m/ gev. / Gel.lager m/ Gew. / Sph. eye w/ thread
(SKAL bestilles sammen m/cyl. / NUR zusammen m/ Zylinder / order only WITH cylinder)

Katalog FST /HM85/Teknik1.xls


Pos. 32
Double check valve
45000147
VP-NOV-6-D

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 30

CHECK VALVE type VP-NOV

- NS-6, 10
- to 350 bar
- to 100 l/min
- Direct operated
- Connecting dimensions to ISO 4401
- Flow shut-off in both or one service line
- For vertical stacking - sandwich plate design
- Height and width of the valves to ISO 7790 norms

VP-NOV-10-.., VP-NOV-6-..

Description of operating Performance curves


Pilot operated check valves type VP-NOV enable the hydraulic p - Q Performance curves of the flow in direction
fluid flow in the service lines to be automatically shut off and V to P (through check valve) and in direction P to V
made free, respectively. (check valve pilot opened with px=80 bar).
Free flow direction is always from the valve side "V" to the Measured at t = 50 ºC and = 32 mm²/s
subplate side "P". In the opposite direction is the valve blocked 25 P V
for the hydraulic fluid flow. Free flow in port A in direction P to V pilot
is achieved by means of pressure in port B, and vice versa. opened
Diff. pressure (bar)
20
To assure zero leakage there is necessary to discharge ports A
and B towards T in the zero position of the directional valve. V P
15 against
spring force
10

5
Ordering code
VP-NOV- - - - 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Size
Size 6 Flow (l/min)
Check valve in port 16 V P
against
Seal type 14 spring force
Diff. pressure (bar)

Special requirements to be briefly specified 12 P V


10 pilot
8 opened
Size Seal type
6
Size 6 = 6 NBR seals for mineral oil = no desig.
Size 10 = 10 HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 4
FPM seals for HETG, =E 2
HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568
and ISO 15380 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 10 Flow (l/min)
Check valve in port (symbol)

V V V Mounting
example
=EB =EA =D

P P P P
A B A B A B

Technical data

Size 6 10
V
Flow rate l/min 60 100
Operating pressure bar 350 350 a A B b
Cracking pressure bar 1 0,5 0
a b
Area ratio 1:3,9 1:3,6
Oil temperature range o
C -20 to +70 -20 to +70 P T
2
Viscosity range mm /s 15 to 380 15 to 380
Filtration NAS 1638 8 8
Mass kg 1,8 3,5

1.5.1
Dimensions (mm)

2 1
s=10

40
125

5,4-z=4 1. Nameplate

32,5
20,8
31

45
2. O-ring 9,25x1,78-4 pcs
3. Fixing bores for fixing
screws M5

6,8 34 12,7
21,5
30,2 3
40,5

2 1
s=12
50

158
12
21,4

6,8 - z=4
6,3
32,5
46

70

1. Nameplate
2. O-ring 12,42x1,78-5 pcs
3. Fixing bores for fixing
screws M6

6,7 45,5 3,2


16,7
27
3
37,3
50,8
54

Reqired quality of 0,01/100 mm


the mating surface
Rmax 4

1.5.2
Cabinet
Cover for Stacker

FST STK Stacker


8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
810

F F
4
6

960
1/2'' svejsebøsning
svejses på bundpladen.

E E

4 stk. Ø10 huller,


som vist på snit A
Rammen opbygges i 40x40x3mm Vinkeljern.

Front side

Bagpladen kan svejses på vinkeljern.


D D

1120
1200
3

A
A
40

C 2 C

104
109

Fødderne skal svejses på bundpladen, som er 3mm tykke.


7

bemærkning: forben er 5mm kortere end bagben


930
784 Ø10
73
23

Parts List
ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
B 1 1 D2-108-00-B Bagplade B
2 4 D2-108-00-C For og bagben RHS-40x40x4
C 3 1 D2-108-00-D Bundplade + ramme for tank
4 1 D2-108-00-F Top plade
5 4 D2-108-00-M Forstærkningsklods for øjebolte
1000

954

6 4 DIN 580 - M10 x 17 Øjebolte


7 1 D4-3531-01 1/2'' svejsebøsning
23

Dette dokument tilhører Fritz Schur Teknik AS, og må ikke anvendes, overdrages, kopieres eller
efterlignes uden skriftlig godkendelse af Fritz Schur Teknik AS.
n10 Originalt dokument samt evetuelle kopier skal retuneres til Fritz Schur Teknik AS straks efter brug, og
senest sammen med tilbud eller følgeseddel.
5 4
Mål uden toleranceangivelse: DS/ISO 2768- c
73
A cover for ST stacker A
Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg
Phone: +45 70 20 16 16
Alle skarpe kanter og hjørner brydes! Matr: Jern A3 Fax: +45 70 20 16 15
C Skabet males grå Ral (FLS farve)
Tegnet af: Tegnet den: Godkendt af: Rev. nr: Tegn.nr:
RSA 12-05-2009 00 D2-108-00
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Assembly, Start, Repair, and Disassembling

Hydraulic Units

This direction shall be seen as a general direction. If in the single system there are special
components, which are problematic to you, please contact our technical department
immediately.

1. Assembling

1.1 The system shall always stand in a place, which gives easy access for repair and
maintenance. Avoid to place it close to strong heat/cold influence or in a dusty area.
The system shall be placed on a solid ground and good ventilation around the
system shall be secured.

1.2 Before the power pack is connected to the system it shall be secured that hoses,
tubes, fittings, as well as other components are at least prescribed to the pressure
that is indicated on the type board on the power pack.

1.3 It is important to secure that all components, tubes, and hoses are carefully cleaned
before being attached. Even small pollution may spoil a power pack during very
short time.

1.4 If you are not quite sure of how to attach the power pack, how to clean the system,
etc. Please contact our technical department for more instructions.

1
2. Start

2.1 The system is filled with oil of a known brand. It is important to choose oil that fits to
the working conditions to which the system is exposed. It may e.g. be an outdoors
or indoor system or special environmental considerations have to be taken. Consult
the Oil Company for assistance. For normal systems we will recommend oil that
does at least comply with DIN 51524 with a viscosity according to ISO VG32 or
VG46. We recommend the oil to be filled through a filter of minimum 10-micron
nominal.

2.2 As a standard the power pack is based on use of mineral oil or oils that are miscible
with mineral oil. If other types of oil are used our technical department shall approve
them. We draw your attention to the fact that e.g. certain types of oils require other
seal types, different working conditions etc.

NOTE!
Never mix different oil types without approval from oil suppliers!

2.3 It is important to control that tubes, hoses, fittings etc. are tightened correctly and
that the components have been assembled according to the diagram. If you are not
quite sure if the connection on the outlet ports of the components is correct please
ask our technical department.

2.4 We recommend that you short-circuit the connections to cylinders and hydraulic
motors in order that dust does not damage them in the start phase.

2.5 In systems with piston pump and piston motors the pump housing shall be filled
before start.

2.6 Please control that all directional valves are in neutral position (dead) and that the
power pack can be started without load.

2.7 Please adjust the escape valve to minimum value. A leak or malfunction works
violently at high pressure. Pressure valves, if any, at the accumulators must not be
adjusted.

2.8 Please check that a proper screening of the machine has been made in order to
avoid personal injury in connection with a malfunction or leakage.

2.9 Start the electric motor shortly (few seconds) and control the rotation direction.

2.10 Start the pump and let go weak for some minutes.

2.11 Operate every single function (directional valve) unloaded at as high a pressure as
possible. This should be repeated until the system has been scavenged (the oil in
the tank should be clear). The oil level should be controlled now and then and if
necessary fill up.

2
2.12 Assemble connections to cylinders and hydraulic motors again and repeat the
scavenging.

2.13 Let the system go unloaded for 10-20 minutes, and then raise pressure slowly to the
pressure stated. Control now and then leakages and abnormal noise. Adjust other
components e.g. pressure switches.

2.14 Let the system go for a while and control - also the temperature on the oil tank,
which may not exceed 65 degrees Celsius. Normal working temperature should be
around 50 degrees Celsius.

2.15 The safety valve may not be blocked or put at a higher pressure than the one
indicated on the type board.

2.16 Parts where the adjustment is sealed must not be adjusted without written
permission from the vendor.

3. Service

3.1 It is very important to secure a regular maintenance on the system, which will
reduce the risk of expensive breakdowns. Note regularly in a book all facts
concerning pressure, temperature, change of filters etc. This will give you a
comprehensive view of the system and its condition and as such give you the
possibility of preventing expensive breakdowns.

3.2 The filter elements shall be changed regularly, first time after approximately 40 - 50
hours’ operation. Notoriously, they shall be changed after 500-800 hours’ operation.
We recommend providing the filters with indicators, as hereby a better control of
blocking is obtained and unnecessary filter change is avoided. The filter elements
should be changed/cleaned at least every 6 months.

3.3 The oil should be controlled now and then dependent of the working conditions,
consult e.g. your oil supplier. We generally recommend that the oil is changed after
approx. 1600 - 2000 hours’ operations, however at least every 12 months. In other
systems we recommend to make an oil test and let it be analysed with the oil
company. With this you obtain a control of the oil condition and at the same time
you get an analysis of the wear particles in the oil, which may give you a preliminary
warning about pump damages etc.

3.4 When changing components, hoses, and fittings you should use parts that do at
least comply with the same data as the parts being changed.

NOTE!

Far the most parts of defects on hydraulic systems can be tracked to pollution of the oil.
Therefore, it is very important to be utmost careful with the cleanliness as well as with
assembly and maintenance.

3
4. Disassembling

4.1 Before the power pack is being disassembled it is very important to control that
there is no pressure on the system. After the pump has been stopped there may still
be pressures in the system e.g. from accumulators or cylinders that are under
loading.

4.2 All electric connections shall be disassembled before the disassembling is being
started.

4.3 All connections shall be dimmed very carefully immediately after being separated.

Please remember to protect your skin against oil; you should alternatively wash with
frequent intervals.

Should you have any questions in connection with this direction please don’t hesitate to
contact us.

FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS

4
FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160
Include for following
XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM
4-1445344-494693A

Fritz Schur Teknik A/S · Telefon +45 70 20 16 16 · Telefax 70 20 16 15 · mail@fst.dk · www.fst.dk


FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160
Include the following

FLS description:
 Order number: 4-1445344-494693A
 Contract No.: 04-14-45344-910
 FLS Equip. No.: 231.ST200 / 50070963
 Plant: XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM

Documentation:
 Hydraulics diagram
 Pictures
 Parts list / Recommended spare parts
810928-180/110-2270 Equip. No. 50070963 (10.01.01.05 – 10.01.02.12)
810923-400 Equip. No. 50070963 (10.02.01.04 – 10.02.02.09)
810929-26169 Equip. No. 50070963 (10.02.02.11 – 10.05.01.23)
810935-160/100-655 Equip. No. 50070963 (10.04.01.03 – 10.04.01.15)
BI300099 Equip. No. 50070963 (10.06.01.03 – 10.06.01.13)

 Documentation of components
 Assembly, Start, Repair, and Disassembling

Date: 30-03-2016 Sign: Ingolf Jönsson


Declaration of Conformity
DECLARATION CONCERNING USE OF MENTIONED MACHINES/MACHINE COMPONENTS
in according with the Council Directives
2006/42/95/EEC

Declaration of incorporation of party completed machinery


In accordance with the Council Directive 2006/42/EEC
FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS declares hereby that mentioned components:

Pump Unit: 810923-400


810929-26169
810928-180/110-2270
810935-160/100-655

FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160. Include the following

Your ref.: 4-1445344-494693A Version 0

XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM

Order no.: 075632

 Comply with the relevant requirements for partly complete machinery laid down in
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EEC Article 2g and Article 13 as amended. The relevant
technical documentation is compiled in accordance with part B of Annex VII.

 Are in conformity with the provisions of EMC Directive 2004/108/EEC and Low Voltage
Directive 2006/95/EEC as amended and

 have been manufactured in accordance with the harmonized standards EN 55014-1, EN


55014-2, EN 60335-2-103.

The total system then complies with the essential requirements of the Council Directives
2006/42/EEC, 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EEC as amended.

Albertslund, 30-03-2016

Allan Nelbom

QA Manager
Hydraulic system 160
STK Stacker unit: 231.ST200
Load Holding valve: serial No.: 16011765 Pos. 16

Load Holding Valve: Serial no.: 16011590 Pos. 17


Knee cylinders: Serial No. 160251
Parts list: 810928-180/110-1816 Page: 1 / 1
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.01.01.05 1 4.075947 Shaft NiCrMo 7-3-2
10.01.01.06 1 61000633 Cylinder HM85-S-D-180/110x1816-S-R-SP Fjero
10.01.01.10 4 746767.100 Locking plate .100
10.01.01.12 2 Lub. Nipple (part of compelet cylinder)
10.01.01.19 8 ARV600118 Screw 0223.M16x35
10.01.01.20 8 ARV600225 Spring Washer 0720.M16
10.01.02.01 1 45001311 O.C. valve BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV250/N Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.02 1 45001312 O.C. valve BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV210/N Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.03 4 EMA3/1/4"ED Pressure gauge connector EMA3/1/4ED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.05 4,4 m 2162060R Pipe 16 X 2,0 Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.06 4,4 m 2101560R Pipe 10x1,5 Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.07 1 4.070023 Test equipment
10.01.02.09 2 E2129116000 Fitting GE16SRED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.10 2 E2129110106 Fitting GE10SR-1/4ED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.11 2 E2619016000 Fitting T16S Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.12 2 E7079016010 Reduction RED 16/10S Attched on cylinder

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic cylinder
Revision: 00 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.01.01.05 - 10.01.02.12 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: Roskildevej 108-110, DK-2620 Albertslund Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810923-400V Page: 1 / 1
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
01 1 BI300089 Oil tank 140L Fritz Schur Teknik AS
01.1 1 52001067 Oil Level gauge CLA13M12NT UFI
02 1 36900018 Gear pump WP09A1B-080-R-06-NB-159-N Concentric GmbH
02.1 1 45000241 Return bush UC.2817 UCC (Parker)
03 1 52000058 Strainer MSZ 202BMCVB10 UFI
04.1 1 52000126 Coupling Motor ND86B OMT
04.2 1 54000111 Coupling Pump ND86P2 OMT
04.3 1 54000112 Coupling Spider R82 OMT
04.4 1 54000006 Bell housing LS300 OMT
05 1 603001320305IE3 El-Motor Type 3,0kW 6pol B35 3x400V 50Hz HOYER A/S
05.1 1 TR000010 Vibration pad B50/30 Novibra
06 1 500305 Ball valve G1/2" F/F ITV
07 1 52001018 Pressure filter BPB32B10CN**03XX UFI
07.1 1 52001016 Filter cartidge EPB32NFC 12 mic. abs UFI
07.2 1 52000508 Electrical/visual indicator 7E 5bar UFI
08 1 52000207 Air beather / Filling filter TM 178 G 78 UFI
08.1 1 BI300058 Distance pipe Fritz Schur Teknik AS
09 1 52001021 Oil level switch CLB25UNW UFI
11 1 FT290-1/4 Needle valve FT290-1/4" Tognella
12 1 63-7211-250 Pressure gauge Ø63/250 bar 1/4" Type 1454 Oleotech
13 1 45000433 Pressure relief valve VP-RT-6-EP-315 Kladivar
13.1 1 80000111 Manifold HK MRSL 3 38 Subplate NG6 3/8" Hansa Flex
15 1 45000328 Solenoid valve KV-4/3-5KO-6-3-24DC Kladivar
18 1 TEM600006 PT100 sensor Tpe B (PR-5333A), 0-100°C, L=150 KP Electronics
18.1 1 TEM600004 Sensor protection L=150 mm KP Electronics
20 1 SN60041 Oil heater BOCX 60 3x400V, incl. thermostate SAN
25 1 45000140 Solenoid valve KV-4/3-5KO-6-6-24DC Kladivar
32 1 45000147 Double check valve VP-NOV-6-D Kladivar

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.02.01.04 - 10.02.02.09 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400Vac 50Hz / 24Vdc Roskildevej 8-10, 2620 Albertslund Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A XUAN THANH CEM. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810929-26169 Page: 1 / 3
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.02.02.11 2 01003325 BC 2-1,0 F Hawe
10.02.02.12 2 01003325 BC 2-1,0 F Hawe
10.02.02.13 2 01003326 BC 2-1,2 G Hawe
10.03.01.04 10 E2219016000 G16S Larga
10.03.01.05 2 E3029016000 WSV16S Larga
10.03.01.06 10 E2229016000 W16S Larga
10.03.01.09 15 RCPR116 Pipe Clamps 16mm Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 30 TM-C1 Mutter for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 15 DP-C1 Cap plate for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 30 SS-C1 Screw for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.10 1 TS-C2 Mounting Rail Hansa Flex
10.03.01.12 18 2162560R Steel tube Ø16x2,5mm L=18000mm Sanistaal
10.03.01.14 2 4SP08-23001 DKOS-16 L=1400/1340mm Larga
10.03.01.16 4 ARV600229 M20x45mm Arvid Nilsson
10.03.01.17 4 ARV600227 M20 Washer Arvid Nilsson

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: Ihj FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.02.02.11 - 10.03.01.17 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400V 50Hz / 24Vdc Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810935-160/100-655 Page: 1 / 3
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.04.01.03 2 61000466-01 HM85-B-D-160/100-655 (20046345) Fjero
10.04.01.05 2 7.000150-80x242 Shaft Ø80x242mm FST
10.04.01.06 2 7.000150-80x283 Shaft Ø80x283mm FST
10.04.01.07 2 7.000150-100x283 Shaft Ø100x283mm FST
10.04.01.08 4 GLY PG10010530A PCM 100 10550M SKF
10.04.01.10 12 74676-100 Locking Plate FST
10.04.01.11 24 ARV600220 M16x35 Screw Würtz
10.04.01.12 24 ARV600224 M16 facet washer Würtz
10.04.01.14 2 61000634 Shaft Ø70/Ø80x96 FST
10.04.01.15 2 61000635 Shaft Ø70/Ø80x111 FST

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10-04.01.03 - 10.04.01.15 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400V 50Hz / 24Vdc Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Pos. 01.1
Oil level gauge
CLA13M12T

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CLA
V I S U A L L E V E L I N D I C AT O R S

MATERIALS
Visual level indicators, tank side mounting.

Transparent part:
Trogamid T

Anti-shock protection:
painted steel

Fixing bolts:
zinc plated steel

Seals:
NBR Nitrile
(FKM - on request fluoroelastomer)

Double scale thermometer


(Celsius and Farenheit) option available.

Tightening torque for the fixing bolts 10 Nm.

PRESSURE
Max pressure allowed 100 kPa (1 bar).

WORKING TEMPERATURE Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CLA - EN - 03/2011
From -20°C to +90°C

Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
on our website.

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


H1 H2 H3 D E1 E2 E3 C TYPE
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C
CLA11M10NW 108 76 32 M10 35 24 50 L A FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
11 12 13
M CONNECTION TYPE
CLA11M10NT 108 76 32 M10 35 24 50
M = metric thread M M M
CONNECTION SIZE
CLA12M12NW 160 127 78 M12 35 24 50
10 = M10 10 10 -
12 = M12 12 12 12
CLA12M12NT 160 127 78 M12 35 24 50 N SEALS
N = NBR Nitrile N N N
CLA13M12NW 286 254 202 M12 35 24 50
ACCESSORIES
CLA13M12NT 286 254 202 M12 35 24 50 W = without W W W
T = with thermometer T T T
Pos. 02
Vane pump
Type: WPA1B-080-R-06-NB-159-N

STK Stacker
HIGH PRESSURE GEAR PUMP W900

HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS DIVISION Outstanding Hydraulic Products, Service and Expertise, Worldwide
THE POWER OF THE W900 A SERIES
Haldex Hydraulics is one of the world’s W900 High Pressure Gear Pumps are
leading manufacturers of hydraulic optimized for demanding work, with harsh
pumps. In recent years we have focused weather conditions, rugged operations
on important markets, such as materials and long service intervals. The W900
handling and vehicles, and now the result series is a range of cost-efficient group II
are in: a series of high-performance pumps for all applications in which the
hydraulic pumps. The W900 series builds customer’s demands for quality and
on the versatile technical platform reliability are particularly high.
represented by the W series.

FLANGE CODE 03, 06, 07, 10, 11, 12, 13 4-9

EFFICIENCIES 10 - 11

Pictures on front page are used with the kind permission of eg: Atlet, BT, Huddig, Scania, Toro and Volvo Construction Equipment.
The right to modifications for technical improvements is reserved.

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03


PERFORMANCE DATA
Operating pressure range
Inlet port: continuous, minimum -0,20 bar
intermittent, minimum -0,35 bar
maximum +2,00 bar
Outlet port (See tables on pages 4-9)
p III

p II
p I continous
pressure

Pressure
pI
p II intermittent
pressure
p III Peak
pressure
10 sec. at minimum Time
20 sec. at minimum

Product has been tested to 1,000,000 cycles at pl.


Pressure pll is permitted at maxi. 20 sec loaded
following 10 sec minimum unloaded.
Product has been tested to 500,000 cycles at pllI.
Above represents performance wich can be
expected from units incorporating flange port styles.

Speed range
Minimum speed for all pump sizes is n=500 rpm at
maximum pressure pl.
Maximum speed for single pumps depends on the
pump model in question and can be identified from
tables on pages 4-9 for respective models.
Model code example for a single pump Maximum speed for multiple pumps is the lowest
one specified (See tables on pages 4-9) for any
WP 09 A 1 B 050 R 03 BA 150 N section of the configuration in question.
Noise performance data according to DIN 45 635.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Typical levels at 200 bar and 2300 rpm using mine-
ral oil with viscosity of 40 mm2/s and at temperature
of 50° C:
1 = Type 7 = Rotation W9A1-08 W9A1-16 W9A1-23
60 dB(A) 65 dB(A) 68 dB(A)
2 = Series 8 = Mounting flange
Hydraulic fluids. The use of HL-or HLP-hydraulic
oil according to DIN 51 524 is recommended.
3 = Design revision 9 = Drive shaft The permissible viscosity for all W900 pumps
ranges from 750 to 10 mm2/s. The recommended
4 = # of sections 10 = Portings operating viscosity range is from 40 to 16 mm2/s.
The permissible cold start viscosity is 2000 mm2/s.
11 We recommend to contact Haldex Barnes before
5 = Seal material = Valve options
using fire resistant or bio-degradable fluids.

6 = Displacement per section Temperature range


Amb. temperature mini.-25° C
maxi. +80° C
Fluid temperature
continuous operation maxi. +90° C
short term operation maxi. +105° C
W900 DESCRIPTION Please note
The W900 pumps are available in a single A wide range of mounting flanges and port Viscosities -when operating at above temperature
limits-have to remain within the range specified un-
or multiple configuration of up to four sizes are available to meet international
der ”Hydraulic Fluids”.
sections. The basic pump is of a three standards.
piece modular design. Mounting flange Fluid cleanliness
and rear cover are of cast iron. The pump General data
Fluid cleanliness according to ISO 4406/1986 code
body is manufactured from high strength Displacement V 5 - 31cc/rev 18/14 or better is required in order to assure the
aluminium alloy. Speed n 500 - 4000 rpm pump’s high level of efficiency in the long term.
For optimum strength, gears and shafts Pressure
are precision machined in one piece. The rated pressure pl up to 276 bar Drive arrangement
13-tooth gear geometry has been intermittent pressure pll up to 300 bar Flexible couplings are preferred for direct drives.
Operating temperatures t up to 105° C Please contact Haldex Hydraulics for indirect drive
optimized for low noise level.
Average volumetric efficiency 97% requirements. Pumps with outboard side load
All shaft bearing surfaces are Teflon® The maximum values for n, pl and t for a given bearing are available.
coated and designed for long service life. pump specification may be applied
They are continually cooled and lubricated simultaneously. Mounting position
by a controlled flow of fresh oil. This
As required.
enables operation across a wide speed Options
range at very high loads. • SAE mounting flange, through bolt model. Symbols
Multiple pumps in the W900 range are • Rectangular flanges. Single pump
very compact. The drive shaft is capable • Splined, tapered or straight shaft with key, Double pump
of transmitting high torque even to the rear tang shaft. Triple pump
section. Each section has its own inlet and • Thread ports of flange ports. Quadruple pump
pressure ports. Single inlet features are • Clockwise or anti-clockwise rotation.
• Integrated valve features.
optional for 2 and 3 section unit.
• Single inlet for multiple units.
HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 3
FLANGE CODE 06

Model code example for a single pump


WP 09 A 1 B 050 R 06 NB 160 N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 = Type WP - Pump 8 = Mounting flange


06 Rect. Ø 36,5 mm pilot
2 = Series 09 - 900
9 = Drive shaft
3 = Design revision A NB European Tapered shaft 1:8

4 = # of sections 1 - Single 10 = Portings


2 - Duplex 160 - 20 mm + 13,5 mm
3 - Triplex
For pump displacement 050-080 4 - Quadruplex 11 = Valve options N - None

5 = Seal material B - Buna


6 = Displacement per section
(See Code Displ. below)

7 = Rotation
R - Clockwise
L - Counter clockwise

Size Rated pressure Maximum speed Dimensions Weight


(bar) (rpm) A B (approx.)
Port. c. ’160’ [mm] [mm] [kg]

050 - 5,0cc 276 4000 90,1 43,3 3,7


060 - 6,0cc 276 4000 91,6 44,0 3,8
080 - 8,0cc 276 4000 94,6 45,5 3,9
110 - 11,0cc 276 3600 99,0 47,7 4,1
140 - 14,0cc 276 3300 103,5 50,0 4,2
160 - 16,0cc 276 3000 106,4 51,4 4,3
190 - 19,0cc 276 3000 110,9 53,7 4,4
230 - 23,0cc 221 2800 116,8 56,6 4,4
270 - 27,0cc 185 2350 122,7 59,6 4,8
310 - 31,0cc 170 1900 128,7 62,6 5,0

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 5


MULTIPLE PUMPS

The two following parameters are of the Maxi. load index K 5240
utmost importance when selecting for double pump
multiple pumps and must never be K = (p2 x V2)
exceeded: for triple pump
-Drive shaft load index ”A” K = (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3)
-Internal coupling load index ”K”
for quadruple pump
K = (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3) + (p4 x V4)

Maximum drive shaft load index ”A”,


see table below
for double pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2)
for triple pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3)
for quadruple pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3) +
(p4x V4)

Drive Load index Drive Load index


Shaft end section shaft A shaft A
BA 10488 JA 6215
FA 5100 MB 10488
GA 9608 NB 10488
HA 11304 QB 5012

Note: P = actual pressure in bar,


V = applicable displacement from
table page 4-8.

In multiple pumps, shaft end section must have largest displace-


ment. Each consecutive section must have displacement equal
to or smaller than section proceeding.
Haldex Hydraulics multiple pumps are also available with reduced
number of inlets. Please contact Haldex Hydraulics for details.
Please, contact Haldex Hydraulics for pump applications requiring
independently sealed sections.

Size P Q Weight R S Weight T Weight N L Weight


mm mm kg mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg
Shaft end section Rear section 2nd & 3rd section A1-section

060 - 0,6cc 77,6 44,0 3,1 73,4 25,6 2,7 59,1 1,8 75,1 41,5 2,7
080 - 0,8cc 80,0 45,5 3,2 76,4 27,0 2,8 62,1 1,9 78,1 41,5 2,7
110 -11,0cc 85,0 47,7 3,4 80,8 29,2 3,0 66,5 2,1 82,5 45,2 3,0
140 -14,0cc 89,5 50,0 3,5 85,2 31,5 3,1 71,0 2,2 87,0 47,5 3,1
160 -16,0cc 92,4 51,4 3,6 88,1 33,0 3,2 73,9 2,3 89,9 48,9 3,2
190 -19,0cc 96,9 53,7 3,7 92,7 35,2 3,4 78,4 2,4 94,4 51,2 3,4
230 -23,0cc 102,8 56,6 3,9 98,6 38,2 3,5 84,3 2,6 100,3 54,1 3,5
270 -27,0cc 108,7 59,6 4,1 104,5 41,1 3,7 90,2 3,7 106,2 57,1 3,7
310 -31,0cc 114,8 62,6 4,3 110,5 44,1 3,9 96,2 3,0 112,2 60,1 3,9

10 HALDEX W900 GB-03-03


EFFICIENCES, TOTAL , MECHANICAL, VOLUMETRIC

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 11


Pos. 02.1
Return bush
UC.2817

STK-Stacker
Pos. 03
Strainer
MSZ 202BMCVB10

STK Stacker
GB Suction elements - MSZ series -
DESCRIPTION: MSZ series elements are especially designed to protect pump and system components. They extend life
and reduce breakdown for continuous equipment operation. Available with or without by-pass. Used to filter all mineral and
petroleum based fluids. Port sizes: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Flow rates: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
TECHNICAL DATA FILTRATION
End cap: galvanized steel Steel wire mesh: 125µ - 250µ
Center tube: galvanized steel
Head: glass-filled nylon FILTER ELEMENTS COLLAPSE PRESSURES
By-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Working temperature: -25 ÷ +90°C

Special execution on request


All tests performed according to the following standards: ISO 2941: Element collapse resistance test - ISO 2942: Production integrity test
ISO 2943: Fluids compatibility - ISO 3723: End load test method - ISO 3724: Flow fatigue resistance method - ISO 3968: Pressure drop versus
flow rate - ISO 4572: Multipass test. For further information contact our Technical Dept.

D Saugfilterelemente - MSZ Serie -


BESCHREIBUNG: Die Saugfilterelemente der Serie MSZ werden an die Pumpensaugleitung angeschraubt und im Behälter
unterhalb des Flüssigkeitsspiegels installiert. Sie sollen in erster Linie Pumpen schützen. Um bei verschumutzten
Elementen oder Kaltstart Ansaugschwierigkeiten zu vermeiden, können die Elemente auch mit Bypass - Ventil ausgerüstet
werden. Anschlußgewinde: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Nennvolumenstrom: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
TECHNISCHE DATEN FILTERMATERIAL
Endkappe: stahl korrosionsgeschützt Metallsieb: 125µ - 250 µ
Stützrohr: stahl korrosionsgeschützt
Anschlußgewinde: glas-nylon KOLLAPSDRÜCKE DES FILTERELEMENTS
Bypass - Ventil: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Betriebstemperatur: -25 ÷ +90°C

Sonderausführungen auf Wunsch


Alle Proben wurden nach folgenden Normen durchgeführt: ISO 2941: Kollaps-Berstdruckprüfung - ISO 2942: Fesstellung der einwandfreien
Fertigungsqualität - ISO 2943: Prüfung der Verträglichkeit mit der Druckflüssigkeit - ISO 3723: Verfahren zur Prüfung der Endscheibenbelastung
ISO 3724: Nachweis der Durchfluss-Ermüdungseigenschaften - ISO 3968: Durchflusswiderstand gegen Volumenstrom - ISO 4572: Multipass test

F Crepines d'aspiration - série MSZ -


DESCRIPTION: cette gamme de crèpines d'aspiration est concue pour la protection des pompes et des équipements.
Leur seuil de filtration est de 125 ou 250 microns avec ou sans by-pass. Compatibles avec tous les fluids hydrauliques à
base d'huile minérale, de coupe ou refrigerants. Raccordements: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Débits: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
INFORMATIONS TECHNIQUES FILTRATION
Coupelle: acier zingué Treillis metal: 125µ - 250µ
Tube central: acier zingué
Tête du filtre: polyester renforcé en fibre de verre PRESSION D'ECRASEMENT ELEMENTS FILTRANTS
Valve de by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Temperature de travaille: -25 ÷ +90°C

Production special sur demande


Tous les tests sont réalisés selon les standards suivant: ISO 2941: Test de pression d'écrasement élément filtrant - ISO 2942: Conformité
aux details de production - ISO 2943:Compatibilité media/fluids - ISO 3723: Détermination résistance à la deformation axiale - ISO 3724:
Détermination résistance selon variation du débit - ISO 3968: Détermination des pertes de charge selon le débit - ISO 4572: Test Multipass.

E Filtros en aspiración - serie MSZ -


DESCRIPCIÒN: Los filtros de la serie MSZ se emplean en aspiración para proteger la bomba. Asegurando el máximo
rendimiento en base al caudal nominal. Con o sin by-pass. Pueden ser empleados con todos los aceites minerales y con
los fluidos rifrigerantes de corte. Conexiones: 1/2” ÷ 3” BSP-NPT- Caudal: 15 ÷ 550L/min
CARACTERISTICAS TÉCNICAS FLTRACIÒN
Fondo: Acero cincado Tela metálica: 125µ - 250µ
Tubo interior: Acero cincado
Conexión roscada: Nylon con carga de fibra de vidrio PRESION DE APLASTAMIENTO
Válvula by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% DE LOS CARTUCHOS FILTRANTE
Temperatura de servicio: -25°C ÷ 90°C Estandar: ∆p 100 kPa

Ejecuciones especiales bajo demanda

Todos los ensayos se realizan según las normas sigulentes: ISO 2941: Verificación de la presión de aplastamiento del cartucho - ISO 2942:
Verificación de conformidad a la fabricación - ISO 2943: Compatibilidad de los materiales con los fluidos - ISO 3723: Prueba de resistencia a la
deformación axial - ISO 3724: Prueba de resistencia a la fatiga - ISO 3968: Pérdidas de carga según el caudal - ISO 4572: Prueba multipass

I Filtri in aspirazione - serie MSZ -


DESCRIZIONE: i filtri serie MSZ sono utilizzati in aspirazione per proteggere la pompa. Assicurano il massimo
rendimento in base alla portata nominale. Sono disponibili con o senza valvola di by-pass. Possono essere utilizzati con
tutti gli oli minerali e con i fluidi refrigeranti da taglio. Attacchi: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Portate: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE FILTRAGGIO
Fondello: acciaio zincato Tela metallica: 125µ - 250µ
Tubo interno: acciaio zincato
Attacco filettato: nylon caricato vetro PRESSIONE COLLASSO CARTUCCE FILTRANTI
Valvola di by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Temperatura di lavoro: -25 ÷ +90°C

Esecuzioni speciali su richiesta


Tutti i test sono stati eseguiti secondo le seguenti norme: ISO 2941: Test verifica pressione collasso cartuccia - ISO 2942: Test verifica di
conformità di fabbricazione - ISO 2943: Test verifica compatibilità materiali con fluidi - ISO 3723: Test per resistenza alla deformazione assiale
ISO 3724: Test determinazione resistenza alla fatica - ISO 3968: Test perdite di carico in funzione della portata - ISO 4572: Prova Multipass
DIMENSIONS (mm) AND WEIGHTS (Kg) DIMENSIONS (mm) ET POIDS (Kg)
MASSE (mm) UND GEWICHTE (Kg) DIMENSIONI (mm) E PESI (Kg)

H1

H2
Ch 8

D2

D1
Filter area
Type Filterfläche
Typ Surface filtrante
Type D1 D2 H1 H2 Ch Kg
Superficie filtrante
Tipo cm2

MSZ 101... 46 1/2" 105,5 14 30 0,12 0.155

MSZ 201... 64 3/4" 109,5 14 36 0,22 0.335

MSZ 202... 64 1" 139,5 15 46 0,27 0.450

MSZ 301... 86 1 1/2" 140,0 18 60 0,45 0.610

MSZ 302... 86 1 1/2" 200,0 18 60 0,53 0.920

MSZ 303... 86 2" 260,0 18 70 0,56 1.190

MSZ 401... 150 2" 150,0 18 70 1,20 2.030

MSZ 402... 150 2 1/2" 212,0 20 90 1,40 2.900

MSZ 403... 150 3" 272,0 20 100 1,60 3.900

FLOW RATES DEBITS


NENNVOLUMENSTROM (L/min) PORTATE

Type
Typ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ
Type 101 201 202 301 302 303 401 402 403
Tipo

MCV µ 125 15 25 50 95 130 180 225 350 500

MDC µ 250 20 32 63 115 142 190 248 372 550

∆p 2 kPa (0,02 bar)

The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity Fluid de référence avec viscosité de
of 30 cSt and a density of 0,86 Kg/dm3 30 cSt et densité de 0,86 Kg/ dm3
Bezugsflüssigkeit mit kinematischer Fluido di riferimento con viscosità cinematica di
Viscosität von 30 cSt und Dichte von 0,86 Kg/ dm3 30 cSt e densità di 0,86 Kg/ dm3
HOW TO ORDER THE COMPLETE FILTER
BESTELLBEZEICHNUNG FÜR KOMPLETTE FILTER
DETERMINATION D'UN FILTRE
ORDINAZIONE DEL FILTRO COMPLETO

M S Z

Type Type By-pass Type Filter media Ports


Typ Typ Bypass Typ Filtermaterial Anschlußgewinde
Type Type By-pass Type Finesse media Raccordements
Tipo Tipo By-pass Tipo Materiale filtrante Attacchi

101 303 Without


Ohne
201 401 0 Sans B = BSP
Senza MCV 125µ Wire mesh
202 402 Metallsieb
With MDC 250µ Treillis métal
Mit Tela metallica
301 403 Avec
B N = NPT
Con
302 ∆p 30 kPa±10%

INSTALLATION DETAILS INSTALLATION


EINBAUSYSTEME SISTEMA DI MONTAGGIO

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. 12 - 05/03

Port sizes: 1/2" ÷ 3" Flow rates: 15 ÷ 550


Anschlußgewinde: 1/2" ÷ 3" Nennvolumenstrom: 15 ÷ 550
Raccordements: 1/2" ÷ 3" Débits: 15 ÷ 550
Attacchi: 1/2" ÷ 3" Portate: 15 ÷ 550
BSP - NPT (L/min)
Pos. 4.1
Coupling hub
Type ND 86 C

Pos. 4.2
Coupling hub
Type ND 86 P2

Pos. 4.3
Coupling catch
Type R82

STK-Stacker
ACCOPPIAMENTI TRA MOTORI ELETTRICI
A FLANGIA UNIFICATA B3 - B5 - B14
POMPE OLEODINAMICHE AD INGRANAGGI
CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ELECTRICAL MOTORS
WITH STANDARD B3 - B5 - B14 FLANGE
AND HYDRAULIC GEARPUMPS

TIPOLOGIA DELLE LANTERNE DISPONIBILI / TYPE OF AVAILABLE BELLHOUSINGS

tipo tipo
type L type LS

tipo tipo
type LE type LSE

L 8 fori passanti lato motore LE 8 fori passanti lato motore e anello di centraggio in lamie-
8 passing holes on motor side ra per estrazione del giunto
LS 4 fori passanti + 4 fori filettati lato motore 8 passing holes on motor side + sheet metal centering
4 passing holes + 4 threaded holes on ring for the extraction of the coupling.
motor side LSE 4 fori passanti +4 fori filettati lato motore e anello di cen-
traggio in lamiera per estrazione del giunto
4 passing holes + 4 threaded holes on motor side + sheet
metal centering ring for the extraction of the coupling.
Tabella / Table 20
Potenza motore 4 poli Semigiunto lato motore
1450 giri/1’ Motor side halfcoupling
Motor power 4 poles
1450 revs/min Codice Dimensioni / Dimensions (mm)
Part
kW Taglia HP number A C G D CH T
Size
0,12 0,16
÷ 63 ÷ ND 48A 48 30 19 11 4 12,8
0,18 0,25
0,25 0,35
÷ 71 ÷ ND 48B 48 30 29 14 5 16,3
0,37 0,55
0,55 0,75
÷ 80 ÷ ND 48C 48 38 54 19 6 21,8
0,75 1
1,1 1,5
÷ 90 ÷ ND 48D 48 38 54 24 8 27,3
1,5 2
0,55 0,75
÷ 80 ÷ ND 65A 65 42 47,5 19 6 21,8
0,75 1
1,1
÷ 90
1,5
÷ ND 65B 65
Tabella / Table 21
1,5 48 47,5 24 8 27,3
2 Dimensioni (mm) lato pompa / Dimensions (mm) pump side
2,2 100 3 Rif. pompa
÷ ÷ ÷ ND 65C 65 53 57,5 28 8 31,3 Pump code Tipo / Type d Ch t L
4 112 5,5
2,2 100 3 05 M cilindrico / cylindric 6 2 7 10
÷ ÷ ÷ ND 86A 86 55 60 28 8 31,3 05 GT cilindrico / cylindric 7 2 8 10
4 112 5,5
5,5 7,5 1C cilindrico / cylindric 12 3 13,3 13,5
÷ 132 ÷ ND 86B 86 73 88 38 10 41,3
9 12,5 U1P con 1:8 / taper 1:8 9,7 2,4 10,5 15
5,5 7,5 1M con 1:8 / taper 1:8 13,9 3 15,5 18,5
÷ 132 ÷ ND 108A 108 73 77 38 10 41,3
9 12,5 2 (CA) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 17,2 3,2 18,5 23
11 15
÷ 160 ÷ ND 108B 108 84 110 42 12 45,3 2 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 17,2 4 18,5 23
15 20 3U con 1:8 / taper 1:8 22,2 4 23,6 28
18,5 25
÷ 180 ÷ ND 108C 108 100 110 48 14 51,8 35 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 25,6 4,76 27,8 35
22 30
35 (M) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 25,6 5 27,8 35
30 200 40 ND 108D 108 100 110 55 16 59,3 4 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 33,3 6,35 35,5 45
4 (M/T) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 33,3 7 35,5 45
30 200 40 ND 143B 143 106 110 55 16 59,3 ZB con 1:5 / taper 1:5 9,8 2 10,2 12
37 50 ZF con 1:5 / taper 1:5 16,9 3 17,7 19
÷ 225 ÷ ND 143C 143 137 140 60 18 64,4
45 60 ZG con 1:5 / taper 1:5 25,2 5 26,3 29

23
GIUNTI IN ALLUMINIO
ALUMINIUM COUPLINGS

MOTORI FLANGIA B3-B5 / MOTORS WITH FLANGE B3-B5


Motore 4 poli Giunto completo Semigiunto Inserto Semigiunto

Centering ring

damping ring
di centraggio

Anello Amm.
Foot flange
1450 giri/1’ Rif. Lanterna Dimensione lanterna (mm) serie ND Motore elastico pompa

Suitable
Piedino
Motor power 4 p. pompa

Anelli
Bellhousing Dimensions of bellhousing (mm) Complete coupling Halfcoupling Rubber Halfcoupling
1450 revs/min Pump ND series motor side spider pump side
Taglia Codice Codice Codice Codice
kW Size HP code LE LSE L LS A B C D F G H P Q R S
Part number
H Part number Part num. I Part number
U1P 3010 310 3010 310 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 RC1-254
1C 3011 311 3011 311 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 901 135 ND 86B R-82 20 NS 86P1C RC1-30
1M 3011 311 3011 311 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 901A 135 ND 86B R-82 20 NS 86P1M RC1-30
2 3001 300 3001 300 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 16 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P2 RC2-365
T 250 3002 301 3002 301 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
5,5 7,5 3U 3003 302 3003 302 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508

P - 300

A - 300
÷ 132 ÷ M3 3004 303 3004 303 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
9 12 T3 3005 304 3005 304 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
ZF - - LB26 LBS26 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 210 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86PZF -
ZG - - LB27 LBS27 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 211 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86PZG -
35 M 3006 305 3006 305 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-60
35 G 3007 306 3007 306 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-603
35 U 3007 306 3007 306 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-603
2 - - 3511 350 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43A 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P2 RC2S-365
T 250 3512 351 3512 351 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
3U 3513 352 3513 352 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
M3 3514 353 3514 353 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S508
T3 3515 354 3515 354 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S508
11 15 ZF - - LB31 LBS31 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43D 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108PZF -
÷ 160 ÷ ZG - - LB32 LBS32 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43E 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108PZG -
15 20 35 M 3506 355 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60
35 G 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
35 U 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635

A - 350
P - 350
4U 3509 358 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
2 - - 3511 350 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44A 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P2 RC2S-356
T 250 3512 351 3512 351 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
3U 3513 352 3513 352 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
M3 3514 353 3514 353 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S-508
T3 3515 354 3515 354 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S-508
18,5 25 ZF - - LB31 LBS31 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44D 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108PZF -
÷ 180 ÷ ZG - - LB32 LBS32 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44E 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108PZG -
22 30 35 M 3506 355 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60
35 G 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
35 U 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4U 3509 358 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
T 250 4001 400 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
3U 4002 401 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
M3 4003 402 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
T3 4004 403 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
35 M 4005 404 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60 A - 400
30 200 40 35 G 4006 405 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
-

35 U 4006 405 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 4007 406 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 4007 406 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4U 4008 407 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
ZG - - LB30 LBS30 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 299 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108QZG -
T 250 - - 4505 455 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
3U - - 4506 456 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
M3 - - 4507 457 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
T3 - - 4508 458 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
37 50 ZG - - LB35 LBS35 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 33 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143PZG RC3-508
÷ 225 ÷ 35 M - - 4501 450 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-60
-
-

45 60 35 G - - 4502 451 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-603
35 U - - 4502 451 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-603
4M - - 4503 452 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635
4T - - 4503 452 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635
4U - - 4504 453 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635

Applicazioni speciali
Per tutte le applicazioni che non rientrano nei casi normali specificati in questi cataloghi contattare l’ufficio commerciale della OMT
S.p.a. per un eventuale studio di fattibilità.

Special applications
For all applications not foreseen by this catalogue please contact our commercial department.
We will be pleased to verify the possibility to realize a special connection.

25
Pos. 05
El-motor
3,0 kW, 132 M-6, B35, 380-420V / 50Hz
Type: 603001320305 IE3

STK Stacker
Electric Motors

IE3 Motors

hoyermotors.com

IE3 Motors GREEN responsibility


Behind
Hoyer Motors

Svend Hoyer A/S is an international company comprising the


two business units Hoyer Motors and Hoyer Transmissions.
Headquartered in Denmark and China, we are represented
through subsidiaries and sales offices in a number of
countries across the globe. We pride ourselves of being an
elite manufacturing enterprise with the highest attention
to service and support – a company where dedication,
competitiveness and reliability are second to none.

At Svend Hoyer A/S, meeting agreements is as natural as


breathing air. Our motto: A promise is a promise, is the
foundation for always supplying solutions that meet –
or, indeed, exceed our customers’ expectations in every
respect. Our business policy is always to be direct in our
approach, even in the rare case of complaint or criticism.

In other words, Svend Hoyer A/S is a company you can rely


on. A trustworthy business partner that always meets our
obligations on deliveries and technical solutions – both in
the short and long term. This is what we mean by Exceeding
Expectations.

2
Hoyer IE3
Electric Motors

General info about our IE3 motors All Hoyer IE3 Motors are as standard IP55, prepared for drain
Asynchronous low voltage three-phase Hoyer IE3 IEC TEFV holes and painted RAL 9005 low gloss.
Squirrel-Cage Motors Type HMA3 (aluminum) and HMC3 400V Y – Hoyer IE3 Motors ≤ 3 kW
(cast iron). 400V D – Hoyer IE3 Motors ≥ 3 kW
Other voltages can be supplied on request.
Hoyer IE3 Electric Motors are manufactured according to the
efficiency class system specified under IEC 60034-30. With a Application info
proven quality, high reliability and performance, Hoyer IE3 Hoyer IE3 Electric Motors are used within a wide variety of
is the Electrical Motor of the future. applications. Below we have listed some of the typical ap-
plications:
Technical info
Hoyer IE3 Motors are supplied in HMC3 type cast iron execution • Fans (air handling units, refrigeration plants, oil coolers)
from frame size 160 to 400. All Hoyer IE3 Motors in cast iron are • Hydraulic power packs
provided with SKF bearings. Hoyer IE3 Motors from frame size • Pumps (for water, fuels, oils)
56 to 132 are supplied in HMA3 type aluminum with C&U • Shredders (granulation, crushing)
bearings. Motors in aluminum size ≤ 132 and cast iron size ≤ • Gears (gear reducers, gearmotors)
180 are with closed bearings greased for life.

All Hoyer IE3 motors are with 3xPTC and blind caps in the
terminal box.

(efficiency)
100

95

90 4-pole, 50 Hz

IE3
85
IE2

80 IE1

75

70
0.75 1.5 3 5.5 11 18.5 30 45 75 110 160 375 (kW)

3
IE3 / 6 pol

Motor type Power Speed Current at 400V Efficiency (%) Pf Torque IM Weight
1/1 3/4 1/2
kw rpm IN (A) IS/IN cos φ TN TS/TN TM/TN J(kgm2) kg
load load load

Aluminium motors
HMA3 90S-6 0,75 950 1,99 5 78,9 78,8 75,9 0,69 7,5 1,9 2,3 0,005 18
HMA3 90L-6 1,1 950 2,8 5 81 81,4 79,4 0,7 11,1 1,8 2,2 0,006 21
HMA3 100L-6 1,5 955 3,75 5,6 82,5 82,3 79,9 0,7 15 1,9 2,3 0,008 24
HMA3 112M-6 2,2 960 5,16 6 82,5 85,1 83,6 0,73 21,9 1,9 2,3 0,015 31
HMA3 132S-6 3 970 6,84 6,2 85,6 85,8 84,4 0,74 29,5 2,1 2,4 0,04 46
HMA3 132M1-6 4 970 8,75 7,5 86,8 86,9 85,4 0,76 39,4 2,2 2,5 0,05 58
HMA3 132M2-6 5,5 970 11,6 8 88 88,1 86,8 0,76 54,1 2,4 2,6 0,06 70
HMA3 160M-6 7,5 970 15,8 6 89,1 89,5 88,6 0,77 74 2,4 2,4 0,1153 109
HMA3 160L-6 11 975 23,1 6,8 90,3 90,4 89,2 0,76 108 2,9 2,6 0,1547 140
HMA3 180L-6 15 980 29,7 7,8 91,2 91,3 90,1 0,8 146 2,9 3,3 0,3648 180

Cast iron motors


HMC3 160M-6 7,5 970 15,8 6 89,1 89,5 88,6 0,8 74 2,4 2,4 0,1153 119
HMC3 160L-6 11 975 23,1 6,8 90,3 90,4 89,2 0,8 108 2,9 2,6 0,1547 150
HMC3 180L-6 15 980 29,7 7,8 91,2 91,3 90,1 0,8 146 2,9 3,3 0,3648 195
HMC3 200L1-6 18,5 980 36 7,3 91,7 91,9 91 0,81 180 2,8 2,8 0,384 254
HMC3 200L2-6 22 980 42,5 7,7 92,2 92,3 91,4 0,81 214 3 2,9 0,435 262
HMC3 225M-6 30 985 54,8 6,2 92,9 93,2 92,7 0,85 291 2,1 2,2 0,726 310
HMC3 250M-6 37 985 66,6 8,3 93,3 93,3 92,5 0,86 359 2,9 3,4 1,13 395
HMC3 280S-6 45 990 80,6 7,8 93,7 93,8 93,1 0,86 436 2,7 3,1 1,754 485
HMC3 280M-6 55 990 98,1 8,2 94,1 94,1 93,4 0,86 532 2,9 3,2 1,988 562
HMC3 315S-6 75 990 135 7,7 94,6 94,2 92,8 0,85 722 2,4 3,1 3,864 953
HMC3 315M-6 90 990 159 7,4 94,9 94,6 93,5 0,86 867 2,3 3 4,952 1085
HMC3 315L 1-6 110 990 192 6,5 95,1 95 94,2 0,87 1061 2 2,6 5,762 1135
HMC3 315L 2-6 132 990 230 6,7 95,4 95,3 94,5 0,87 1273 2,1 2,6 5,789 1200
HMC3 355M 1-6 160 990 275 7,3 95,6 95,4 94,6 0,88 1543 2,3 2,9 9,958 1755
HMC3 355M 2-6 200 990 342 7,5 95,8 95,6 94,8 0,88 1928 2,4 2,9 11,5 1957
HMC3 355L-6 250 990 428 7,5 95,8 95,6 94,8 0,88 2410 2,5 2,8 12,6 1980

6
IE3 / B35

140

LA TL TB
T
S

AD
F M

HB
EB

HD
GD

55
AC
N
P
G

DB EG

H
HA
D

E C B AA K
BB A
LB
L AB

Motor type Pole A AA AB AC AD B BB C D DB E F G GD H HA HB HD K L LA LB M N P S T

Aluminium motors
HMA3 80 - 125 32 154 157 133 100 125 50 19 M6 40 6 15,5 6 80 10 - 213 10 300 9,5 260 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 80 2 4 125 32 154 157 133 100 125 50 19 M6 40 6 15,5 6 80 10 - 213 10 335 9,5 265 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 90S - 140 35 180 175 145 100 128 56 24 M8 50 8 20 7 90 10 - 235 10 330 10 284 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 90L - 140 35 177 175 132 125 155 56 24 M8 50 8 20 7 90 14,5 - 222 10 355 10 305 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 100 - 160 37 200 200 155 140 170 63 28 M10 60 8 24 7 100 12 - 255 12 378 14 318 215 180 250 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 100L2 4 160 37 200 200 155 140 170 63 28 M10 60Hoyer
8 24 Motors
7 100 12 - 255 12DEBUR
422AND14 362 215 180 DO
BREAK SHARP
250
NOT4SCALE
- Ø15 DRAWING
4
HMA3 112M - 190 47 230 223 168 140 170 70 28 M10 60Over 8Hadstenvej
24 42, 7 DK-8370
Tel : +45 86982111
12 150 280 12EDGES
112 Hadsten 385 14 325 215 180 250 4 - Ø15 4
Fax: +45 86981779
HMA3 132S - 216 54 264 260 188 140 172 89 38 M12 80www.hoyermotors.com
10 33 8 132 15 168 320 12 480 14 400 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 132S2 2 216 54 264 260 188 140 172 89 38 M12
NAME
80 10 33
SIGNATURE
8 132 15 168 320 12 518 14 438 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
TITLE:
HMA3 132M - 216 54 264 260 188 178 210
DRAWN TIH 89 38 M12 80 10 33 8 132 15 168 320 12 518 15 438 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 160M - 254 62 315 315 242
CHK'D210 260 108 42 M16 110 12 37 8 160 22 213 402 15 618 15 508 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5GMA2-100L
APPV'D
HMA3 160L - 254 62 315 315 242 254 304 108 42 M16 110 12 37 8 160 22 213 409 15 658 15 548 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5
MFG
HMA3 180M - 279 70 350 356 260 241 304 121 48 M16 110 14 42,5 9 180 25 233 440 15 690 15 580 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5
Q.A MATERIAL:
DWG NO.
HMA3 180L 4,6 279 70 350 360 265 279 342 121 48 M16 110 14 42,5 9 180 25 235 440 15 728 15 618 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 B35009
5
Al

WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:10 SHE

roperty rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic,mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Mo
other purpose.

12
Bearings and
Cable Glands

Bearings Cable Glands


Drive End None drive end

Motor type 2 pole 4,6 pole 2 pole 4,6 pole Motor type Main Blindcaps Ass. Blindcaps

HMA3 80 6204-2Z/C3 6203-2Z/C3 HMA3 80 2 x M20x1,5


HMA3 90 6205-2Z/C3 6204-2Z/C3 HMA3 90 2 x M25x1,5
HMA3 100 6306-2Z/C3 6205-2Z/C3 HMA3 100 2 x M25x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 112 6306-2Z/C3 6205-2Z/C3 HMA3 112 2 x M25x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 132 6208-2Z/C3 6206-2Z/C3 HMA3 132 2 x M32x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 160 6209/C3 6209/C3 HMA3 160 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMA3 180 6211/C3 6311/C3 6211/C3 HMA3 180 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5

HMC3 160 6209-2Z/C3 6209-2Z/C3 HMC3 160 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5


HMC3 180 6211-2Z/C3 6311-2Z/C3 6211-2Z/C3 HMC3 180 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 200 6212/C3 6312/C3 6212/C3 HMC3 200 2 x M50x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 225 6312/C3 6313/C3 6312/C3 HMC3 225 2 x M50x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 250 6313/C3 6314/C3 6313/C3 HMC3 250 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 280 6314/C3 6317/C3 6314/C3 HMC3 280 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 315 6317/C3 NU319 (B3) 6319/C3 (B5/B35) 6317/C3 6319/C3 HMC3 315 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 355 6319/C3 NU322 (B3) 6322/C3 (B5/B35) 6319/C3 6322/C3 HMC3 355 2 x M72x2,0 2 x M20x1,5

Rating plate

IE3

www.hoyermotors.com
Type: HMC3 280M-4 Serial no.:SH 3~Motor
D.E.6317 N.D.E. 6314 40℃ 735Kg IP55 Ins.cl.F
V.∆/Y Hz KW rpm A.∆/Y Cosφ Duty
400/690 50 90 1490 156/90 0.88 S1
480/830 60 108 1790 156/90 0.88 S1

IE3 eff.at: 400/690V 50Hz 1/1: 95.2% 3/4:95.2% 1/2:94.6%


IM:B3 Year:2013 IEC 60034-1

14
357
372

19 115
115 115
78 earth screw
45

Drawings and

7 h11 -0.090
7.5

7 h11 -0.090
Website
0
0
8 h9 -0.036 50

0
0
8 h9 -0.036A 5

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
24 -0.2

198
0

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
M10X28 24 -0.20

250

180
A
Drawings
SECTION A-A
0

SCALE 1 : 1
At hoyermotors.com both 2D and 3D drawings of our IE3 programme are available for download.
M10 28 A
SECTION A-A 4- 12 4-15 37
SCALE 1 60
:1 63 140 160

170 200
4 357
115
115
earth screw M5
78 45°

12
4- 15

7 h11 -0.090
50

0
0
8 h9 -0.036 5

60
A

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
Remark:

280
180
24 -0.20

250

180
0

M10 28 A

1.Blind caps are 2XM25X1.5 and M20X1.5


SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 1

12 Hoyer Motors DEBUR AND


215
BREAK SHARP
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
60 Over Hadstenvej 42, DK-8370 Hadsten EDGES
Tel : +45 86982111
Fax: +45 86981779

Remark:
www.hoyermotors.com

NAME Remark:DATE
SIGNATURE TITLE:
DRAWN TIH 1.Eye bolt20130606
is M8

CHK'D 2.Blind caps are 2XM25X1,5 and M20X1,5


Hoyer Motors DEBUR AND
BREAK SHARP
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING REVISION
1.Eye
01
bolt is
HMA3-100L2-4
APPV'D Over Hadstenvej 42, DK-8370 Hadsten
Tel : +45 86982111
EDGES

Fax: +45 86981779


www.hoyermotors.com

MFG

2.Blind caps
NAME SIGNATURE DATE TITLE:
DRAWN TIH 20120412

Q.A CHK'D MATERIAL: GMA2-100-B5


APPV'D DWG NO.
MFG

Q.A MATERIAL:

Al
Al DWG NO.
70358 A3
70464
WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:5 SHEET 1 OF 1

WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:5
© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Motors. It is to be used only for the purposes specified by Hoyer
Motors and for no other purpose.

© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Motors. It is to be used only
Motors and for no other purpose.

NAME

DRAWN TIH
CHK'D

APPV'D

MFG

Q.A

Website
© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,pho
On the website you will also
Motors find
and for no information about our full product range and details on our exten-
other purpose.

sive stock.

15
Mounting
Positions

B6 B3 B5 B14

B7 V5 V1 V18

B8 V6 V3 V19

B3/B5 B3/B14 V1/V5 V3/V6

17
Other Hoyer
Catalogues

18
Pos 05.1
Vibration Pad
B50/30

STK Stacker
Novibra Bobbins
APPLICATIONS AND FEATURES

A supplementary range of cylindrical mountings for a wide range of applications. They


can be loaded either in compression or shear taking into consideration individual
demands for actual applications.

Made of natural rubber in hardness A (40-45 ° IRH) or hardness B (55-60 ° IRH).

Type A Type B Type C

Type D Type KD Type E

Compression load Shear load

49
Novibra Bobbins

Cylindrical mountings type A


Hardness B
Type D/H GxL Art.No. Compression load Shear load
Hardn. B kcomp Fmax kshear Fmax
(N/mm) (N) (N/mm) (N)
A 10/10 M 4x10 1255720 53 77 10 31
A 15/15 M 4x13 1255740 73 170 13 69
A 20/15 M 6x15 1255770 145 327 25 123
A 20/20 M 6x15 1255300 96 303 18 123
A 20/25 M 6x15 1255780 72 292 14 123
A 25/10 M 6x18 1255790 574 755 64 192
A 25/15 M 6x18 1255800 247 556 38 192
A 25/20 M 6x18 1255810 157 495 27 192
A 25/25 M 6x18 1255310 116 471 21 192
A 25/30 M 6x18 1255820 93 458 17 192
A 30/15 M 8x20 1255830 453 930 61 277
A 30/20 M 8x20 1255320 261 771 42 277
A 30/30 M 8x20 1255840 143 680 26 277
A 40/30 M 8x23 1255330 271 1288 47 493
A 40/40 M 8x23 1255850 184 1202 34 493
A 50/25 M 10x28 1255860 652 2442 93 770
A 50/30 M 10x25 1255870 472 2193 75 770
A 50/40 M 10x25 1255340 306 1970 54 770
A 50/45 M 10x25 1255880 261 1915 47 770
A 50/50 M 10x25 1255350 228 1877 42 770
A 75/40 M 12x37 1255360 827 5181 124 1732
A 75/50 M 12x37 1255900 579 4670 97 1732
A 100/55 M 16x41 1255910 994 8908 155 3079

Cylindrical mountings type B


Hardness B
Type D/H GxL (S) Art.No. Compression load Shear load
Hardn. B kcomp Fmax kshear Fmax
(N/mm) (N) (N/mm) (N)
B 20/15 M 6x15 (6) 1255960 159 298 25 123
B 20/20 M 6x15 (6) 1255970 105 275 18 123
B 25/25 M 6x18 (6) 1256010 127 428 21 192
B 30/20 M 8x20 (8) 1256040 285 701 42 277
B 30/30 M 8x20 (8) 1256060 156 618 26 277
B 50/30 M10x28 (10) 1256090 515 1994 75 770
B 50/40 M10x28 (10) 1256100 334 1791 54 770
B 50/50 M10x25 (10) 1256120 248 1706 42 770
B 75/55 M12x37 (12) 1256160 550 4111 87 1732
B 100/40 M16x41 (16) 1256170 1914 9992 221 3079

S = internal thread lenght


50
Pos. 06
Ball valve
500305 G1/2" F/F

STK Stacker
Kugelhähne | 169

Kugelhahn Serie 20 IG-IG


Ball-valve type 20 FF

ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
500303 G1/4 10 25 48 80 43 50 18 12
500304 G3/8 10 25 48 80 43 50 21 12
500305 G1/2 15 31 51 80 45 50 25 12
500306 G3/4 20 37 57 113 60 40 31 8
500307 G1 25 46 70 113 63 40 38 8
500308 G11/4 32 57 80 138 79 30 47 4
500309 G11/2 40 70 93 138 83 30 54 2
500310 G2 50 84 112 158 100 25 66 2

Kugelhahn Serie 21
Ball-valve type 21

ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
501303 G1/4 10 25 54 80 43 50 18 12
501304 G3/8 10 25 54 80 43 50 21 12
G1/2 15 31 59 80 45 50 25 12

Kugelhähne
501305
501306 G3/4 20 37 65 110 60 40 31 8
501307 G1 25 46 77 110 63 40 38 8
501308 G11/4 32 57 90 138 79 30 47 4
501309 G11/2 40 70 103 138 83 30 54 2
501310 G2 50 84 116 138 100 25 66 2

Kugelhahn Serie 30 IG-IG


Ball-valve type 30 FF
*schwarzer Griff/ black handle
ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
500403* G1/4 10 23,5 49,5 80 37 50 18 12
500404* G3/8 10 24 52,5 80 37 50 21 12
500405 G1/2 15 32,5 75 89 50 50 25 12
500406 G3/4 20 42 80 113 59 40 31 8
500407 G1 25 49,5 90 113 63 40 38 6
500408 G11/4 32 59,5 110 138 77 30 48 4
500409 G11/2 40 72 120 158 91 30 54 2
500410 G2 50 86 140 158 97 25 67 2
500411 G21/2 65 122 147 247 122 18 86 1
500412 G3 80 142 168 247 134 16 100 1
500413 G4 100 180 202 247 151 14 125 1

Kugelhahn Serie 31
Ball-valve type 31
*schwarzer Griff/ black handle
ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
501403* R1/4 10 23,5 57 80 37 50 18 12
501404* R3/8 10 24 59 80 37 50 21 12
501405 R1/2 15 32,5 77 89 50 50 25 12
501406 R3/4 20 42,0 84 113 59 40 31 8
501407 R1 25 49,5 92 113 63 40 38 6
501408 R11/4 32 59,5 110 138 77 30 48 4
501409 R11/2 40 72 121 158 91 30 54 2
501410 R2 50 86 141 158 97 25 67 2
501411 R21/2 65 122 156 247 128 18 86 1
501412 R3 80 142 177 247 137 16 100 1
501413 R4 100 180 208 247 155 14 125 1
Pos. 07
Pressure filter
52001018
BPB32B10CN**03XX

Filter cartidge

EPE32NFC 12 mic. Abs

Electrical / visual indicator

STK Stacker
COMPONENTS

PRESSURE F I LT E R S

PB
MATERIALS
Head:
Cast iron
Bowl:
Steel
Bypass valve:
Steel
Seals:
NBR Nitrile
(FKM - on request fluoroelastomer)
Indicator housing:
Brass

PRESSURE (ISO 10771-1:2002)


Max. working: 42 MPa (420 bar)
Test: 62 MPa (620 bar)
Bursting: 126 MPa (1.260 bar)
Collapse, differential
for the filter element (ISO 2941):
series standard 2 MPa (20 bar)
serie H+ 21 MPa (210 bar)

APPLICATION EXAMPLE

BYPASS VALVE
Setting:
600 kPa (6 bar) ± 10%

WORKING TEMPERATURE
From -25° to +110° C

COMPATIBILITY (ISO 2943:1999)


Full with fluids: HH-HL-HM-HV-HTG
(according to ISO 6743/4)
For fluids different than the above
mentioned, please contact our Sales
Department.
PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
INSTALLATION DRAWING

FPB 31-32-33 FPB 34-35

H4

H4

D1
D1
H3

H5
H5
H1

H1
H2

H2
R

30

ø123
R

L4 30

L4
D2

L2

D2

L2

L3
L3 L1
L1

FILTER HOUSING
D1 D2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 L1 L2 L3 L4 R kg

FPB31 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 245 107 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 11,0

FPB32 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 337 199 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 13,9

FPB33 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 457 319 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 17,2

FPB34 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 558 420 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 22,0

FPB35 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 658 520 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 25,0
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
ORDERING AND OPTION CHART PB

 6  
 ?          
 
  
  
* * ** * *D   

=!:.'">
=!:.'">

=!:.'">

 %"1'*23$

 %"1')23$
 
++ !"#"$%"&%', +- ./ %0( + + + + +
     
  2!$  !"#"$%"&%'(     



94$!: ;!
6)<")&".(
.'#'.3'-% 4#"%#'
  !  
"
.'#'.3'-% 4/&02"33#"%#'

 

$!.$%' 
 5  %; . '%"3! @'.  5
 A
 A



-$&'. D @8( CB Δ2 "&".(





-$&B D @8( &".
-$&'. E @8( CB Δ2 "&".(      -$&B E @8( &".
6-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 6 6 6 6 6 6-$&B @8( &".
A-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( A A A A A A-$&B @8( &".


-$&'. D @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 





-$&B D @8(&".
-$&'. E @8( CB Δ2 "&".(      -$&B E @8(&".
6-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 6 6 6 6 6 6-$&B @8(&".
A-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( A A A A A A-$&B @8(&".
668'%%;% 3' @ C Δ2 "&".( 66 66 66 66 66 668'%B @ &".
6   A 6

*2 .!2%;11'> 
    
* * * * *
  
   
D  #$3;"%>$--'.'!$"%D<"D&".( D D D D D      
 
D  #$3;"%>$--'.'!$"% +<"+&".( D D D D D 
  
)  '%'8!.$8"% >$--'.'!$"% D<"D&".( ) ) ) ) )
)  '%'8!.$8"% >$--'.'!$"% +<"+&".( ) ) ) ) )
E$>$8"! .)4$!: A E E E E E
E $>$8"! .) 4$!: A E E E E E
N.B.
'%'8!B>$--BD<"D&".(4$!:!:'.@ 3!"!*F6      Indicator
series 72 & 73
*'%'8!B>$--B+<"+&".(4$!:!:'.@ 3!"!*F6 * * * * * only on request
7 7
66 
77 "88'33 .0"#"$%"&%' 77 77 77 77 77

FILTER ELEMENT
kg media kg media Area (cm2)
A B C F+ & C+ H+
øB
Media F+ Media H+ Media C+

EPB31 78 42,5 118 0,40 0,70 2.000 1.470 1.720

EPB32 78 42,5 210 0,80 1,30 3.695 2.695 3.170


C

EPB33 78 42,5 330 1,00 1,60 5.025 4.325 4.025

EPB34 78 42,5 430 1,20 1,80 6.585 5.685 6.585

EPB35 78 42,5 530 1,40 2,00 8.145 7.045 8.645


øA
A
PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S

FLUID SPEED
when selecting the lter size, we suggest to consider also the max recommended uid speed (in pressure lines normally 5 < v < 10 m/s).

800

750 Recommended
range
700

650

5 < v < 10 m/s


600

550

500
[l/min]

450
FLOW RATE

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1/4 1” 1/2
PORT SIZE

PRESSURE DROP CURVES (6p)


The “Assembly Pressure Drop (p)” is obtained by adding the pressure drop values of the Filter Housing and
of the Clean Filter Element corresponding to the considered Flow Rate and it must be lower than 120 kPa (1,2 bar).

FILTER HOUSING PRESSURE DROP


(mainly depending on the port size)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) FPB 11-12-13-21-22 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) FPB 31-32-33-34-35


1 100 1 100
1/2"
3/4"
0,75 75 0,75 75 1" 1” 1/4

0,5 50 0,5 50 1” 1/2


1"
0,25 25 0,25 25

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 100 200 300 400 500 600


l/min l/min

CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP WITH F+ AND C+MEDIA


(depending both on the internal diameter of the element and on the lter media)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 11 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 12


2 200 2 200

1,5 150 1,5 150 FB


FB FA
FA FD
FC
1 100 1 100
FC
FD
0,5 50 CC 0,5 50
CC
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
l/min l/min
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
PB
CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP WITH F+ AND C+MEDIA
(depending both on the internal diameter of the element and on the lter media)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 13 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 21


2 200 2 200
FA FB FC
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150
FA
FC
1 100 1 100 FD
FD
0,5 50 0,5 50
CC
CC
0 15 30 45 60 75 90 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 22 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 31


2 200 2 200

1,5 150 FA FB 1,5 150 FB


FA FC
1 100 FC 1 100 FD

0,5 50 FD 0,5 50 CC
CC
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 32 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 33


2 200 2 200
FA FA FB
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150
FC
1 100 1 100 FD
FC
0,5 50 FD 0,5 50
CC
CC
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 34 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 35


2 200 2 200
FA
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150 FA
FB
1 100 1 100
FC FD FC
0,5 50 0,5 50 FD
CC CC
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
l/min l/min

N.B. All the curves have been obtained with mineral oil having a kinematic viscosity 30 cSt and specic gravity 0,9 kg/dm3; for uids with different features, please consider
the factors described in the rst part of this catalogue. All the curves are obtained from test done at the UFI HYDRAULIC DIVISION Laboratory, according to the specication
ISO 3968:2005. In case of discrepancy, please check the contamination level, viscosity and features of the uid in use.
CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
PB
 
  
  
          


WITH H+ MEDIA
  !
   
 

62&".( 62<"( * 62&".( 62<"( 


   

 6
D D D D

 6
  A  
A
D D D D

   *  D )    *  D )
%@$ %@$

BYPASS VALVE PRESSURE DROP


 
  
     
  


     ! 
         

        
  
  " #   
 
 
   
 
 
"

62&".( 62<"( ==* 62&".( 62<"( =


   

^ ^ D D

) )  

* * D D

   *  D )  D * D ) ED ^
%@$ %@$

62&".( 62<"(  


  
 

D D

 
$"%" &      
 !
 
 
 

D D 

 

 '* +   
 
 *=  >'?  

!
 
     
   


   
  " &     
    
 D  D  D *   @GJ KQWX&@ZJ[ WJ\J+J]$ Z  
  ^


 J+] '=_`jq**{" J   
    
%@$  

  

      

"

'*$#%'"#'

G 
  !  !   
!"#$#% '*$#%   
 G|%q}   G|%'}  
  !

   !  !
 
    
   
  

     
  
  

 
 ~X" # ^
 ! 
 
   !

 
    ! 

    _  
 ~|"

J  !  

   ! !    
  " J  
 ~|
  
 
 
    € _   
 
"

J  !  

   !   
 "

           



*   ‚** Z>

*_   q** Z>

*`   '** Z>

PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S

CLOGGING INDICATOR FILTER HOUSING FILTER ELEMENT SEAL GUARANTEED


A visual or visual-electrical diffe- The head by high performance cast The filter element is manufactu- A perfect O-ring seal is always
rential indicator is available as an iron and the bowl by extruded steel red with filter medias selected in ensured as it is not dependent on
option and allows monitoring of ensure the best fatigue resistance the UFI laboratory and mechani- the tightening torque applied to
the element conditions, giving an to the working pressures. cally supported to maintain the the bowl.
exact indication of the right time highest performance even at high
to replace the element. differential pressures. EASY MAINTENANCE
The hexagon end of the bowl
allows for easy maintenance by
using a simple hexagon wrench.

CLOGGING INDICATOR
Differential
For further technical informations
and other options see page 182-183.

SPARE SEAL KIT


NBR FKM
FPB11 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
FPB12 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
FPB13 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
SERIES 5E - 5F
FPB21 521.0003.2 521.0030.2
FPB22 521.0003.2 521.0030.2
FPB31 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB32 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB33 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB34 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
SERIES 6E - 6F
SERIES 7E - 7F FPB35 521.0004.2 521.0087.2

SERIES T2 - T3

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. PB - EN - 03/2011

FILTER HOUSING FILTER ELEMENT CLOGGING INDICATOR SPARE PARTS ELEMENTS


(For filling up see table
“Ordering and option chart”)

B P B X X E P B

Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
on our website.
Pos. 08
Filler / Air filter
TM178G78
CFA21SWCCC

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CFA
F I L L I N G B R E AT H E R S

Filling plugs with inbuilt air breather;


flanged tank connection with standard
dimensions; protection basket against
(option “A”) (option “P”) ingression of coarse parts (removable for
ø D1 ø D4 X n°... holes
CFA23); zinc plated steel body and chrome
plated steel cap; seals by cork (Buna N -
Nitrile for pressurized version only).
H1

Air filter element (not replaceable):


cellulose 3µm
polyurathan 10µm
ø D5
H2

ø D6 For sizes CFA21 & CFA22 only the plug


has a safety chain.

ø D2
ø D3
tion “A”) (option “P”)
ø D4 X n°... holes

Is this datasheet Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CFA - EN - 03a/2011
ø D5 the latest release?
tank connection:
ø D6 DIN 24557/2 Please check
on our website.

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


Filtr. Flow rate holes
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 H1 H2 C TYPE
µm (l/min) n°
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C C
CFA11SWCCC 3 150 47 29 52 M5 3 31 41 48 64 F A FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
11 21 22 23
CFA11SWCPE 10 300 47 29 52 M5 3 31 41 48 64 S MOUNTING PATTERN
S = DIN 24557/2 flange S S S S
CFA21SWCCC 3 450 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 78 PRESSURIZATION VALVE
W = without W W W W
CFA21SWCPE 10 750 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 78 A = 0,35 bar - A A -
SEALS
CFA22SWCCC 3 450 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 148 C = sugheroil C C C C
N = NBR Nitrile (with A option only) - N N -
CFA22SWCPE 10 750 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 148
FILTER MEDIA
CC = cellulose CC CC CC CC
CFA23SWCCC 3 450 80 40 83 M5 6 42 73 57 100 PE = polyurathan foam PE PE PE PE

CFA23SWCPE 10 750 80 40 83 M5 6 42 73 57 100 ACCESSORIES


P = padlock holder - P P -
Dimensions (mm) - Filtration (µ) - Flow Rates (m3 / min) Dimensions (mm) - Filtration (µ) - Débit (m3 / min)
Masse (mm) - Filterungs (µ) - Nennvolumenstrom (m3 / min) Dimensioni (mm) - Filtrazione (µ) - Portate (m3 / min)
ø 47 ø 80 M5

M5

57
48
ø 31
ø D2

H
ø 41
73

D1
64

ø 83

TM 178 G100 and TM 478 G100 without chain


TM 178 G100 und TM 478 G100 ohne Kettchen
TM 178 G100 et TM 478 G100 sans chaîne
TM 178 G100 e TM 478 G100 senza catenella
ø 29
Type
ø 52 Typ
H D1 D2 µ m3/min
Type
Tipo
Type
Typ TM 178 G78 78 50 52 10 0,45
µ m3/min
Type
Tipo TM 478 G78 78 50 52 40 0,75
TM 178 G150 148 50 52 10 0,45
TM 150 G65 10 0,15 TM 478 G150 148 50 52 40 0,75
TM 178 G100 100 38 40 10 0,45
TM 450 G65 40 0,30 TM 478 G100 100 38 40 40 0,75
Padlock holder add suffix “L”
Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code
Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L”
Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice.

ø 80

ø 80 M5
57

180

40
H

ø 73
Filler breather with tube
Einfullsieb mit Rohr
38 Bouchons de replissage avec tube
ø 83 Tappi di riempimento con tubo di rabbocco

ø 38
ø 63

Type Pressure valve Type Pressure valve


Typ Überdruck Typ Überdruck
µ m /min
3
µ m /min
3
Type Pressurisee Type Pressurisee
Tipo Pressurizzazione Tipo Pressurizzazione

TM 178 T100 10 0,45 -


TM 178 G100P3 10 0,45 0,35 bar
TM 478 T100 40 0,75 -
TM 178 T100P3 10 0,45 0,35 bar
TM 478 G100P3 40 0,75 0,35 bar
TM 478 T100P3 40 0,75 0,35 bar
Padlock holder add suffix “L” Padlock holder add suffix “L”
Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code
Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L” Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L”
Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice. Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice.
Pos. 09
Level switch
CLB25UNM

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CLB F L O AT S W I T C H E S
35

ø55
Electrical level indicators, an electrical signal is
activated when the minimum (or maximum) oil
10
2

level is reached.
21

1” BSP
The REED switch has SPDT contacts.
N.B. the float switch must be mounted at
min 50 mm from ferrous walls.
Max oil viscosity 150 cSt.

ELECTRICAL DATA MATERIALS


L

Tank connection:
Anodized aluminium
Rod:
Stainless steel
SPDT Reed switch Float:
Max load AC up to 48 V - 0,5 A Polyammide
Maxload DC up to 48 V - 0,5 A
Connector DIN 43650
Protection DIN 40050: IP 65 COMPATIBILITY
Full with fluids HH-HL-HM-HV-HTG
(according to ISO 6743/4). For fluids
different than the above mentioned,
please contact our Sales Department.

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CLB - EN - 03a/2011


M4 M4
Tank mounting
pattern possibilities:
WORKING TEMPERATURE
30°

- 1” BSP thread
- nr. 3 holes (a)
- nr. 2 holes (b) From -10°C to 90°C

ø34 ø34
a ø42 b ø42

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


L
C TYPE
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C C C C
CLB15 150 L B FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
15 20 25 35 40 50
CLB20 200 U CONNECTION TYPE
U = universal, BSP+2-3 holes flange U U U U U U
CLB25 250 N SEALS
N = NBR Nitrile N N N N N N
CLB35 350
W ACCESSORIES
W = without W W W W W W
CLB40 400 Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
CLB50 500
on our website.
Pos. 11
Needle valve
FT290-1/4

STK Stacker
GAUGE ISOLATOR NEEDLE VALVES IN LINE
The FT290 isolator needle valves (in line) are normally used to protect
the pressure gauge since they have the double function of dampening
pressure surge during opening and of isolating the pressure gauge entirely.

FT 290
Pressed in high-resistance steel, protected by an accurate treatment,
subjected to strict tests, they ensure reliability and long life.
A rotating swivel nut allows for accurate pressure gauge orientation.
The sealing, standard supplied, and inserted in the nut, prevents any
drawing between the connection and the gauge.
For pressure gauge with taper threads, it will be necessary to use copper
washers FT 1201 shown on page 182 of this catalogue (to be requested
separately). Suitable for pressure up to 400 bar and temperature
from -20° to +100° they can be panel mounted by use of log nut (G),
supplied on request.

On request
• Versions with connections female/female (01)
• For rigid pipes (04)
• For flexible pipes (05)
• Seals in Viton (V)
• Complete with lock nut (G). Indicate whether KM or hexagonal
• Version in AISI 316 code FT 2290

DIMENSIONS
Type A1 A2 B ØC D E ØF G H L M N P S OR ES Weight
UNI UNI kg
338 339
14 1/4”G 1/4”Gc 13 5,6 20 61,5 34 12 M15x1 53 15 2 8,5 33 2018 18 0,125
12 1/2”G 1/2”Gc 16 6,5 32 83 40 12,5 M20x1 82,5 19 6 11 40 2021 27 0,413

EXAMPLE FOR ORDERING

Code Type F/F Connection Panel lock nut Viton seal


FT 290 14 01 G V
FT 290 12 - G -

167
FT 290
291 1
FT 290 - 291

178
Pos. 12
Pressure gauge
Ø63, 250 bar 1/4" Type 1454

STK Stacker
Manometri a bagno di glicerina
Glycerine filled pressure gauges

24
Tipi e dimensioni
Type and dimensions

Attacco radiale Quote Dimensions


Bottom connection Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 e f Ch.
7211 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 10 69 63 51 12 14
7211 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 47 17 105 100 80 18 22

Attacco posteriore Quote Dimensions


Back connection Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 e f Ch.
Centrale Centric 7214 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 19 69 63 22 12 14
Eccentrico Eccentric 7215 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 31 105 100 35 18 22

Attacco posteriore con flangia Quote Dimensions


Back connection with Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 d2 d3 e
front fixing flange Centrale Centric 7216 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 19 84 63 75 12 14
Eccentrico Eccentric 7218 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 31 132 100 116 18 35

25
Tipi e dimensioni
Type and dimensions

Attacco posteriore con staffa di Quote Dimensions


fissaggio Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 f
Back connection with clamp 7217 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 5 82 68 2,5

Attacco posteriore con staffa di Quote Dimensions


fissaggio Tipo Type DN a b e d1 d2 c f q
Back connection with clamp 7219 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 35 100 M5 25 63 108

Esempio per l’ordinazione


Order example

Doppia Double
scala scale Codice
bar psi Code 63 - 7211 - 250
-1 + 1,5 bar No psi
-1 + 15 bar No psi Diametro
0 - 2,5 bar 36 psi Diameter
0 - 6 bar 85 psi
0 - 10 bar 140 psi Tipo
0 - 16 bar 230 psi Type
0 - 25 bar 350 psi
0 - 40 bar 550 psi Campo di misura
0 - 60 bar 850 psi Range
0 -100 bar 1400 psi
0 -160 bar 2300 psi
0 -250 bar 3500 psi
0 -400 bar 5500 psi
0 -600 bar 8500 psi
0 -1000 bar a richiesta on request

26
Caratteristiche tecniche
Technical data

Caratteristiche tecniche

Pressione d’esercizio: Stabile: 75% del valore di fondoscala


Temperatura d’utilizzo: Ambiente: -25°C a 65°C
Sovrapressione: 25% <= 100 bar ; 15% > 100 bar
Costruzione: cassa in acciaio inox riempita di glicerina con valvola di sfiato
Fascia bordata: in acciaio inox AISI 304
Flangia di fissaggio: in acciaio inox AISI 304 con tre fori
Quadrante: in alluminio a sfondo bianco, con graduazione e numerazione in nero e rosso
Marchio MCS in verde
Indice: in alluminio laccato nero
Vetro: in policarbonato trasparente
Attacco: in ottone per pressioni da 0 a 600 bar con strozzatura interna da 0,8 mm
Molla tubolare: - in bronzo fosforoso con saldature dolci per pressioni fino a 600 bar
- in acciaio al Cr-Ni con saldature forti per pressioni da 600 a 1000 bar
Dimensioni nominali e tipi
di montaggio: a norme EN 837
Precisione di misura a 20°C: - ± 1,6% v.f.s. per manometri ø 63 UNI 8293 e DIN 16005
- ± 1% v.f.s. per manometri ø100 UNI 8293 e DIN 16005
Grado di protezione: IP 65 secondo EN 837
Graduazione e numerazione: secondo EN 837

Technical data

Working pressure: Steady: 75% of full scale value


Working temperature range: Ambient: -25°C to 65°C / -40°F to 150°F
Overpressure: 25% <= 100 bar ; 15% > 100 bar
Casing body: glycerine filled in stainless steel case with safety vent.
Band ring: stainless steel AISI 304
Fixing flange: stainless steel AISI 304 with 3 holes
Dial: white painted aluminium with indelible black and
red graduation
MCS green mark
Needle: black painted aluminium
Transparent cover: polycarbonat
Connection: brass for pressure up to 600 bar
Tubolar spring: in phosphor bronze for pressure up to 600 bar
Cr-Ni steel for pressure up to 1000 bar
Dimensions and assembly: according to EN 837
Accuracy with temperature 20°C: +/- 1,6% referred to full scale value ø 63 UNI 8293 and DIN 16005
+/- 1% referred to full scale value ø 100 UNI 8293 and DIN 16005
Protection class: IP 65 according to EN 837
Range and graduation: according to EN 837

27
Pos. 13
Pressure relief valve
VP-RT-6-EP-315

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 20

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE


type VP-RT

- NS 6,10
- to 350 bar
- to 100 l/min
- Pilot operated
- Connecting dimensions to ISO 4401
- For vertical stacking - sandwich plate design
- Two pressure setting ranges

VP-RT-10, VP-RT-6

Description
These valves consist of a stack plate (1), pressure relief valve
of operation 3 10 5 6 7 housing (2), main spool insert (3) with a spring (4), pilot poppet (5),
spring (6) and pressure setting element (7). The P-line of this
pressure relief valve is connected with the hydraulic system. The
hydraulic medium pressure acts on the front side of the main spool
P insert (3). The bores (8,9) permit the introduction of pilot oil into the
pressure chamber (10) and the application of pressure to the
B A
opposite side of the main spool insert.
T This pressure relief valve remains in closed position till the system
pressure exceeds the valve set at the spring (6). A pressure rise in
the system above the value set by the pressure setting element (7),
provokes the movement of the pilot poppet (5) of the seat, freeing
the pilot oil discharge through the bores (9) and (11). A pressure
1 8 4 11 9 2 12 drop in the pressure chamber (10) rises the main spool insert (3),
thus clearing the hydraulic medium flow in the direction from port P
Pilot operated pressure relief valves type VP-RT of sandwich towards port T.
plate design, for vertical stacking, are used for maintaining and Loosening of the pressure setting element is prevented by a
limiting the maximum pressure in a hydraulic system. counternut (12).

Ordering code
VP-RT - - - - - Pressure setting in line
setting in line A = EA
Nominal size setting in line B = EB
Pressure setting in line setting in line P = EP
setting in line A and B (for size 6 only) =D
Pressure setting range
Seal type Pressure setting range
Special requirements to be briefly specified to 100 bar = 100
to 315 bar = 315
Seal type
Nominal size
NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
Size 6 = 6 FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 =E
Size 10 = 10 and ISO 15380

Technical data Symbol BV AV VP-RT-..EB PV TV

BV AV VP-RT-..EA PV T V
BP AP PP TP
BV AV VP-RT-..D PV TV
Size 6 10
Flow rate l/min 50 100
BP AP PP T P
Pressure setting range bar to 315 to 315
o
BV AV VP-RT-..EP PV T V
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 -20 bis +70
Viscosity range mm 2/s 15 to 380 15 to 380
Mass kg 1,2-1,7(D) 2,6
Filtration NAS 1638 8 8
BP AP PP T P BP AP PP TP

5.5.1
p - Q Performance curves (measured at t = 50 ºC and = 32 mm²/s)

Lowest settable pressure Lowest settable pressure


32 32
28 28
Diff. pressure (bar)

Diff. pressure (bar)


24 24
20 20
16 16
12 12
8 8
4 4

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 6 Flow (l/min) Size 10 Flow (l/min)

400 400
Operat. pressure (bar)

Operat. pressure (bar)


300 300

200 200

100 100
Lowest settable pressure Lowest settable pressure

0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 6 Flow (l/min) Size 10 Flow (l/min)

Dimensions (mm)
L1
53 VP-RT-6-EA VP-RT-6-EB VP-RT-6-EP VP-RT-6-D
L1 - - - 249
L2 154 - - -
L3 - 154 154 -
L4 90 90 90 121
S=6 S=19 B
L5 9 40,5 40,5 40
13 14
L2
64 L4 64
5,5 40,5 L5
13. O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
14. Nameplate
T
The value set on the pressure setting
A B element is protected by means of a lead
P stamp Ø11 and a wire Ø1,1 mm.
L3

L1 61 0,01/100mm

50 L3 Rmax4

Required quality of
the mating surface

S=6 S=19 VP-RT-10-EP VP-RT-10-EA VP-RT-10-EB


L1 156 161 -
6,5 L4 54 13 14
L2 - - 161
P L3 95,5 100,5 100,5
A B L4 28,5 28,5 18
T T
13. O-ring 12x2
14. Nameplate
L2 The value set on the pressure setting element is protected
by means of a lead stamp Ø11 and a wire Ø1,1 mm.

5.5.2
Pos. 13.1
Manifold
HK MRSL 3 3/8" NG6

STK Stacker
MR.S.L-3
80

X
Y
14 40
3/8" BSP
Y ou 1/2" BSP Y

P
64

B A

80
T
40

40
8

3/8" BSP 8 64 4 x Ø7 3/8" BSP


ou 1/2" BSP ou 1/2" BSP

Sorties X Y (kg)
Y

3/8" 35 17 0.95
1/2" 41 20 1.12
40
3/8" BSP
ou 1/2" BSP

P T B A
Caractéristiques Techniques
P A
Matière : Fonte EN-GJS-400-15 _ Phosphatation
T B
Pression : 300 bar maxi
Débit : 60 L/mn maxi (3/8" BSP)
80 L/mn maxi (1/2" BSP)

Code de désignation : MR . S . L - 3 - * G
MECABOR G : sorties BSP
Plaque de base
Sorties latérales 3/8"
1/2"
CETOP 3
Pos. 14
Cylinder

HM85-S-D-180/110x1816-S-SP-SAE
(FLS 20141490)

STK Stacker
BESTILLINGSVEJLEDNING / BESTELLFORMEL / HOW TO ORDER :

HM85 - X - X - D / d x slagl. / hub / stroke - X - X - (X)


Type / Typ / Type Sp = Speciel-Spezial-Special
Ændrede mål i forh. t/standard
Bundophæng / Geänderte Maße statt Standard
Anlenkung Bodenseitig / Not stand. measure from katalog
Rear mounting Stempelstangsophæng / Stempelstangsmateriale /
Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Kolbenstangenmaterial /
Funktion ** E - D Piston rod mounting Piston rod material

Cyl.rør / Zylinderrohr / Cylinder tube Stempelstangsdiameter / Kolbenstangendurchmesse / Piston rod diameter


** :E = Enk.virk./ Einf.wirk. / Single act.
:D = Dobb.virk. / Dopp.wirk. / Double act.

Bundophæng / Anlenkung-Bodenseitig / Rear mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A/B Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
BFL Bagflange / Flansch hinten / Rear flange
FFL Frontflange / Flansch vorne / Front flange
V Vippetappe / Schwenkzapfen / Trunnion mounting

Stempelstangsophæng / Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Piston rod mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
SFL Stempelstangsflange / Kolbenstangenflansch / Piston rod flange
GvK Ledleje m/ gev. / Gel.lager m/ Gew. / Sph. eye w/ thread
(SKAL bestilles sammen m/cyl. / NUR zusammen m/ Zylinder / order only WITH cylinder)

Katalog FST /HM85/Teknik1.xls


Pos. 15
Solenoid valve
45000328
KV-4/3-5KO-6-3-24Vdc

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 10

4/2 and 4/3 - WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES


type KV
- NS 6
- to 350 bar
- to 75 l/min
- Direct operation by solenoid
- Connection diagram and connecting dimensions to ISO 4401, DIN 24340
- Plug-in connector for solenoids to ISO 4400
- 5-chamber model with good spool guidance
- Optimized flow paths for low losses of pressure
- Adjustment of the switching time
- Wet pin solenoid with interchangeable coil
- Manual emergency control KV-4/3-5K0-6
- Protection of solenoid IP 65 to DIN EN 60529
- Fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC)

Description of operation

4 3 1 5 2 6

A B

T A P B T

A P B
T

Directional valves type KV with direct solenoid operation control When the solenoid (2) is de-energised, the control spool (3) is
the direction of the hydraulic medium flow. returned to its neutral position by the return spring (4). The
change-over can be done manually by pressing the emergency
These directional valves consist of a housing (1), a control spool hand operator (6).
(3), and one solenoid (2) with two return springs (4) in 4/2-way
directional valves, and two solenoids (2) with two return springs (4)
in 4/3-way directional valves. In 4/3-way directional valves the KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
centre position of the control spool is the neutral position. The
change-over to the operating position (a) and (b) is done by Directional valve with two operating position, two solenoids
energising the solenoids (2) "a" and "b" respectively, whereby the without springs allows the control spool to be held in the operating
solenoid plunger acts on the control spool (3) via the operating pin position (detent). The control spool remains in the operation
(5), thus clearing the corresponding flow ways and establishing position also when the solenoids are de-energised.
relevant links between ports A, B, P, and T. For selection of spool
types refer to page 3.6.2.

Technical data Hydraulic Electrical

Size 6 Supply voltage direct or 12, 24, 48


V
Flow rate see p-Q curves, page 3.6.3 alternating 110, 230
Operating pressure ports P,A,B bar 350 Power W 29*
Operating pressure port T bar 210 Switch-on time** ms 50 to 80
o
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 Switch-off time** ms 30 to 55
Viscosity range mm2/s 15 to 380 Switching frequency 1/h 15 000
o
Mounting position optional Ambient temperature C to +50
o
Mass 4/2 kg 1,9 Coil temperature C to +180
4/3 kg 2,7 Duty cycle continious
Filtration NAS 1638 8 ** -The switching-on and off times apply to 24 V DC solenoids
* -12V supply voltage - 36 W

3.11.1
Ordering code

KV - / -5KO- 6 - - P
Working ports
Number of control spool positions
Spool type
Supply voltage
Plug-in connector
If flow rates greater
Throttle than permissible
occur during change-
Seal type
over, a cartridge
Constant action restrictor throttle must be fitted
into P-line of the
Special requirements to be briefly specified
directional valve.

Working ports Plug-in connector


3 working ports = 3 without signal lamp = no design
4 working ports = 4 with signal lamp =L

Number of control spool positions Throttle


without throttle in "P" line = no desig.
two positions = 2
three positions = 3 throttle 0,8 mm dia = D08
throttle 1,0 mm dia = D10
throttle 1,2 mm dia = D12
Supply voltage
direct voltage alternating voltage Seal type
24 V = no desig. 12 V = 12 AC NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
12 V = 12 DC 24 V = 24 AC
FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 = E
48 V = 48 DC 48 V = 48 AC
and ISO 15380
110 V = 110 DC 110 V = 110 AC
230 V = 230 DC 230 V = 230 AC
- Alternating voltage solenoids are fitted with a bridge rectifier. Constant action restrictor
- With solenoids of over 48 V an earthing clamp ( ) Without restrictor = no desig.
to ISO 4400 must be connected. Restrictor 0,3 dia. = UD
* To fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC) a capacitor must be built in (see 10.2.2)

Spool types

A B A B A B A B
0 0
a 0 b a 0 0 b a b
a b a b a b
P T P T P T P T
=1 = 1A = 1B = 81

=2 = 2A = 2B

=3 = 3A = 3B

=6 = 6A = 6B

= 51A = 51B

= 41A = 41B

- Port T in the valves with spool type 41A and 41B to be used as lekage line.
Important note:
> 4 bar must
Valves with adjustment of the switching time - a constant or short - time static oil pressure of at least =
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain the pressure in the spring chambers.

3.11.2
Spool Flow path
12 3 4 5 type
18 P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T
6
7 1 8 8 6 6 -
15
Diff. pressure (bar) 8
12 9 2 5 5 4 4 1

9 3 8 8 7 7 -
6 5 5 9 9 -
6
81 5 5 1 1 -
3
51A, 51B 5 5 1 1 -
Flow
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min) 41A, 41B 7 7 - - -

p - Q Operating limits
350 Spool type Curve The operating limits of the valve are
320 determined at a voltage 10% below
1 1
280 the nominal rating. The curves refer
1 2 4 to application with symetrical flow
240
throw the valve (P-A and B-T). In the
200 3 3
Pressure (bar)

4 3 case of asymetric flow (e.g. one part


160 6 3 not used) reduced values may result.
2
120
81 1
80
51A, 51B 1 Note: For valves with adjustment of
40 the switching time reduced values of
Flow 41A, 41B 2 the operating limits may result.
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min)

Dimensions (mm) With hand operation - add letter G


ca. 157
before spool type in ordering code

P
45

32,5
31
46

B KV-4/2-5KO-6
A

T
17,5 40,5 87

Max. torque 30Nm Connection diagram and


S=20 connecting dimensions to
A ø 9,2 B
ISO 4401

Max. torque
6Nm
85

57

KV-4/3-5KO-6
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
0,01/100mm
ca.73 78
ca.224 Rmax4

Max. torque 30Nm


S=20
A ø 9,2 B Required quality of
the mating surface
Max. torque
6Nm
85

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
ca.73 78 29,5
ca.254

3.11.3
Function drawing
KV-4/3-5KO-6
4 1 9 7 3 8 5 2 6 (KV-4/2-5KO-6)

1 Solenoid "a" - MR-045


A B 2 Solenoid "b" - MR-045
3 Fixing screws 4 pcs M5 x 30
to DIN EN ISO 4762 -10.9
must be ordered separately
Required tightening torque
Md = 9 Nm
4 Plug-in connector "a" - grey
T A P B T 5 Plug-in connector "b" - black
6 Emergency hand operator
7 O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
8 Valve cap
9 Nameplate
10 Constant action restrictor

Vent screw
A B

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/3-5KO-6-2
A B

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/2-5KO-6-UD
A 10

T A P B T

Instalation A constant or short time static oil pressure of at least > 4 bar must
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain
The directional control valve must be installed horizontally the oil pressure in the spring chambers. If this is not the case, the
(Nameplate on top). If this is not the case, the valve must be preloaded oil volume of the restricted valve would leak into the T
removed for venting. Unscrew the vent screw. Move the spool channel through the leakage section of the control spool
alternately to the switching positions a and b until no more shoulders.
bubbles appear at the screw hole. The oil must be visible at the The dampening constancy also depends on the constancy of the
screw hole. Missing oil schould be refielld with an oilcan, drop by oil viscosity.
drop. Screw in the vent screw. For this reason the dampening effect should always be adjusted
with the system at operational temperature.

3.11.4
Pos. 16 -17
Over center valves

BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV250/N

BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV210/N

STK Stacker
Safety for Hydraulics
Leak-free Load Control Valve, series BBV 6

1. General description
S prevents a hydraulic cylinder from S leak-free load-holding in neutral
running ahead of the available oil S the integral, pilot-operated pressure
supply when subjected to external relief valve protects the work cylinder
driving forces i.e. negative, or over- against over-pressure
running, loads
S prevents uncontrolled cylinder moĆ
vement in the event of a hose- or
pipe-rupture

2. Advantages of the BBV load control valve


S zero-leakage load-holding S above 100 bar load pressure, it conĆ S the valve is guaranteed to close,
S 420 bar working pressure with 3-fold trols like a compensated 2-way flow even with a broken spring
factor of safety controller S hardened, ground and lapped seat
S thanks to the various pilot control styĆ S load-control valve with initial decomĆ valve components ensure permaĆ
les, the valve can always be adapted pression, and bypass check valve nent leaktightness and long service
to the system requirements both combined in one axis life
S the load pressure has very little inĆ S compact design means small space S very low hysteresis
fluence on the pilot pressure required requirements
(area ratio 1:66)

3. Applications 4. Safety information 5. Installation information


S safety function for booms, derricking S this valve must only be used for the S observe the port markings
gear, etc. purpose for which it has been desiĆ S protect seals and flange faces from
S controlling the speed of cylinders, gned damage
hydraulic motors and derricking gear S it must only be adjusted by trained S use only mounting bolts of the correct
personnel strength class (12.9).
S before removing or disassembling S use the correct tightening torques
the valve, all hydraulic pressure must (see section 11. Dimensions)
be vented from the system - double S at commissioning, bleed all air from
check! the hydraulic system
S the valve must not be opened without
the express permission of the manuĆ
facturer.

6. Main characteristics (for applications outside these parameters, contact Bucher Hydraulics)
6.1 General Type prop. pilot-controlled seat valve, hydr. piloted
Mounting method flanged SAE 6000 psi or pipe-mounted
Ports A, A1 = G3/8"
see sect. 11. B = SAE 1/2 6000 psi (models with sec. PRV)
= G3/8" (models without secondary PRV)
B1 = G3/8" (models without secondary PRV)
X = G1/4
Mounting attitude unrestricted
Flow direction A → B free flow
B → A flow controllable by pressure at X
Weight with secondary PRV = 2.9 kg
without secondary PRV = 2.0 kg
Opening ratio pilot piston area 66
=
pilot ball seat area 1

Issue: 09.2015
Replaces: 2.2.1 1/6 1/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
Classification: 430.90.39.10
Reference: 300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
6.2 Hydraulic characteristics Nominal size 6
Max. flow rate 50 l/min.
Max. working pressure 420 bar
Hydraulic fluid mineral oil per DIN 51524 and
DIN 51525 (HL/HLP)
(other fluids - contact Bucher Hydraulics)
Fluid temperature range -20_C...+80_C, (for application outside
this range, contact Bucher Hydraulics)
Viscosity range 2.8 ... 1500 mm@/s (cSt)
Filtration NAS 1638 class 9, β10 ≥ 75.

7. Adjusting the secondary pressure relief valve


(Allen screw 4 A/F hex. skt., lock nut To increase the pressure ð clockwise Ê
13 A/F)
To reduce the pressure ð counter-clockwise É
Rate of pressure change ð approx. 240 bar / full rotation
After adjusting the pressure setting, always lock the adjusting screw with the
lock nut (max. tightening torque 20 Nm)

8. Functional description, sectional view


8.1 Neutral position (load pressure at B, ports A and X depressurized)
In the neutral position, there is zero leaĆ acts on the pilot valve ball and thus on the pilot valve ball and the control
kage from B to A. The valve is held cloĆ the control spool, and also by the load spool.
sed by the check valve spring, which pressure, which acts on the rear side of

8.2 The check valve function (flow from A ! B)


To raise the actuator, pump pressure is to open, pushing against the check during the check valve function the piĆ
applied via port A to the valve seat area valve spring. Due to the small effective lot ball moves with it, and does not lift
of the control spool and causes the area of the pilot ball, when the control from its seat in the spool.
control spool together with the pilot ball spool moves in the opening direction

8.3 The "Lowering" function (flow from B ! A)


Initial decompression Opening the control spool Damping
The pilot pressure at port X moves the With further increase in the pilot presĆ The system can be protected against
pilot piston in opposition to the pilot sure (X), the pilot piston compresses oscillations by using suitable damping
spring, lifting the pilot ball from its seat the pilot spring still more. It then makes orifices. The effect of the bypass orifice
in the control spool. The load pressure direct contact with the control spool from X to A is to make it necessary to
behind the control spool now decays and pushes it open against the check use higher pilot pressures (pressure diĆ
as it escapes past the pilot ball seat to valve spring. vider function) and this improves the
port A. The pilot pressure acting on the pilot damping behaviour.
piston therefore controls the open meĆ The orifices are protected against conĆ
tering area of the control spool, and tamination by a mesh filter at port X and
consequently the flow rate from B to A. a check valve that prevents flow from A.

8.4 Secondary pressure relief valve


The secondary pressure relief valve is relief valve poppet opens to create a in the opening direction. The excess
connected directly to the cylinder port flow path to the pilot chamber X. This pressure in B is now relieved to A
B. When the pressure setting (which is causes the pressure in the pilot chamĆ though the open control spool.
externally adjustable) is reached, the ber to rise, which moves the pilot piston

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
2/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
2/6
Filter Damping orifice Bypass orifice Pilot piston Pilot spring Control spool Pilot ball Check valve spring

A/A1
X

MB

Pressure relief valve Poppet Filter

9. Performance curves (measured at 33 mm2/s [cSt])


Dp A ! B Dp B ! A
Check valve ∆p f(Q) fully open
60 100
90
50 80
∆p A ! B [bar]

70
∆p B ! A [bar]

40
60
30 50
40
20
30

10 20
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min]

Pilot pressure X (with damping orifice, without bypass orifice) Relief valve characteristics p=f(Q)
at 200 bar load pressure
40 400
Setting: 330 bar
35 350

300
Pilot pressure X [bar]

30 Setting: 230 bar


∆p B ! A [bar]

25 250

20 200 Setting: 130 bar

15 150

10 100

5 50

0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 7.5 l/min with 2FL
Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min] 15 l/min with 4FL
30 l/min with 4FS
from B ! A
50 l/min with 4SL

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
3/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
3/6
9.1 Table of opening pressures
Opening pressures at 200 bar pX: pX: pX:
load pressure (theoretical values)
pre-opening start of fully open [bar] Bypass Damping
[bar] opening [bar] orifice ø orifice ø
9 16 33 closed 0.25 - 0.40
12 21 45 0.3 0.40
14 25 52.5 0.3 0.35
14 25 54 0.35 0.40
18 32 67.5 0.30 0.30
18 32 67.5 0.35 0.35
18 32 67.5 0.40 0.40
23 42 88.5 0.45 0.40
24 43 91.5 0.40 0.35
26 46 97.5 0.35 0.30
28 49 105 0.30 0.25
34 60 126 0.45 0.35
37 67 141 0.40 0.30
44 78 165 0.35 0.25
54 97 205.5 0.45 0.30
68 121 258 0.40 0.25
103 184 390 0.45 0.25
The opening pressure can be modified by changing the orifices

10. Symbol, circuit example


without secondary pressure relief valve

B B1
A B

Damping orifice X
X

A A1
Bypass orifice
A

with secondary pressure relief valve


B

MB
Damping orifice

A1 A
Bypass orifice

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
4/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
4/6
11. Dimensions
11.1 Without secondary pressure relief valve (with threaded port G3/8")
A B

56
28
Serial no.
7

5
A1 B1 20
2x ø6.4 Orifice filter
mounting holes 100 10

166.5
35.5 123 (8)
64.5
35

A B

40
X 20

11.2 With secondary pressure relief valve (port B= SAE 1/2" 6000 psi)
Tightening torque
MA = 40Nm

A
20.25

B
M8 DIN 912
(12.9)
56
20.25

X SV
28

14
A1
9.12 9.12 43 12
35 60

(72)

(172)
41 123
35.5 64.5 8

X
A
Serial no.

43

MB
14

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
5/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
5/6
12. Model code key

BBV 6 – / / BY – / /

Load control valve Seal material

BBV 6 = BBV N= Nitrile (standard)


V= Viton
T= Low-temperature
Nominal Size
6 =6 Pressure setting

... = PRV setting up to 500 bar


Spool type
2FL = 2FL Optional secondary pressure relief valve
4FL = 4FL
4FS = 4FS SV = with secondary PR valve
4SL = 4SL

Bypass orifice
Damping orifice
0.00 = closed
orifice ø0.25 = 0.25 0.30 = orifice ø0.30
orifice ø0.30 = 0.30 0.35 = orifice ø0.35
orifice ø0.35 = 0.35 0.40 = orifice ø0.40
orifice ø0.40 = 0.40 0.45 = orifice ø0.45

Bypass
With bypass = BY

Seal material NITRILE VITON LOW–TEMP.


Art. No. for basic valve
without secondary PRV 300 0008828..... Contact Bucher Hydraulics Contact Bucher Hydraulics
(without specific features)

Art. No. for basic valve-


with secondary PRV 300 0008816..... Contact Bucher Hydraulics Contact Bucher Hydraulics
(without specific features)

info.ch@bucherhydraulics.com www.bucherhydraulics.com
Bucher Hydraulics AG, CH-6345 Neuheim
All rights reserved
BUCHER HYDRAULICS www.bucherhydraulics.com
Data
Germany is provided for the purpose of productNetherlands
France description only, andUK must not be construed USAas warranted
characteristics
Phone
Fax
+49 7742 85 20
+49 7742 71 16
in the legal
Phone
Fax
sense.
+33 389 The information
64 22 44
+33 389 65 28 78
Phone
Fax
does not relieveFaxusers
+31 79 34 26 24 4
+31 79 34 26 28 8
Phone +44from the duty Fax
24 76 35 35 61
+44 24 76 35 35 72
of conducting
Phone their own
+1 262 605 82 80
+1 262 605 82 78
evaluations and tests. info.fr@bucherhydraulics.com
info.de@bucherhydraulics.com Because the productsinfo.nl@bucherhydraulics.com
are subject to continual improvement, we info.wi@bucherhydraulics.com
info.uk@bucherhydraulics.com reserve the right to
amend the product specifications
Switzerland Italy containedAustria
in this catalogue. China Product Center (Elevator)
Phone +41 33 67 26 11 1 Phone +39 0522 92 84 11 Phone +43 6216 44 97 Phone +86 10 64 44 32 38 Phone +41 41 757 03 33
Fax +41 33 67 26 10 3 Fax +39 0522 51 32 11 Fax +43 6216 44 97 4 Fax +86 10 64 44 32 35 Fax +41 41 757 16 49
info.ch@bucherhydraulics.com info.it@bucherhydraulics.com info.at@bucherhydraulics.com info.bj@bucherhydraulics.com info.nh@bucherhydraulics.com

We reserve the right of modification without notice.

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
6/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
6/6
Pos. 18
PT100 sensor
Type B (PR-5333A), 0-100°C, L=150

STK Stacker
Kjaerulf Pedersen a/s Sheet no.
1-4

RESISTANCE THERMOMETER type: RT-B


Process attachment: welded coupling or flange / adjustable coupling or flange
Measuring inset: interchangeable

Application:
· For measuring temperatures in closed pipelines and containers with
gaseous or liquid media, e.g. air, steam, gas, water or oil.
· Field of application: up to 600 °C, max. 50 bar and media velocities
of up to 25 m/sec

M20 x 1,5
· Typically applied in:
- processing plants
- power plants
- district heating, energy distribution

L2
Properties:
· Pt100 resistance thermometer in accordance with DIN IEC 751
· Mechanical and thermal stress in accordance with DIN 43763
· Process attachment: welded
· Measuring inset: interchangeable, short reaction time
· Outer protective sheath: stainless acid-proof steel

L1
· Modular construction and standard length minimizes the number of
spare parts
· Can be delivered with head mounted transmitter
· The sensors are approved by: DNV, LR, GL, NK, RINA, ABS, KR
and BV
Ø

RT-B 5452-E280103

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Protective sheath: ------------------------------------------- 1.4571 1xPt100 ----Sensor element:


Wnr.1.4571 (AISI316TI max 850°C) 1 x Pt100
Special 2 x Pt100
1 x Pt500
Sensor diameter mm: --------------------------------------- Ø9 mm 1 x Pt1000
Ø8 / Ø9 / Ø11/ Ø15
Special 3-wire -----Number of conductors:
2 conductors
Extension length L2: ------------------------------------------- 25 mm 3 conductors
50 mm, 100 mm, 150 mm 4 conductors
Special:
250 °C -----Media temperature max:
Immersion length L1: ------------------------------------ 150 mm +180°C
100mm, 150mm, 200mm, 250mm, 300mm +250°C
Special: +400°C
+600°C
Process attachment: ------------------------------------------1/2" BSP
Welded coupling 1/4” BSP welded B 1/1 DIN -----Tolerance in acc. with DIN IEC 751:
Welded coupling 1/2” BSP coupling Type A DIN(i.e.±(0,15+0,002xTactual)°C)
Adjustable coupling 1/4” BSP Type B 1/1 DIN (i.e.±(0,3+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable coupling 1/2” BSP Type B 1/3 DIN(i.e.±(0,1+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable thermowell Ø10xL100x1/4” BSP Type B 1/6 DIN(i.e.±(0,05+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable thermowell Ø10xL200x1/2” BSP Type B 1/10 DIN(i.e.±(0,03+0,005xTactual)°C)
None
Special No X Yes -----Programmable transmitter.
If “yes”: Measuring range min/max: -200/+850°C
Protection head: -------------------------------------------- B-head Output: 2-wire, 4-20mA
B (aluminium, enamelled, low cap, IP62) Min span: 25°C
4mA= 0 °C
BH (aluminium, enamelled, high cap, IP54) Ambient temperature min/max:
BSB (aluminium, tilting lid w. screw, low cap, IP65)
20mA= 150 °C -40/+85°C
BSBH (aluminium, tilting lid w. screw, high cap, IP65)
CE (aluminium, enamelled, screw cap, IP68)
BSP (plastic, black, screw cap, IP54)
BRF-M16 (stainless, screw cap,M16x1,5, IP67)
BRF-M20 (stainless, screw cap, M20x1,5, IP67)
Special

Date: 12.12.2012 KP item No.: KP5452251X-0-150 Customer item No.: --

Company name: Fritz Schur Teknik A/S Name: Ingolf Jönsson Tel.: +45 39537045 Fax/ e-mail: IHJ@fst.dk

Kjærulf Pedersen a/s, Taastrupgårdsvej 8-10, DK-2630 Taastrup, Tel.: +45 39760203, Fax: +45 39760501, sensor@kp-as.com, www.kp-as.com
PRetop 5333A

2-WIRE PROGRAMMABLE TRANSMITTER

RTD or Ohm input

High measurement accuracy

3-wire connection

Programmable sensor error value

For DIN form B sensor head mounting

Application:
• Linearised temperature measurement with
Pt100...Pt1000 or Ni100...Ni1000 sensor. 2-wire installation
in control room
• Conversion of linear resistance variation to a RTD to 4...20 mA
standard analogue current signal, for instance
from valves or Ohmic level sensors. +
V+

Technical characteristics:
-

mA

• Within a few seconds the user can program


PR5333A to measure temperatures within all
2-wire installation
RTD ranges defined by the norms. in control room
Resistance to 4...20 mA
• The RTD and resistance inputs have cable
compensation for 3-wire connection.
V+
+

Mounting / installation:
-

• For DIN form B sensor head or DIN rail mA

mounting with the PR fitting type 8421.

Lerbakken 10 · DK-8410 Rønde


Tlf. 8637 2677 · Fax 8637 3085
www.prelectronics.dk
Order: 5333A

Type

5333A

Connections:
Input: Output:
RTD, 2-wire RTD, 3-wire Resistance, 2-wire Resistance, 3-wire 2-wire installation
3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 1 2

+ mA -

Electrical specifications: Electrical specifications, input:


Specifications range: RTD and linear resistance input:
-40°C to +85°C
RTD Min. Max. Min.
Common specifications: Standard
type value value span
Supply voltage, DC............................ 8.0...35 V
Internal consumption.......................... 25 mW...0.8 W Pt100 -200°C +850°C 25°C IEC 60751
Voltage drop....................................... 8 VDC Ni100 -60°C +250°C 25°C DIN 43760
Warm-up time..................................... 5 min. Lin. R 0W 10000 W 30 W -----
Communications interface................. Loop Link Max. offset.......................................... 50% of selec. max. value
Signal / noise ratio.............................. min. 60 dB Cable resistance per wire (max.)........ 10 Ω
Response time (programmable)......... 0.33...60 s Sensor current.................................... > 0.2 mA, < 0.4 mA
Signal dynamics, input....................... 19 bit Effect of sensor cable resistance
Signal dynamics, output..................... 16 bit (3-wire)................................................ < 0.002 Ω/ Ω
Calibration temperature...................... 20...28°C Sensor error detection........................ Yes
Accuracy, the greater of general and basic values:
Output:
General values Current output:
Absolute Temperature Signal range....................................... 4...20 mA
Input type accuracy coefficient Min. signal range................................ 16 mA
All ≤ ±0.1% of span ≤ ±0.01% of span / °C Updating time..................................... 135 ms
Load resistance.................................. ≤ (Vsupply- 8) / 0.023 [Ω]
Basic values Load stability...................................... < ±0.01% of span/100 Ω
Basic Temperature Sensor error detection:
Input type accuracy coefficient Programmable.................................... 3.5...23 mA
Namur NE43 Upscale...................... 23 mA
RTD ≤ ±0.3°C ≤ ±0.01°C/°C
Namur NE43 Downscale.................. 3.5 mA
Lin. R ≤ ±0.2 Ω ≤ ±20 mW / °C Ex approval:
EMC immunity influence................................. < ±0.5% of span
KEMA 10ATEX0003 X......................... II 3 GD Ex nA [nL] IIC
T4...T6 or
Effect of supply voltage variation....... ≤ 0.005% of span / VDC II 3 GD Ex nL IIC
Vibration............................................. IEC 60068-2-6 Test FC T4...T6 or
Lloyd’s specification no. 1.................. 4 g / 2...100 Hz II 3 GD Ex nA [ic] IIC
Max. wire size..................................... 1 x 1.5 mm2 stranded wire T4...T6 or
Humidity............................................. < 95% RH (non-cond.) II 3 GD Ex ic IIC
Dimensions......................................... Ø 44 x 20.2 mm T4...T6
Protection degree (encl. / terminal).... IP68 / IP00 ATEX Installation Drawing No........ 5333QA02
Weight................................................ 50 g Marine approval:
Det Norske Veritas, Ships & Offshore.... Stand. for Certific. No. 2.4
GOST R approval:
VNIIM, Cert. No.................................. www.prelectronics.com
Observed authority requirements: Standard:
EMC 2004/108/EC............................. EN 61326-1
ATEX 94/9/EC..................................... EN 60079-0, -11, -15

Of span = Of the presently selected range

5333AY110-UK (1005)
Pos. 20
Oil heater
BOCX 60, incl. VK7 Thermostate 10-88°C

STK Stacker
Member of the NIBE Group

SAN Immersion Heaters Type BO


for oil heating etc.

Application:
All types are equipped with thermo well and can be delivered with thermostat.
Delivered with terminal box.

Technical data:
Heating element: Flat profile B, stainless steel,
Werkstoff. no. 1.4571, AISI 316Ti
Bushing: Brass
Terminal box: Silumine, IP55, no. 70556, for 2” WRG bushing
For type BOL: Galvanized box, IP55.

BOL 1”WRG 230V


2
Type Power W Immersion W/cm Part no.
length mm
BOL 20 200 200 1.5 84125
BOL 25 250 200 2.0 84130
BOL 55 550 500 1.5 84135
BOL 75 750 600 2.0 84140

BOCX 1.0W/cm2 2”WRG 3x230/400V


Type Power kW Immersion Part no.
length mm
BOCX 60 0.60 300 84100
BOCX 105 1.05 500 84101
BOCX 180 1.80 800 84107
BOCX 210 2.10 1000 84108

Gillelejevej 30b - DK-3230 Graested - Denmark


Tel.: +45 48 39 88 88 - Fax: +45 48 39 88 98 - info@san-as.com - www.san-as.com
CVR No.: 42 16 59 13
January 2012
01040 ENG

UK: Germany: China:

Harold Comerford Wolfgang Biehs Sun Qiang


H_comerford@btconnect.com wolfgang.biehs@nibe.de qsun@nibechina.com
tel.: +44 1432 851999 tel.: +49 6171 887 724 tel.: +86 21 58366522
mobile: +44 7802 853862 mobile: +49 1622 793 484 mobile: +86 1391 680 5151

Production: Shenzhen, China


REF.NO.: SN600XX
DATA SHEET SAN-Immersion heater
DATE: 24.10.2013 Made by: MHA

Immersion Heater type BOCX/BOEX

Part nos: SN60037, SN60041, SN60044, SN60044-1, SN60045, SN60059

Purpose: Heating of oil.

Material: Bush : Brass Ms 4168


Heating elements : Stainless steel, AISI 316Ti
Thermowell : RS-steel AISI 316
Terminal box : Silumin
Solder : Hard solder.

Construction: The heater consists of 3 off heating elements type BV, each of 230 V, bent in hairpin and with 2”
brass bush, brazed. Hereafter the heating elements are sealed.
The thermowell is soldered in the bush.
The leads are connected to a terminal board which is marked and fastened in the box.
Mounted with thermostat type 31700, VK7 10-88°C, 20A-250

Technical data: Power :


Voltage : 3 x 230/400 V
Dept of insertion :
Watt density :
Thermowell : ∅ 10/9 x 285 mm
Max. operational pressure : 7,5 bar at 100°C
(can be delivered for higher pressure).
Test pressure : 10 bar
Bush : B = 2” RG
Width across flats = 74 mm
Protection mode : IP 55
Screwed connection : 2 off PG 16
Thermostat : Type 31700, VK7 10-88°C, 20A-250
Weight : approx. 2,5 kg

Remarks: The heater must not be switched on until the heating elements are covered with fluid.
PE

The immersion heater can be delivered for other voltages.

Diagram Heating element


Varmelegeme
L1 L2 L3

40 14,25
5,5
6,5

486
15,5

Bukkemål = Længde /2
1 2

500 Bukkes over rulle 25,


klemmes til 15 mm

Total længde for vlg : 1000

Thermostat 10-88°C
Thermostat 30-110°C
mm

Drawing: 121
94,8

2"
Brass Bush
A
Ø 57
136

A
Length

NW
74 A-A ( 1 / 2 )

Terminal box Sensor pocket


Silumin Ø9 x 185

Cable glands
PG 16
Nylon 66
UV94V-2
patron\BOEX\84111-MA.idw

Type Power Voltage Length Surface load W/cm² Part no. PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3


3x400 V(Y)
BOEX 135 1,35 kW 3 x 230 / 400 300 2,0 84104 3x230 V(∆)
Pos. 21-24
Pressure gauge connector

EMA 3/ 1/4" ED

STK Stacker
-INIPRESADIPRESSIONEAVVITABILE SERIE
4HREADEDCHECKCOUPLING SERIES

-INIPRESACONCAPPUCCIODIPLASTICA -INIPRESACONCAPPUCCIODIMETALLO
#HECK COUPLINGWITHPLASTICCAP #HECK COUPLINGWITHMETALCAP

&ILETTATURA 4IPODI PMAX 1UOTE #ONCAPPUCCIO #ONCAPPUCCIO


TENUTA $IMENSIONS DIPLASTICA DIMETALLO
4HREAD 3EALING , #H *¢  7ITHPLASTIC 7ITHMETAL
' TYPE MM MM MM CAP CAP
-X &/2-! BAR     
)3/' &/2-! BAR     
-X &/2-" BAR     
)3/' &/2-" BAR     
)3/' &/2-" BAR     
5.)-X &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
 5.& &/2-& BAR     

 5.& &/2-& BAR     


 5.& &/2-& BAR     
 5.& &/2-& BAR     
*)3' &/2-& BAR     
)3/' "3 BAR     


3OLOSURICHIESTA
/NLYONREQUEST


Pos. 25
Solenoid valve
45000140
KV-4/3-5KO-6-6-24Vdc

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 10

4/2 and 4/3 - WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES


type KV
- NS 6
- to 350 bar
- to 75 l/min
- Direct operation by solenoid
- Connection diagram and connecting dimensions to ISO 4401, DIN 24340
- Plug-in connector for solenoids to ISO 4400
- 5-chamber model with good spool guidance
- Optimized flow paths for low losses of pressure
- Adjustment of the switching time
- Wet pin solenoid with interchangeable coil
- Manual emergency control KV-4/3-5K0-6
- Protection of solenoid IP 65 to DIN EN 60529
- Fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC)

Description of operation

4 3 1 5 2 6

A B

T A P B T

A P B
T

Directional valves type KV with direct solenoid operation control When the solenoid (2) is de-energised, the control spool (3) is
the direction of the hydraulic medium flow. returned to its neutral position by the return spring (4). The
change-over can be done manually by pressing the emergency
These directional valves consist of a housing (1), a control spool hand operator (6).
(3), and one solenoid (2) with two return springs (4) in 4/2-way
directional valves, and two solenoids (2) with two return springs (4)
in 4/3-way directional valves. In 4/3-way directional valves the KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
centre position of the control spool is the neutral position. The
change-over to the operating position (a) and (b) is done by Directional valve with two operating position, two solenoids
energising the solenoids (2) "a" and "b" respectively, whereby the without springs allows the control spool to be held in the operating
solenoid plunger acts on the control spool (3) via the operating pin position (detent). The control spool remains in the operation
(5), thus clearing the corresponding flow ways and establishing position also when the solenoids are de-energised.
relevant links between ports A, B, P, and T. For selection of spool
types refer to page 3.6.2.

Technical data Hydraulic Electrical

Size 6 Supply voltage direct or 12, 24, 48


V
Flow rate see p-Q curves, page 3.6.3 alternating 110, 230
Operating pressure ports P,A,B bar 350 Power W 29*
Operating pressure port T bar 210 Switch-on time** ms 50 to 80
o
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 Switch-off time** ms 30 to 55
Viscosity range mm2/s 15 to 380 Switching frequency 1/h 15 000
o
Mounting position optional Ambient temperature C to +50
o
Mass 4/2 kg 1,9 Coil temperature C to +180
4/3 kg 2,7 Duty cycle continious
Filtration NAS 1638 8 ** -The switching-on and off times apply to 24 V DC solenoids
* -12V supply voltage - 36 W

3.11.1
Ordering code

KV - / -5KO- 6 - - P
Working ports
Number of control spool positions
Spool type
Supply voltage
Plug-in connector
If flow rates greater
Throttle than permissible
occur during change-
Seal type
over, a cartridge
Constant action restrictor throttle must be fitted
into P-line of the
Special requirements to be briefly specified
directional valve.

Working ports Plug-in connector


3 working ports = 3 without signal lamp = no design
4 working ports = 4 with signal lamp =L

Number of control spool positions Throttle


without throttle in "P" line = no desig.
two positions = 2
three positions = 3 throttle 0,8 mm dia = D08
throttle 1,0 mm dia = D10
throttle 1,2 mm dia = D12
Supply voltage
direct voltage alternating voltage Seal type
24 V = no desig. 12 V = 12 AC NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
12 V = 12 DC 24 V = 24 AC
FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 = E
48 V = 48 DC 48 V = 48 AC
and ISO 15380
110 V = 110 DC 110 V = 110 AC
230 V = 230 DC 230 V = 230 AC
- Alternating voltage solenoids are fitted with a bridge rectifier. Constant action restrictor
- With solenoids of over 48 V an earthing clamp ( ) Without restrictor = no desig.
to ISO 4400 must be connected. Restrictor 0,3 dia. = UD
* To fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC) a capacitor must be built in (see 10.2.2)

Spool types

A B A B A B A B
0 0
a 0 b a 0 0 b a b
a b a b a b
P T P T P T P T
=1 = 1A = 1B = 81

=2 = 2A = 2B

=3 = 3A = 3B

=6 = 6A = 6B

= 51A = 51B

= 41A = 41B

- Port T in the valves with spool type 41A and 41B to be used as lekage line.
Important note:
> 4 bar must
Valves with adjustment of the switching time - a constant or short - time static oil pressure of at least =
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain the pressure in the spring chambers.

3.11.2
Spool Flow path
12 3 4 5 type
18 P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T
6
7 1 8 8 6 6 -
15
Diff. pressure (bar) 8
12 9 2 5 5 4 4 1

9 3 8 8 7 7 -
6 5 5 9 9 -
6
81 5 5 1 1 -
3
51A, 51B 5 5 1 1 -
Flow
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min) 41A, 41B 7 7 - - -

p - Q Operating limits
350 Spool type Curve The operating limits of the valve are
320 determined at a voltage 10% below
1 1
280 the nominal rating. The curves refer
1 2 4 to application with symetrical flow
240
throw the valve (P-A and B-T). In the
200 3 3
Pressure (bar)

4 3 case of asymetric flow (e.g. one part


160 6 3 not used) reduced values may result.
2
120
81 1
80
51A, 51B 1 Note: For valves with adjustment of
40 the switching time reduced values of
Flow 41A, 41B 2 the operating limits may result.
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min)

Dimensions (mm) With hand operation - add letter G


ca. 157
before spool type in ordering code

P
45

32,5
31
46

B KV-4/2-5KO-6
A

T
17,5 40,5 87

Max. torque 30Nm Connection diagram and


S=20 connecting dimensions to
A ø 9,2 B
ISO 4401

Max. torque
6Nm
85

57

KV-4/3-5KO-6
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
0,01/100mm
ca.73 78
ca.224 Rmax4

Max. torque 30Nm


S=20
A ø 9,2 B Required quality of
the mating surface
Max. torque
6Nm
85

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
ca.73 78 29,5
ca.254

3.11.3
Function drawing
KV-4/3-5KO-6
4 1 9 7 3 8 5 2 6 (KV-4/2-5KO-6)

1 Solenoid "a" - MR-045


A B 2 Solenoid "b" - MR-045
3 Fixing screws 4 pcs M5 x 30
to DIN EN ISO 4762 -10.9
must be ordered separately
Required tightening torque
Md = 9 Nm
4 Plug-in connector "a" - grey
T A P B T 5 Plug-in connector "b" - black
6 Emergency hand operator
7 O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
8 Valve cap
9 Nameplate
10 Constant action restrictor

Vent screw
A B

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/3-5KO-6-2
A B

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/2-5KO-6-UD
A 10

T A P B T

Instalation A constant or short time static oil pressure of at least > 4 bar must
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain
The directional control valve must be installed horizontally the oil pressure in the spring chambers. If this is not the case, the
(Nameplate on top). If this is not the case, the valve must be preloaded oil volume of the restricted valve would leak into the T
removed for venting. Unscrew the vent screw. Move the spool channel through the leakage section of the control spool
alternately to the switching positions a and b until no more shoulders.
bubbles appear at the screw hole. The oil must be visible at the The dampening constancy also depends on the constancy of the
screw hole. Missing oil schould be refielld with an oilcan, drop by oil viscosity.
drop. Screw in the vent screw. For this reason the dampening effect should always be adjusted
with the system at operational temperature.

3.11.4
Pos. 26
Counter Balance valve
01003326
BC 2-1,2 G

STK Stacker
Pos. 27-28
Counter Balance valve
01003325
BC 2-1,0 F

STK Stacker
Pos. 29
Counter Balance valve
01003325
BC 2-1,0 F

STK Stacker
Pos. 30-31
Bend cylinders
61000466-01
HM85-B-D-160/100-655-GVK-SP

STK Stacker
BESTILLINGSVEJLEDNING / BESTELLFORMEL / HOW TO ORDER :

HM85 - X - X - D / d x slagl. / hub / stroke - X - X - (X)


Type / Typ / Type Sp = Speciel-Spezial-Special
Ændrede mål i forh. t/standard
Bundophæng / Geänderte Maße statt Standard
Anlenkung Bodenseitig / Not stand. measure from katalog
Rear mounting Stempelstangsophæng / Stempelstangsmateriale /
Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Kolbenstangenmaterial /
Funktion ** E - D Piston rod mounting Piston rod material

Cyl.rør / Zylinderrohr / Cylinder tube Stempelstangsdiameter / Kolbenstangendurchmesse / Piston rod diameter


** :E = Enk.virk./ Einf.wirk. / Single act.
:D = Dobb.virk. / Dopp.wirk. / Double act.

Bundophæng / Anlenkung-Bodenseitig / Rear mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A/B Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
BFL Bagflange / Flansch hinten / Rear flange
FFL Frontflange / Flansch vorne / Front flange
V Vippetappe / Schwenkzapfen / Trunnion mounting

Stempelstangsophæng / Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Piston rod mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
SFL Stempelstangsflange / Kolbenstangenflansch / Piston rod flange
GvK Ledleje m/ gev. / Gel.lager m/ Gew. / Sph. eye w/ thread
(SKAL bestilles sammen m/cyl. / NUR zusammen m/ Zylinder / order only WITH cylinder)

Katalog FST /HM85/Teknik1.xls


Pos. 32
Double check valve
45000147
VP-NOV-6-D

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 30

CHECK VALVE type VP-NOV

- NS-6, 10
- to 350 bar
- to 100 l/min
- Direct operated
- Connecting dimensions to ISO 4401
- Flow shut-off in both or one service line
- For vertical stacking - sandwich plate design
- Height and width of the valves to ISO 7790 norms

VP-NOV-10-.., VP-NOV-6-..

Description of operating Performance curves


Pilot operated check valves type VP-NOV enable the hydraulic p - Q Performance curves of the flow in direction
fluid flow in the service lines to be automatically shut off and V to P (through check valve) and in direction P to V
made free, respectively. (check valve pilot opened with px=80 bar).
Free flow direction is always from the valve side "V" to the Measured at t = 50 ºC and = 32 mm²/s
subplate side "P". In the opposite direction is the valve blocked 25 P V
for the hydraulic fluid flow. Free flow in port A in direction P to V pilot
is achieved by means of pressure in port B, and vice versa. opened
Diff. pressure (bar)
20
To assure zero leakage there is necessary to discharge ports A
and B towards T in the zero position of the directional valve. V P
15 against
spring force
10

5
Ordering code
VP-NOV- - - - 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Size
Size 6 Flow (l/min)
Check valve in port 16 V P
against
Seal type 14 spring force
Diff. pressure (bar)

Special requirements to be briefly specified 12 P V


10 pilot
8 opened
Size Seal type
6
Size 6 = 6 NBR seals for mineral oil = no desig.
Size 10 = 10 HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 4
FPM seals for HETG, =E 2
HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568
and ISO 15380 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 10 Flow (l/min)
Check valve in port (symbol)

V V V Mounting
example
=EB =EA =D

P P P P
A B A B A B

Technical data

Size 6 10
V
Flow rate l/min 60 100
Operating pressure bar 350 350 a A B b
Cracking pressure bar 1 0,5 0
a b
Area ratio 1:3,9 1:3,6
Oil temperature range o
C -20 to +70 -20 to +70 P T
2
Viscosity range mm /s 15 to 380 15 to 380
Filtration NAS 1638 8 8
Mass kg 1,8 3,5

1.5.1
Dimensions (mm)

2 1
s=10

40
125

5,4-z=4 1. Nameplate

32,5
20,8
31

45
2. O-ring 9,25x1,78-4 pcs
3. Fixing bores for fixing
screws M5

6,8 34 12,7
21,5
30,2 3
40,5

2 1
s=12
50

158
12
21,4

6,8 - z=4
6,3
32,5
46

70

1. Nameplate
2. O-ring 12,42x1,78-5 pcs
3. Fixing bores for fixing
screws M6

6,7 45,5 3,2


16,7
27
3
37,3
50,8
54

Reqired quality of 0,01/100 mm


the mating surface
Rmax 4

1.5.2
Cabinet
Cover for Stacker

FST STK Stacker


8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
810

F F
4
6

960
1/2'' svejsebøsning
svejses på bundpladen.

E E

4 stk. Ø10 huller,


som vist på snit A
Rammen opbygges i 40x40x3mm Vinkeljern.

Front side

Bagpladen kan svejses på vinkeljern.


D D

1120
1200
3

A
A
40

C 2 C

104
109

Fødderne skal svejses på bundpladen, som er 3mm tykke.


7

bemærkning: forben er 5mm kortere end bagben


930
784 Ø10
73
23

Parts List
ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
B 1 1 D2-108-00-B Bagplade B
2 4 D2-108-00-C For og bagben RHS-40x40x4
C 3 1 D2-108-00-D Bundplade + ramme for tank
4 1 D2-108-00-F Top plade
5 4 D2-108-00-M Forstærkningsklods for øjebolte
1000

954

6 4 DIN 580 - M10 x 17 Øjebolte


7 1 D4-3531-01 1/2'' svejsebøsning
23

Dette dokument tilhører Fritz Schur Teknik AS, og må ikke anvendes, overdrages, kopieres eller
efterlignes uden skriftlig godkendelse af Fritz Schur Teknik AS.
n10 Originalt dokument samt evetuelle kopier skal retuneres til Fritz Schur Teknik AS straks efter brug, og
senest sammen med tilbud eller følgeseddel.
5 4
Mål uden toleranceangivelse: DS/ISO 2768- c
73
A cover for ST stacker A
Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg
Phone: +45 70 20 16 16
Alle skarpe kanter og hjørner brydes! Matr: Jern A3 Fax: +45 70 20 16 15
C Skabet males grå Ral (FLS farve)
Tegnet af: Tegnet den: Godkendt af: Rev. nr: Tegn.nr:
RSA 12-05-2009 00 D2-108-00
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Assembly, Start, Repair, and Disassembling

Hydraulic Units

This direction shall be seen as a general direction. If in the single system there are special
components, which are problematic to you, please contact our technical department
immediately.

1. Assembling

1.1 The system shall always stand in a place, which gives easy access for repair and
maintenance. Avoid to place it close to strong heat/cold influence or in a dusty area.
The system shall be placed on a solid ground and good ventilation around the
system shall be secured.

1.2 Before the power pack is connected to the system it shall be secured that hoses,
tubes, fittings, as well as other components are at least prescribed to the pressure
that is indicated on the type board on the power pack.

1.3 It is important to secure that all components, tubes, and hoses are carefully cleaned
before being attached. Even small pollution may spoil a power pack during very
short time.

1.4 If you are not quite sure of how to attach the power pack, how to clean the system,
etc. Please contact our technical department for more instructions.

1
2. Start

2.1 The system is filled with oil of a known brand. It is important to choose oil that fits to
the working conditions to which the system is exposed. It may e.g. be an outdoors
or indoor system or special environmental considerations have to be taken. Consult
the Oil Company for assistance. For normal systems we will recommend oil that
does at least comply with DIN 51524 with a viscosity according to ISO VG32 or
VG46. We recommend the oil to be filled through a filter of minimum 10-micron
nominal.

2.2 As a standard the power pack is based on use of mineral oil or oils that are miscible
with mineral oil. If other types of oil are used our technical department shall approve
them. We draw your attention to the fact that e.g. certain types of oils require other
seal types, different working conditions etc.

NOTE!
Never mix different oil types without approval from oil suppliers!

2.3 It is important to control that tubes, hoses, fittings etc. are tightened correctly and
that the components have been assembled according to the diagram. If you are not
quite sure if the connection on the outlet ports of the components is correct please
ask our technical department.

2.4 We recommend that you short-circuit the connections to cylinders and hydraulic
motors in order that dust does not damage them in the start phase.

2.5 In systems with piston pump and piston motors the pump housing shall be filled
before start.

2.6 Please control that all directional valves are in neutral position (dead) and that the
power pack can be started without load.

2.7 Please adjust the escape valve to minimum value. A leak or malfunction works
violently at high pressure. Pressure valves, if any, at the accumulators must not be
adjusted.

2.8 Please check that a proper screening of the machine has been made in order to
avoid personal injury in connection with a malfunction or leakage.

2.9 Start the electric motor shortly (few seconds) and control the rotation direction.

2.10 Start the pump and let go weak for some minutes.

2.11 Operate every single function (directional valve) unloaded at as high a pressure as
possible. This should be repeated until the system has been scavenged (the oil in
the tank should be clear). The oil level should be controlled now and then and if
necessary fill up.

2
2.12 Assemble connections to cylinders and hydraulic motors again and repeat the
scavenging.

2.13 Let the system go unloaded for 10-20 minutes, and then raise pressure slowly to the
pressure stated. Control now and then leakages and abnormal noise. Adjust other
components e.g. pressure switches.

2.14 Let the system go for a while and control - also the temperature on the oil tank,
which may not exceed 65 degrees Celsius. Normal working temperature should be
around 50 degrees Celsius.

2.15 The safety valve may not be blocked or put at a higher pressure than the one
indicated on the type board.

2.16 Parts where the adjustment is sealed must not be adjusted without written
permission from the vendor.

3. Service

3.1 It is very important to secure a regular maintenance on the system, which will
reduce the risk of expensive breakdowns. Note regularly in a book all facts
concerning pressure, temperature, change of filters etc. This will give you a
comprehensive view of the system and its condition and as such give you the
possibility of preventing expensive breakdowns.

3.2 The filter elements shall be changed regularly, first time after approximately 40 - 50
hours’ operation. Notoriously, they shall be changed after 500-800 hours’ operation.
We recommend providing the filters with indicators, as hereby a better control of
blocking is obtained and unnecessary filter change is avoided. The filter elements
should be changed/cleaned at least every 6 months.

3.3 The oil should be controlled now and then dependent of the working conditions,
consult e.g. your oil supplier. We generally recommend that the oil is changed after
approx. 1600 - 2000 hours’ operations, however at least every 12 months. In other
systems we recommend to make an oil test and let it be analysed with the oil
company. With this you obtain a control of the oil condition and at the same time
you get an analysis of the wear particles in the oil, which may give you a preliminary
warning about pump damages etc.

3.4 When changing components, hoses, and fittings you should use parts that do at
least comply with the same data as the parts being changed.

NOTE!

Far the most parts of defects on hydraulic systems can be tracked to pollution of the oil.
Therefore, it is very important to be utmost careful with the cleanliness as well as with
assembly and maintenance.

3
4. Disassembling

4.1 Before the power pack is being disassembled it is very important to control that
there is no pressure on the system. After the pump has been stopped there may still
be pressures in the system e.g. from accumulators or cylinders that are under
loading.

4.2 All electric connections shall be disassembled before the disassembling is being
started.

4.3 All connections shall be dimmed very carefully immediately after being separated.

Please remember to protect your skin against oil; you should alternatively wash with
frequent intervals.

Should you have any questions in connection with this direction please don’t hesitate to
contact us.

FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS

4
FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160
Include for following
XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM
4-1445344-494693A

Fritz Schur Teknik A/S · Telefon +45 70 20 16 16 · Telefax 70 20 16 15 · mail@fst.dk · www.fst.dk


FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160
Include the following

FLS description:
 Order number: 4-1445344-494693A
 Contract No.: 04-14-45344-910
 FLS Equip. No.: 232.ST200 / 50070964
 Plant: XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM

Documentation:
 Hydraulics diagram
 Pictures
 Parts list / Recommended spare parts
810928-180/110-2270 Equip. No. 50070964 (10.01.01.05 – 10.01.02.12)
810923-400 Equip. No. 50070964 (10.02.01.04 – 10.02.02.09)
810929-26169 Equip. No. 50070964 (10.02.02.11 – 10.05.01.23)
810935-160/100-655 Equip. No. 50070964 (10.04.01.03 – 10.04.01.15)
BI300099 Equip. No. 50070964 (10.06.01.03 – 10.06.01.13)

 Documentation of components
 Assembly, Start, Repair, and Disassembling

Date: 30-03-2016 Sign: Ingolf Jönsson


Declaration of Conformity
DECLARATION CONCERNING USE OF MENTIONED MACHINES/MACHINE COMPONENTS
in according with the Council Directives
2006/42/95/EEC

Declaration of incorporation of party completed machinery


In accordance with the Council Directive 2006/42/EEC
FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS declares hereby that mentioned components:

Pump Unit: 810923-400


810929-26169
810928-180/110-2270
810935-160/100-655

FOR 1 Hydraulic system 160. Include the following

Your ref.: 4-1445344-494693A Version 0

XUAN THANH CEMENT JSC - VNM

Order no.: 075632

 Comply with the relevant requirements for partly complete machinery laid down in
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EEC Article 2g and Article 13 as amended. The relevant
technical documentation is compiled in accordance with part B of Annex VII.

 Are in conformity with the provisions of EMC Directive 2004/108/EEC and Low Voltage
Directive 2006/95/EEC as amended and

 have been manufactured in accordance with the harmonized standards EN 55014-1, EN


55014-2, EN 60335-2-103.

The total system then complies with the essential requirements of the Council Directives
2006/42/EEC, 2004/108/EEC and 2006/95/EEC as amended.

Albertslund, 30-03-2016

Allan Nelbom

QA Manager
Hydraulic system 160
STK Stacker unit: 232.ST200
Load Holding valve: serial No.: 16011591 Pos. 17

Load Holding Valve: Serial no.: 16011766 Pos. 16


Knee cylinders: Serial No. 160252
Parts list: 810928-180/110-1816 Page: 1 / 1
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.01.01.05 1 4.075947 Shaft NiCrMo 7-3-2
10.01.01.06 1 61000633 Cylinder HM85-S-D-180/110x1816-S-R-SP Fjero
10.01.01.10 4 746767.100 Locking plate .100
10.01.01.12 2 Lub. Nipple (part of compelet cylinder)
10.01.01.19 8 ARV600118 Screw 0223.M16x35
10.01.01.20 8 ARV600225 Spring Washer 0720.M16
10.01.02.01 1 45001311 O.C. valve BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV250/N Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.02 1 45001312 O.C. valve BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV210/N Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.03 4 EMA3/1/4"ED Pressure gauge connector EMA3/1/4ED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.05 4,4 m 2162060R Pipe 16 X 2,0 Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.06 4,4 m 2101560R Pipe 10x1,5 Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.07 1 4.070023 Test equipment
10.01.02.09 2 E2129116000 Fitting GE16SRED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.10 2 E2129110106 Fitting GE10SR-1/4ED Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.11 2 E2619016000 Fitting T16S Attched on cylinder
10.01.02.12 2 E7079016010 Reduction RED 16/10S Attched on cylinder

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic cylinder
Revision: 00 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.01.01.05 - 10.01.02.12 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: Roskildevej 108-110, DK-2620 Albertslund Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810923-400V Page: 1 / 1
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
01 1 BI300089 Oil tank 140L Fritz Schur Teknik AS
01.1 1 52001067 Oil Level gauge CLA13M12NT UFI
02 1 36900018 Gear pump WP09A1B-080-R-06-NB-159-N Concentric GmbH
02.1 1 45000241 Return bush UC.2817 UCC (Parker)
03 1 52000058 Strainer MSZ 202BMCVB10 UFI
04.1 1 52000126 Coupling Motor ND86B OMT
04.2 1 54000111 Coupling Pump ND86P2 OMT
04.3 1 54000112 Coupling Spider R82 OMT
04.4 1 54000006 Bell housing LS300 OMT
05 1 603001320305IE3 El-Motor Type 3,0kW 6pol B35 3x400V 50Hz HOYER A/S
05.1 1 TR000010 Vibration pad B50/30 Novibra
06 1 500305 Ball valve G1/2" F/F ITV
07 1 52001018 Pressure filter BPB32B10CN**03XX UFI
07.1 1 52001016 Filter cartidge EPB32NFC 12 mic. abs UFI
07.2 1 52000508 Electrical/visual indicator 7E 5bar UFI
08 1 52000207 Air beather / Filling filter TM 178 G 78 UFI
08.1 1 BI300058 Distance pipe Fritz Schur Teknik AS
09 1 52001021 Oil level switch CLB25UNW UFI
11 1 FT290-1/4 Needle valve FT290-1/4" Tognella
12 1 63-7211-250 Pressure gauge Ø63/250 bar 1/4" Type 1454 Oleotech
13 1 45000433 Pressure relief valve VP-RT-6-EP-315 Kladivar
13.1 1 80000111 Manifold HK MRSL 3 38 Subplate NG6 3/8" Hansa Flex
15 1 45000328 Solenoid valve KV-4/3-5KO-6-3-24DC Kladivar
18 1 TEM600006 PT100 sensor Tpe B (PR-5333A), 0-100°C, L=150 KP Electronics
18.1 1 TEM600004 Sensor protection L=150 mm KP Electronics
20 1 SN60041 Oil heater BOCX 60 3x400V, incl. thermostate SAN
25 1 45000140 Solenoid valve KV-4/3-5KO-6-6-24DC Kladivar
32 1 45000147 Double check valve VP-NOV-6-D Kladivar

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.02.01.04 - 10.02.02.09 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400Vac 50Hz / 24Vdc Roskildevej 8-10, 2620 Albertslund Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A XUAN THANH CEM. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810929-26169 Page: 1 / 3
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.02.02.11 2 01003325 BC 2-1,0 F Hawe
10.02.02.12 2 01003325 BC 2-1,0 F Hawe
10.02.02.13 2 01003326 BC 2-1,2 G Hawe
10.03.01.04 10 E2219016000 G16S Larga
10.03.01.05 2 E3029016000 WSV16S Larga
10.03.01.06 10 E2229016000 W16S Larga
10.03.01.09 15 RCPR116 Pipe Clamps 16mm Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 30 TM-C1 Mutter for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 15 DP-C1 Cap plate for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.09 30 SS-C1 Screw for pipe clamps Hansa Flex
10.03.01.10 1 TS-C2 Mounting Rail Hansa Flex
10.03.01.12 18 2162560R Steel tube Ø16x2,5mm L=18000mm Sanistaal
10.03.01.14 2 4SP08-23001 DKOS-16 L=1400/1340mm Larga
10.03.01.16 4 ARV600229 M20x45mm Arvid Nilsson
10.03.01.17 4 ARV600227 M20 Washer Arvid Nilsson

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: Ihj FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10.02.02.11 - 10.03.01.17 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400V 50Hz / 24Vdc Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Parts list: 810935-160/100-655 Page: 1 / 3
Position: Amount: Number: Decscription: Remarks:
10.04.01.03 2 61000466-01 HM85-B-D-160/100-655 (20046345) Fjero
10.04.01.05 2 7.000150-80x242 Shaft Ø80x242mm FST
10.04.01.06 2 7.000150-80x283 Shaft Ø80x283mm FST
10.04.01.07 2 7.000150-100x283 Shaft Ø100x283mm FST
10.04.01.08 4 GLY PG10010530A PCM 100 10550M SKF
10.04.01.10 12 74676-100 Locking Plate FST
10.04.01.11 24 ARV600220 M16x35 Screw Würtz
10.04.01.12 24 ARV600224 M16 facet washer Würtz
10.04.01.14 2 61000634 Shaft Ø70/Ø80x96 FST
10.04.01.15 2 61000635 Shaft Ø70/Ø80x111 FST

Date: 02-03-16 Customer: System description:


Sign: IHJ FLSmidth A/S STK Stacker - Hydraulic Pump Station
Revision: 01 36 18 10 00 FLS 50070960 - 10-04.01.03 - 10.04.01.15 FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS
Order no. Reference: 3x400V 50Hz / 24Vdc Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg Telefon: +45 70 20 16 16

4-1445344-494693A Xuan Thanh Cem. - VNM Denmark Telefax: +45 70 20 16 15


Pos. 01.1
Oil level gauge
CLA13M12T

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CLA
V I S U A L L E V E L I N D I C AT O R S

MATERIALS
Visual level indicators, tank side mounting.

Transparent part:
Trogamid T

Anti-shock protection:
painted steel

Fixing bolts:
zinc plated steel

Seals:
NBR Nitrile
(FKM - on request fluoroelastomer)

Double scale thermometer


(Celsius and Farenheit) option available.

Tightening torque for the fixing bolts 10 Nm.

PRESSURE
Max pressure allowed 100 kPa (1 bar).

WORKING TEMPERATURE Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CLA - EN - 03/2011
From -20°C to +90°C

Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
on our website.

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


H1 H2 H3 D E1 E2 E3 C TYPE
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C
CLA11M10NW 108 76 32 M10 35 24 50 L A FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
11 12 13
M CONNECTION TYPE
CLA11M10NT 108 76 32 M10 35 24 50
M = metric thread M M M
CONNECTION SIZE
CLA12M12NW 160 127 78 M12 35 24 50
10 = M10 10 10 -
12 = M12 12 12 12
CLA12M12NT 160 127 78 M12 35 24 50 N SEALS
N = NBR Nitrile N N N
CLA13M12NW 286 254 202 M12 35 24 50
ACCESSORIES
CLA13M12NT 286 254 202 M12 35 24 50 W = without W W W
T = with thermometer T T T
Pos. 02
Vane pump
Type: WPA1B-080-R-06-NB-159-N

STK Stacker
HIGH PRESSURE GEAR PUMP W900

HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS DIVISION Outstanding Hydraulic Products, Service and Expertise, Worldwide
THE POWER OF THE W900 A SERIES
Haldex Hydraulics is one of the world’s W900 High Pressure Gear Pumps are
leading manufacturers of hydraulic optimized for demanding work, with harsh
pumps. In recent years we have focused weather conditions, rugged operations
on important markets, such as materials and long service intervals. The W900
handling and vehicles, and now the result series is a range of cost-efficient group II
are in: a series of high-performance pumps for all applications in which the
hydraulic pumps. The W900 series builds customer’s demands for quality and
on the versatile technical platform reliability are particularly high.
represented by the W series.

FLANGE CODE 03, 06, 07, 10, 11, 12, 13 4-9

EFFICIENCIES 10 - 11

Pictures on front page are used with the kind permission of eg: Atlet, BT, Huddig, Scania, Toro and Volvo Construction Equipment.
The right to modifications for technical improvements is reserved.

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03


PERFORMANCE DATA
Operating pressure range
Inlet port: continuous, minimum -0,20 bar
intermittent, minimum -0,35 bar
maximum +2,00 bar
Outlet port (See tables on pages 4-9)
p III

p II
p I continous
pressure

Pressure
pI
p II intermittent
pressure
p III Peak
pressure
10 sec. at minimum Time
20 sec. at minimum

Product has been tested to 1,000,000 cycles at pl.


Pressure pll is permitted at maxi. 20 sec loaded
following 10 sec minimum unloaded.
Product has been tested to 500,000 cycles at pllI.
Above represents performance wich can be
expected from units incorporating flange port styles.

Speed range
Minimum speed for all pump sizes is n=500 rpm at
maximum pressure pl.
Maximum speed for single pumps depends on the
pump model in question and can be identified from
tables on pages 4-9 for respective models.
Model code example for a single pump Maximum speed for multiple pumps is the lowest
one specified (See tables on pages 4-9) for any
WP 09 A 1 B 050 R 03 BA 150 N section of the configuration in question.
Noise performance data according to DIN 45 635.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Typical levels at 200 bar and 2300 rpm using mine-
ral oil with viscosity of 40 mm2/s and at temperature
of 50° C:
1 = Type 7 = Rotation W9A1-08 W9A1-16 W9A1-23
60 dB(A) 65 dB(A) 68 dB(A)
2 = Series 8 = Mounting flange
Hydraulic fluids. The use of HL-or HLP-hydraulic
oil according to DIN 51 524 is recommended.
3 = Design revision 9 = Drive shaft The permissible viscosity for all W900 pumps
ranges from 750 to 10 mm2/s. The recommended
4 = # of sections 10 = Portings operating viscosity range is from 40 to 16 mm2/s.
The permissible cold start viscosity is 2000 mm2/s.
11 We recommend to contact Haldex Barnes before
5 = Seal material = Valve options
using fire resistant or bio-degradable fluids.

6 = Displacement per section Temperature range


Amb. temperature mini.-25° C
maxi. +80° C
Fluid temperature
continuous operation maxi. +90° C
short term operation maxi. +105° C
W900 DESCRIPTION Please note
The W900 pumps are available in a single A wide range of mounting flanges and port Viscosities -when operating at above temperature
limits-have to remain within the range specified un-
or multiple configuration of up to four sizes are available to meet international
der ”Hydraulic Fluids”.
sections. The basic pump is of a three standards.
piece modular design. Mounting flange Fluid cleanliness
and rear cover are of cast iron. The pump General data
Fluid cleanliness according to ISO 4406/1986 code
body is manufactured from high strength Displacement V 5 - 31cc/rev 18/14 or better is required in order to assure the
aluminium alloy. Speed n 500 - 4000 rpm pump’s high level of efficiency in the long term.
For optimum strength, gears and shafts Pressure
are precision machined in one piece. The rated pressure pl up to 276 bar Drive arrangement
13-tooth gear geometry has been intermittent pressure pll up to 300 bar Flexible couplings are preferred for direct drives.
Operating temperatures t up to 105° C Please contact Haldex Hydraulics for indirect drive
optimized for low noise level.
Average volumetric efficiency 97% requirements. Pumps with outboard side load
All shaft bearing surfaces are Teflon® The maximum values for n, pl and t for a given bearing are available.
coated and designed for long service life. pump specification may be applied
They are continually cooled and lubricated simultaneously. Mounting position
by a controlled flow of fresh oil. This
As required.
enables operation across a wide speed Options
range at very high loads. • SAE mounting flange, through bolt model. Symbols
Multiple pumps in the W900 range are • Rectangular flanges. Single pump
very compact. The drive shaft is capable • Splined, tapered or straight shaft with key, Double pump
of transmitting high torque even to the rear tang shaft. Triple pump
section. Each section has its own inlet and • Thread ports of flange ports. Quadruple pump
pressure ports. Single inlet features are • Clockwise or anti-clockwise rotation.
• Integrated valve features.
optional for 2 and 3 section unit.
• Single inlet for multiple units.
HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 3
FLANGE CODE 06

Model code example for a single pump


WP 09 A 1 B 050 R 06 NB 160 N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 = Type WP - Pump 8 = Mounting flange


06 Rect. Ø 36,5 mm pilot
2 = Series 09 - 900
9 = Drive shaft
3 = Design revision A NB European Tapered shaft 1:8

4 = # of sections 1 - Single 10 = Portings


2 - Duplex 160 - 20 mm + 13,5 mm
3 - Triplex
For pump displacement 050-080 4 - Quadruplex 11 = Valve options N - None

5 = Seal material B - Buna


6 = Displacement per section
(See Code Displ. below)

7 = Rotation
R - Clockwise
L - Counter clockwise

Size Rated pressure Maximum speed Dimensions Weight


(bar) (rpm) A B (approx.)
Port. c. ’160’ [mm] [mm] [kg]

050 - 5,0cc 276 4000 90,1 43,3 3,7


060 - 6,0cc 276 4000 91,6 44,0 3,8
080 - 8,0cc 276 4000 94,6 45,5 3,9
110 - 11,0cc 276 3600 99,0 47,7 4,1
140 - 14,0cc 276 3300 103,5 50,0 4,2
160 - 16,0cc 276 3000 106,4 51,4 4,3
190 - 19,0cc 276 3000 110,9 53,7 4,4
230 - 23,0cc 221 2800 116,8 56,6 4,4
270 - 27,0cc 185 2350 122,7 59,6 4,8
310 - 31,0cc 170 1900 128,7 62,6 5,0

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 5


MULTIPLE PUMPS

The two following parameters are of the Maxi. load index K 5240
utmost importance when selecting for double pump
multiple pumps and must never be K = (p2 x V2)
exceeded: for triple pump
-Drive shaft load index ”A” K = (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3)
-Internal coupling load index ”K”
for quadruple pump
K = (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3) + (p4 x V4)

Maximum drive shaft load index ”A”,


see table below
for double pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2)
for triple pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3)
for quadruple pump
A = (p1 x V1) + (p2 x V2) + (p3 x V3) +
(p4x V4)

Drive Load index Drive Load index


Shaft end section shaft A shaft A
BA 10488 JA 6215
FA 5100 MB 10488
GA 9608 NB 10488
HA 11304 QB 5012

Note: P = actual pressure in bar,


V = applicable displacement from
table page 4-8.

In multiple pumps, shaft end section must have largest displace-


ment. Each consecutive section must have displacement equal
to or smaller than section proceeding.
Haldex Hydraulics multiple pumps are also available with reduced
number of inlets. Please contact Haldex Hydraulics for details.
Please, contact Haldex Hydraulics for pump applications requiring
independently sealed sections.

Size P Q Weight R S Weight T Weight N L Weight


mm mm kg mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg
Shaft end section Rear section 2nd & 3rd section A1-section

060 - 0,6cc 77,6 44,0 3,1 73,4 25,6 2,7 59,1 1,8 75,1 41,5 2,7
080 - 0,8cc 80,0 45,5 3,2 76,4 27,0 2,8 62,1 1,9 78,1 41,5 2,7
110 -11,0cc 85,0 47,7 3,4 80,8 29,2 3,0 66,5 2,1 82,5 45,2 3,0
140 -14,0cc 89,5 50,0 3,5 85,2 31,5 3,1 71,0 2,2 87,0 47,5 3,1
160 -16,0cc 92,4 51,4 3,6 88,1 33,0 3,2 73,9 2,3 89,9 48,9 3,2
190 -19,0cc 96,9 53,7 3,7 92,7 35,2 3,4 78,4 2,4 94,4 51,2 3,4
230 -23,0cc 102,8 56,6 3,9 98,6 38,2 3,5 84,3 2,6 100,3 54,1 3,5
270 -27,0cc 108,7 59,6 4,1 104,5 41,1 3,7 90,2 3,7 106,2 57,1 3,7
310 -31,0cc 114,8 62,6 4,3 110,5 44,1 3,9 96,2 3,0 112,2 60,1 3,9

10 HALDEX W900 GB-03-03


EFFICIENCES, TOTAL , MECHANICAL, VOLUMETRIC

HALDEX W900 GB-03-03 11


Pos. 02.1
Return bush
UC.2817

STK-Stacker
Pos. 03
Strainer
MSZ 202BMCVB10

STK Stacker
GB Suction elements - MSZ series -
DESCRIPTION: MSZ series elements are especially designed to protect pump and system components. They extend life
and reduce breakdown for continuous equipment operation. Available with or without by-pass. Used to filter all mineral and
petroleum based fluids. Port sizes: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Flow rates: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
TECHNICAL DATA FILTRATION
End cap: galvanized steel Steel wire mesh: 125µ - 250µ
Center tube: galvanized steel
Head: glass-filled nylon FILTER ELEMENTS COLLAPSE PRESSURES
By-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Working temperature: -25 ÷ +90°C

Special execution on request


All tests performed according to the following standards: ISO 2941: Element collapse resistance test - ISO 2942: Production integrity test
ISO 2943: Fluids compatibility - ISO 3723: End load test method - ISO 3724: Flow fatigue resistance method - ISO 3968: Pressure drop versus
flow rate - ISO 4572: Multipass test. For further information contact our Technical Dept.

D Saugfilterelemente - MSZ Serie -


BESCHREIBUNG: Die Saugfilterelemente der Serie MSZ werden an die Pumpensaugleitung angeschraubt und im Behälter
unterhalb des Flüssigkeitsspiegels installiert. Sie sollen in erster Linie Pumpen schützen. Um bei verschumutzten
Elementen oder Kaltstart Ansaugschwierigkeiten zu vermeiden, können die Elemente auch mit Bypass - Ventil ausgerüstet
werden. Anschlußgewinde: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Nennvolumenstrom: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
TECHNISCHE DATEN FILTERMATERIAL
Endkappe: stahl korrosionsgeschützt Metallsieb: 125µ - 250 µ
Stützrohr: stahl korrosionsgeschützt
Anschlußgewinde: glas-nylon KOLLAPSDRÜCKE DES FILTERELEMENTS
Bypass - Ventil: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Betriebstemperatur: -25 ÷ +90°C

Sonderausführungen auf Wunsch


Alle Proben wurden nach folgenden Normen durchgeführt: ISO 2941: Kollaps-Berstdruckprüfung - ISO 2942: Fesstellung der einwandfreien
Fertigungsqualität - ISO 2943: Prüfung der Verträglichkeit mit der Druckflüssigkeit - ISO 3723: Verfahren zur Prüfung der Endscheibenbelastung
ISO 3724: Nachweis der Durchfluss-Ermüdungseigenschaften - ISO 3968: Durchflusswiderstand gegen Volumenstrom - ISO 4572: Multipass test

F Crepines d'aspiration - série MSZ -


DESCRIPTION: cette gamme de crèpines d'aspiration est concue pour la protection des pompes et des équipements.
Leur seuil de filtration est de 125 ou 250 microns avec ou sans by-pass. Compatibles avec tous les fluids hydrauliques à
base d'huile minérale, de coupe ou refrigerants. Raccordements: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Débits: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
INFORMATIONS TECHNIQUES FILTRATION
Coupelle: acier zingué Treillis metal: 125µ - 250µ
Tube central: acier zingué
Tête du filtre: polyester renforcé en fibre de verre PRESSION D'ECRASEMENT ELEMENTS FILTRANTS
Valve de by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Temperature de travaille: -25 ÷ +90°C

Production special sur demande


Tous les tests sont réalisés selon les standards suivant: ISO 2941: Test de pression d'écrasement élément filtrant - ISO 2942: Conformité
aux details de production - ISO 2943:Compatibilité media/fluids - ISO 3723: Détermination résistance à la deformation axiale - ISO 3724:
Détermination résistance selon variation du débit - ISO 3968: Détermination des pertes de charge selon le débit - ISO 4572: Test Multipass.

E Filtros en aspiración - serie MSZ -


DESCRIPCIÒN: Los filtros de la serie MSZ se emplean en aspiración para proteger la bomba. Asegurando el máximo
rendimiento en base al caudal nominal. Con o sin by-pass. Pueden ser empleados con todos los aceites minerales y con
los fluidos rifrigerantes de corte. Conexiones: 1/2” ÷ 3” BSP-NPT- Caudal: 15 ÷ 550L/min
CARACTERISTICAS TÉCNICAS FLTRACIÒN
Fondo: Acero cincado Tela metálica: 125µ - 250µ
Tubo interior: Acero cincado
Conexión roscada: Nylon con carga de fibra de vidrio PRESION DE APLASTAMIENTO
Válvula by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% DE LOS CARTUCHOS FILTRANTE
Temperatura de servicio: -25°C ÷ 90°C Estandar: ∆p 100 kPa

Ejecuciones especiales bajo demanda

Todos los ensayos se realizan según las normas sigulentes: ISO 2941: Verificación de la presión de aplastamiento del cartucho - ISO 2942:
Verificación de conformidad a la fabricación - ISO 2943: Compatibilidad de los materiales con los fluidos - ISO 3723: Prueba de resistencia a la
deformación axial - ISO 3724: Prueba de resistencia a la fatiga - ISO 3968: Pérdidas de carga según el caudal - ISO 4572: Prueba multipass

I Filtri in aspirazione - serie MSZ -


DESCRIZIONE: i filtri serie MSZ sono utilizzati in aspirazione per proteggere la pompa. Assicurano il massimo
rendimento in base alla portata nominale. Sono disponibili con o senza valvola di by-pass. Possono essere utilizzati con
tutti gli oli minerali e con i fluidi refrigeranti da taglio. Attacchi: 1/2" ÷ 3" BSP - NPT - Portate: 15 ÷ 550 L/min
CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE FILTRAGGIO
Fondello: acciaio zincato Tela metallica: 125µ - 250µ
Tubo interno: acciaio zincato
Attacco filettato: nylon caricato vetro PRESSIONE COLLASSO CARTUCCE FILTRANTI
Valvola di by-pass: ∆p 30 kPa ±10% Standard: ∆p 100 kPa
Temperatura di lavoro: -25 ÷ +90°C

Esecuzioni speciali su richiesta


Tutti i test sono stati eseguiti secondo le seguenti norme: ISO 2941: Test verifica pressione collasso cartuccia - ISO 2942: Test verifica di
conformità di fabbricazione - ISO 2943: Test verifica compatibilità materiali con fluidi - ISO 3723: Test per resistenza alla deformazione assiale
ISO 3724: Test determinazione resistenza alla fatica - ISO 3968: Test perdite di carico in funzione della portata - ISO 4572: Prova Multipass
DIMENSIONS (mm) AND WEIGHTS (Kg) DIMENSIONS (mm) ET POIDS (Kg)
MASSE (mm) UND GEWICHTE (Kg) DIMENSIONI (mm) E PESI (Kg)

H1

H2
Ch 8

D2

D1
Filter area
Type Filterfläche
Typ Surface filtrante
Type D1 D2 H1 H2 Ch Kg
Superficie filtrante
Tipo cm2

MSZ 101... 46 1/2" 105,5 14 30 0,12 0.155

MSZ 201... 64 3/4" 109,5 14 36 0,22 0.335

MSZ 202... 64 1" 139,5 15 46 0,27 0.450

MSZ 301... 86 1 1/2" 140,0 18 60 0,45 0.610

MSZ 302... 86 1 1/2" 200,0 18 60 0,53 0.920

MSZ 303... 86 2" 260,0 18 70 0,56 1.190

MSZ 401... 150 2" 150,0 18 70 1,20 2.030

MSZ 402... 150 2 1/2" 212,0 20 90 1,40 2.900

MSZ 403... 150 3" 272,0 20 100 1,60 3.900

FLOW RATES DEBITS


NENNVOLUMENSTROM (L/min) PORTATE

Type
Typ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ MSZ
Type 101 201 202 301 302 303 401 402 403
Tipo

MCV µ 125 15 25 50 95 130 180 225 350 500

MDC µ 250 20 32 63 115 142 190 248 372 550

∆p 2 kPa (0,02 bar)

The reference fluid has a kinematic viscosity Fluid de référence avec viscosité de
of 30 cSt and a density of 0,86 Kg/dm3 30 cSt et densité de 0,86 Kg/ dm3
Bezugsflüssigkeit mit kinematischer Fluido di riferimento con viscosità cinematica di
Viscosität von 30 cSt und Dichte von 0,86 Kg/ dm3 30 cSt e densità di 0,86 Kg/ dm3
HOW TO ORDER THE COMPLETE FILTER
BESTELLBEZEICHNUNG FÜR KOMPLETTE FILTER
DETERMINATION D'UN FILTRE
ORDINAZIONE DEL FILTRO COMPLETO

M S Z

Type Type By-pass Type Filter media Ports


Typ Typ Bypass Typ Filtermaterial Anschlußgewinde
Type Type By-pass Type Finesse media Raccordements
Tipo Tipo By-pass Tipo Materiale filtrante Attacchi

101 303 Without


Ohne
201 401 0 Sans B = BSP
Senza MCV 125µ Wire mesh
202 402 Metallsieb
With MDC 250µ Treillis métal
Mit Tela metallica
301 403 Avec
B N = NPT
Con
302 ∆p 30 kPa±10%

INSTALLATION DETAILS INSTALLATION


EINBAUSYSTEME SISTEMA DI MONTAGGIO

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. 12 - 05/03

Port sizes: 1/2" ÷ 3" Flow rates: 15 ÷ 550


Anschlußgewinde: 1/2" ÷ 3" Nennvolumenstrom: 15 ÷ 550
Raccordements: 1/2" ÷ 3" Débits: 15 ÷ 550
Attacchi: 1/2" ÷ 3" Portate: 15 ÷ 550
BSP - NPT (L/min)
Pos. 4.1
Coupling hub
Type ND 86 C

Pos. 4.2
Coupling hub
Type ND 86 P2

Pos. 4.3
Coupling catch
Type R82

STK-Stacker
ACCOPPIAMENTI TRA MOTORI ELETTRICI
A FLANGIA UNIFICATA B3 - B5 - B14
POMPE OLEODINAMICHE AD INGRANAGGI
CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ELECTRICAL MOTORS
WITH STANDARD B3 - B5 - B14 FLANGE
AND HYDRAULIC GEARPUMPS

TIPOLOGIA DELLE LANTERNE DISPONIBILI / TYPE OF AVAILABLE BELLHOUSINGS

tipo tipo
type L type LS

tipo tipo
type LE type LSE

L 8 fori passanti lato motore LE 8 fori passanti lato motore e anello di centraggio in lamie-
8 passing holes on motor side ra per estrazione del giunto
LS 4 fori passanti + 4 fori filettati lato motore 8 passing holes on motor side + sheet metal centering
4 passing holes + 4 threaded holes on ring for the extraction of the coupling.
motor side LSE 4 fori passanti +4 fori filettati lato motore e anello di cen-
traggio in lamiera per estrazione del giunto
4 passing holes + 4 threaded holes on motor side + sheet
metal centering ring for the extraction of the coupling.
Tabella / Table 20
Potenza motore 4 poli Semigiunto lato motore
1450 giri/1’ Motor side halfcoupling
Motor power 4 poles
1450 revs/min Codice Dimensioni / Dimensions (mm)
Part
kW Taglia HP number A C G D CH T
Size
0,12 0,16
÷ 63 ÷ ND 48A 48 30 19 11 4 12,8
0,18 0,25
0,25 0,35
÷ 71 ÷ ND 48B 48 30 29 14 5 16,3
0,37 0,55
0,55 0,75
÷ 80 ÷ ND 48C 48 38 54 19 6 21,8
0,75 1
1,1 1,5
÷ 90 ÷ ND 48D 48 38 54 24 8 27,3
1,5 2
0,55 0,75
÷ 80 ÷ ND 65A 65 42 47,5 19 6 21,8
0,75 1
1,1
÷ 90
1,5
÷ ND 65B 65
Tabella / Table 21
1,5 48 47,5 24 8 27,3
2 Dimensioni (mm) lato pompa / Dimensions (mm) pump side
2,2 100 3 Rif. pompa
÷ ÷ ÷ ND 65C 65 53 57,5 28 8 31,3 Pump code Tipo / Type d Ch t L
4 112 5,5
2,2 100 3 05 M cilindrico / cylindric 6 2 7 10
÷ ÷ ÷ ND 86A 86 55 60 28 8 31,3 05 GT cilindrico / cylindric 7 2 8 10
4 112 5,5
5,5 7,5 1C cilindrico / cylindric 12 3 13,3 13,5
÷ 132 ÷ ND 86B 86 73 88 38 10 41,3
9 12,5 U1P con 1:8 / taper 1:8 9,7 2,4 10,5 15
5,5 7,5 1M con 1:8 / taper 1:8 13,9 3 15,5 18,5
÷ 132 ÷ ND 108A 108 73 77 38 10 41,3
9 12,5 2 (CA) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 17,2 3,2 18,5 23
11 15
÷ 160 ÷ ND 108B 108 84 110 42 12 45,3 2 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 17,2 4 18,5 23
15 20 3U con 1:8 / taper 1:8 22,2 4 23,6 28
18,5 25
÷ 180 ÷ ND 108C 108 100 110 48 14 51,8 35 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 25,6 4,76 27,8 35
22 30
35 (M) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 25,6 5 27,8 35
30 200 40 ND 108D 108 100 110 55 16 59,3 4 (U) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 33,3 6,35 35,5 45
4 (M/T) con 1:8 / taper 1:8 33,3 7 35,5 45
30 200 40 ND 143B 143 106 110 55 16 59,3 ZB con 1:5 / taper 1:5 9,8 2 10,2 12
37 50 ZF con 1:5 / taper 1:5 16,9 3 17,7 19
÷ 225 ÷ ND 143C 143 137 140 60 18 64,4
45 60 ZG con 1:5 / taper 1:5 25,2 5 26,3 29

23
GIUNTI IN ALLUMINIO
ALUMINIUM COUPLINGS

MOTORI FLANGIA B3-B5 / MOTORS WITH FLANGE B3-B5


Motore 4 poli Giunto completo Semigiunto Inserto Semigiunto

Centering ring

damping ring
di centraggio

Anello Amm.
Foot flange
1450 giri/1’ Rif. Lanterna Dimensione lanterna (mm) serie ND Motore elastico pompa

Suitable
Piedino
Motor power 4 p. pompa

Anelli
Bellhousing Dimensions of bellhousing (mm) Complete coupling Halfcoupling Rubber Halfcoupling
1450 revs/min Pump ND series motor side spider pump side
Taglia Codice Codice Codice Codice
kW Size HP code LE LSE L LS A B C D F G H P Q R S
Part number
H Part number Part num. I Part number
U1P 3010 310 3010 310 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 RC1-254
1C 3011 311 3011 311 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 901 135 ND 86B R-82 20 NS 86P1C RC1-30
1M 3011 311 3011 311 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 901A 135 ND 86B R-82 20 NS 86P1M RC1-30
2 3001 300 3001 300 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 16 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P2 RC2-365
T 250 3002 301 3002 301 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
5,5 7,5 3U 3003 302 3003 302 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508

P - 300

A - 300
÷ 132 ÷ M3 3004 303 3004 303 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
9 12 T3 3005 304 3005 304 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 17 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86P3U RC2-508
ZF - - LB26 LBS26 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 210 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86PZF -
ZG - - LB27 LBS27 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 170 120 59 ND 211 135 ND 86B R-82 20 ND 86PZG -
35 M 3006 305 3006 305 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-60
35 G 3007 306 3007 306 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-603
35 U 3007 306 3007 306 300 265 230 14 238 143 21 M12 180 158 62 ND 18C 135 ND 108A R-103 24 ND 108P35 RC3-603
2 - - 3511 350 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43A 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P2 RC2S-365
T 250 3512 351 3512 351 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
3U 3513 352 3513 352 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
M3 3514 353 3514 353 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S508
T3 3515 354 3515 354 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43C 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S508
11 15 ZF - - LB31 LBS31 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43D 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108PZF -
÷ 160 ÷ ZG - - LB32 LBS32 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 43E 168 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108PZG -
15 20 35 M 3506 355 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60
35 G 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
35 U 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 21 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635

A - 350
P - 350
4U 3509 358 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 22 176 ND 108B R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
2 - - 3511 350 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44A 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P2 RC2S-356
T 250 3512 351 3512 351 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
3U 3513 352 3513 352 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC3-508
M3 3514 353 3514 353 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S-508
T3 3515 354 3515 354 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44C 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108P3U RC2S-508
18,5 25 ZF - - LB31 LBS31 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44D 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108PZF -
÷ 180 ÷ ZG - - LB32 LBS32 350 300 250 18 253 178 25 M16 235 235 117,5 ND 44E 168 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108PZG -
22 30 35 M 3506 355 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60
35 G 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
35 U 3507 356 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 25 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 3508 357 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4U 3509 358 - - 350 300 250 18 253 188 25 M16 230 175 77 ND 26 176 ND 108C R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
T 250 4001 400 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
3U 4002 401 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
M3 4003 402 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
T3 4004 403 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 40 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q3U RC3-508
35 M 4005 404 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-60 A - 400
30 200 40 35 G 4006 405 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
-

35 U 4006 405 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 41 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q35 RC3-603
4M 4007 406 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4T 4007 406 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
4U 4008 407 - - 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 42 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108Q4 RC3-635
ZG - - LB30 LBS30 400 350 300 18 299 188 25 M16 272 247 123 ND 299 176 ND 108D R-103 24 ND 108QZG -
T 250 - - 4505 455 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
3U - - 4506 456 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
M3 - - 4507 457 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
T3 - - 4508 458 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 32 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P3U RC3-508
37 50 ZG - - LB35 LBS35 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 33 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143PZG RC3-508
÷ 225 ÷ 35 M - - 4501 450 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-60
-
-

45 60 35 G - - 4502 451 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-603
35 U - - 4502 451 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 30 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P35 RC3-603
4M - - 4503 452 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635
4T - - 4503 452 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635
4U - - 4504 453 450 400 350 18 350 218 25 M16 287,5 175 137,5 ND 31 206 ND 143C R-132 29 ND 143P4 RC3-635

Applicazioni speciali
Per tutte le applicazioni che non rientrano nei casi normali specificati in questi cataloghi contattare l’ufficio commerciale della OMT
S.p.a. per un eventuale studio di fattibilità.

Special applications
For all applications not foreseen by this catalogue please contact our commercial department.
We will be pleased to verify the possibility to realize a special connection.

25
Pos. 05
El-motor
3,0 kW, 132 M-6, B35, 380-420V / 50Hz
Type: 603001320305 IE3

STK Stacker
Electric Motors

IE3 Motors

hoyermotors.com

IE3 Motors GREEN responsibility


Behind
Hoyer Motors

Svend Hoyer A/S is an international company comprising the


two business units Hoyer Motors and Hoyer Transmissions.
Headquartered in Denmark and China, we are represented
through subsidiaries and sales offices in a number of
countries across the globe. We pride ourselves of being an
elite manufacturing enterprise with the highest attention
to service and support – a company where dedication,
competitiveness and reliability are second to none.

At Svend Hoyer A/S, meeting agreements is as natural as


breathing air. Our motto: A promise is a promise, is the
foundation for always supplying solutions that meet –
or, indeed, exceed our customers’ expectations in every
respect. Our business policy is always to be direct in our
approach, even in the rare case of complaint or criticism.

In other words, Svend Hoyer A/S is a company you can rely


on. A trustworthy business partner that always meets our
obligations on deliveries and technical solutions – both in
the short and long term. This is what we mean by Exceeding
Expectations.

2
Hoyer IE3
Electric Motors

General info about our IE3 motors All Hoyer IE3 Motors are as standard IP55, prepared for drain
Asynchronous low voltage three-phase Hoyer IE3 IEC TEFV holes and painted RAL 9005 low gloss.
Squirrel-Cage Motors Type HMA3 (aluminum) and HMC3 400V Y – Hoyer IE3 Motors ≤ 3 kW
(cast iron). 400V D – Hoyer IE3 Motors ≥ 3 kW
Other voltages can be supplied on request.
Hoyer IE3 Electric Motors are manufactured according to the
efficiency class system specified under IEC 60034-30. With a Application info
proven quality, high reliability and performance, Hoyer IE3 Hoyer IE3 Electric Motors are used within a wide variety of
is the Electrical Motor of the future. applications. Below we have listed some of the typical ap-
plications:
Technical info
Hoyer IE3 Motors are supplied in HMC3 type cast iron execution • Fans (air handling units, refrigeration plants, oil coolers)
from frame size 160 to 400. All Hoyer IE3 Motors in cast iron are • Hydraulic power packs
provided with SKF bearings. Hoyer IE3 Motors from frame size • Pumps (for water, fuels, oils)
56 to 132 are supplied in HMA3 type aluminum with C&U • Shredders (granulation, crushing)
bearings. Motors in aluminum size ≤ 132 and cast iron size ≤ • Gears (gear reducers, gearmotors)
180 are with closed bearings greased for life.

All Hoyer IE3 motors are with 3xPTC and blind caps in the
terminal box.

(efficiency)
100

95

90 4-pole, 50 Hz

IE3
85
IE2

80 IE1

75

70
0.75 1.5 3 5.5 11 18.5 30 45 75 110 160 375 (kW)

3
IE3 / 6 pol

Motor type Power Speed Current at 400V Efficiency (%) Pf Torque IM Weight
1/1 3/4 1/2
kw rpm IN (A) IS/IN cos φ TN TS/TN TM/TN J(kgm2) kg
load load load

Aluminium motors
HMA3 90S-6 0,75 950 1,99 5 78,9 78,8 75,9 0,69 7,5 1,9 2,3 0,005 18
HMA3 90L-6 1,1 950 2,8 5 81 81,4 79,4 0,7 11,1 1,8 2,2 0,006 21
HMA3 100L-6 1,5 955 3,75 5,6 82,5 82,3 79,9 0,7 15 1,9 2,3 0,008 24
HMA3 112M-6 2,2 960 5,16 6 82,5 85,1 83,6 0,73 21,9 1,9 2,3 0,015 31
HMA3 132S-6 3 970 6,84 6,2 85,6 85,8 84,4 0,74 29,5 2,1 2,4 0,04 46
HMA3 132M1-6 4 970 8,75 7,5 86,8 86,9 85,4 0,76 39,4 2,2 2,5 0,05 58
HMA3 132M2-6 5,5 970 11,6 8 88 88,1 86,8 0,76 54,1 2,4 2,6 0,06 70
HMA3 160M-6 7,5 970 15,8 6 89,1 89,5 88,6 0,77 74 2,4 2,4 0,1153 109
HMA3 160L-6 11 975 23,1 6,8 90,3 90,4 89,2 0,76 108 2,9 2,6 0,1547 140
HMA3 180L-6 15 980 29,7 7,8 91,2 91,3 90,1 0,8 146 2,9 3,3 0,3648 180

Cast iron motors


HMC3 160M-6 7,5 970 15,8 6 89,1 89,5 88,6 0,8 74 2,4 2,4 0,1153 119
HMC3 160L-6 11 975 23,1 6,8 90,3 90,4 89,2 0,8 108 2,9 2,6 0,1547 150
HMC3 180L-6 15 980 29,7 7,8 91,2 91,3 90,1 0,8 146 2,9 3,3 0,3648 195
HMC3 200L1-6 18,5 980 36 7,3 91,7 91,9 91 0,81 180 2,8 2,8 0,384 254
HMC3 200L2-6 22 980 42,5 7,7 92,2 92,3 91,4 0,81 214 3 2,9 0,435 262
HMC3 225M-6 30 985 54,8 6,2 92,9 93,2 92,7 0,85 291 2,1 2,2 0,726 310
HMC3 250M-6 37 985 66,6 8,3 93,3 93,3 92,5 0,86 359 2,9 3,4 1,13 395
HMC3 280S-6 45 990 80,6 7,8 93,7 93,8 93,1 0,86 436 2,7 3,1 1,754 485
HMC3 280M-6 55 990 98,1 8,2 94,1 94,1 93,4 0,86 532 2,9 3,2 1,988 562
HMC3 315S-6 75 990 135 7,7 94,6 94,2 92,8 0,85 722 2,4 3,1 3,864 953
HMC3 315M-6 90 990 159 7,4 94,9 94,6 93,5 0,86 867 2,3 3 4,952 1085
HMC3 315L 1-6 110 990 192 6,5 95,1 95 94,2 0,87 1061 2 2,6 5,762 1135
HMC3 315L 2-6 132 990 230 6,7 95,4 95,3 94,5 0,87 1273 2,1 2,6 5,789 1200
HMC3 355M 1-6 160 990 275 7,3 95,6 95,4 94,6 0,88 1543 2,3 2,9 9,958 1755
HMC3 355M 2-6 200 990 342 7,5 95,8 95,6 94,8 0,88 1928 2,4 2,9 11,5 1957
HMC3 355L-6 250 990 428 7,5 95,8 95,6 94,8 0,88 2410 2,5 2,8 12,6 1980

6
IE3 / B35

140

LA TL TB
T
S

AD
F M

HB
EB

HD
GD

55
AC
N
P
G

DB EG

H
HA
D

E C B AA K
BB A
LB
L AB

Motor type Pole A AA AB AC AD B BB C D DB E F G GD H HA HB HD K L LA LB M N P S T

Aluminium motors
HMA3 80 - 125 32 154 157 133 100 125 50 19 M6 40 6 15,5 6 80 10 - 213 10 300 9,5 260 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 80 2 4 125 32 154 157 133 100 125 50 19 M6 40 6 15,5 6 80 10 - 213 10 335 9,5 265 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 90S - 140 35 180 175 145 100 128 56 24 M8 50 8 20 7 90 10 - 235 10 330 10 284 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 90L - 140 35 177 175 132 125 155 56 24 M8 50 8 20 7 90 14,5 - 222 10 355 10 305 165 130 200 4 - Ø12 3,5
HMA3 100 - 160 37 200 200 155 140 170 63 28 M10 60 8 24 7 100 12 - 255 12 378 14 318 215 180 250 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 100L2 4 160 37 200 200 155 140 170 63 28 M10 60Hoyer
8 24 Motors
7 100 12 - 255 12DEBUR
422AND14 362 215 180 DO
BREAK SHARP
250
NOT4SCALE
- Ø15 DRAWING
4
HMA3 112M - 190 47 230 223 168 140 170 70 28 M10 60Over 8Hadstenvej
24 42, 7 DK-8370
Tel : +45 86982111
12 150 280 12EDGES
112 Hadsten 385 14 325 215 180 250 4 - Ø15 4
Fax: +45 86981779
HMA3 132S - 216 54 264 260 188 140 172 89 38 M12 80www.hoyermotors.com
10 33 8 132 15 168 320 12 480 14 400 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 132S2 2 216 54 264 260 188 140 172 89 38 M12
NAME
80 10 33
SIGNATURE
8 132 15 168 320 12 518 14 438 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
TITLE:
HMA3 132M - 216 54 264 260 188 178 210
DRAWN TIH 89 38 M12 80 10 33 8 132 15 168 320 12 518 15 438 265 230 300 4 - Ø15 4
HMA3 160M - 254 62 315 315 242
CHK'D210 260 108 42 M16 110 12 37 8 160 22 213 402 15 618 15 508 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5GMA2-100L
APPV'D
HMA3 160L - 254 62 315 315 242 254 304 108 42 M16 110 12 37 8 160 22 213 409 15 658 15 548 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5
MFG
HMA3 180M - 279 70 350 356 260 241 304 121 48 M16 110 14 42,5 9 180 25 233 440 15 690 15 580 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 5
Q.A MATERIAL:
DWG NO.
HMA3 180L 4,6 279 70 350 360 265 279 342 121 48 M16 110 14 42,5 9 180 25 235 440 15 728 15 618 300 250 350 4 - Ø19 B35009
5
Al

WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:10 SHE

roperty rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic,mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Mo
other purpose.

12
Bearings and
Cable Glands

Bearings Cable Glands


Drive End None drive end

Motor type 2 pole 4,6 pole 2 pole 4,6 pole Motor type Main Blindcaps Ass. Blindcaps

HMA3 80 6204-2Z/C3 6203-2Z/C3 HMA3 80 2 x M20x1,5


HMA3 90 6205-2Z/C3 6204-2Z/C3 HMA3 90 2 x M25x1,5
HMA3 100 6306-2Z/C3 6205-2Z/C3 HMA3 100 2 x M25x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 112 6306-2Z/C3 6205-2Z/C3 HMA3 112 2 x M25x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 132 6208-2Z/C3 6206-2Z/C3 HMA3 132 2 x M32x1,5 1 x M20x1,5
HMA3 160 6209/C3 6209/C3 HMA3 160 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMA3 180 6211/C3 6311/C3 6211/C3 HMA3 180 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5

HMC3 160 6209-2Z/C3 6209-2Z/C3 HMC3 160 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5


HMC3 180 6211-2Z/C3 6311-2Z/C3 6211-2Z/C3 HMC3 180 2 x M40x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 200 6212/C3 6312/C3 6212/C3 HMC3 200 2 x M50x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 225 6312/C3 6313/C3 6312/C3 HMC3 225 2 x M50x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 250 6313/C3 6314/C3 6313/C3 HMC3 250 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 280 6314/C3 6317/C3 6314/C3 HMC3 280 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 315 6317/C3 NU319 (B3) 6319/C3 (B5/B35) 6317/C3 6319/C3 HMC3 315 2 x M63x1,5 2 x M20x1,5
HMC3 355 6319/C3 NU322 (B3) 6322/C3 (B5/B35) 6319/C3 6322/C3 HMC3 355 2 x M72x2,0 2 x M20x1,5

Rating plate

IE3

www.hoyermotors.com
Type: HMC3 280M-4 Serial no.:SH 3~Motor
D.E.6317 N.D.E. 6314 40℃ 735Kg IP55 Ins.cl.F
V.∆/Y Hz KW rpm A.∆/Y Cosφ Duty
400/690 50 90 1490 156/90 0.88 S1
480/830 60 108 1790 156/90 0.88 S1

IE3 eff.at: 400/690V 50Hz 1/1: 95.2% 3/4:95.2% 1/2:94.6%


IM:B3 Year:2013 IEC 60034-1

14
357
372

19 115
115 115
78 earth screw
45

Drawings and

7 h11 -0.090
7.5

7 h11 -0.090
Website
0
0
8 h9 -0.036 50

0
0
8 h9 -0.036A 5

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
24 -0.2

198
0

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
M10X28 24 -0.20

250

180
A
Drawings
SECTION A-A
0

SCALE 1 : 1
At hoyermotors.com both 2D and 3D drawings of our IE3 programme are available for download.
M10 28 A
SECTION A-A 4- 12 4-15 37
SCALE 1 60
:1 63 140 160

170 200
4 357
115
115
earth screw M5
78 45°

12
4- 15

7 h11 -0.090
50

0
0
8 h9 -0.036 5

60
A

+0.009
28 j6 - 0.004
Remark:

280
180
24 -0.20

250

180
0

M10 28 A

1.Blind caps are 2XM25X1.5 and M20X1.5


SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 1

12 Hoyer Motors DEBUR AND


215
BREAK SHARP
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
60 Over Hadstenvej 42, DK-8370 Hadsten EDGES
Tel : +45 86982111
Fax: +45 86981779

Remark:
www.hoyermotors.com

NAME Remark:DATE
SIGNATURE TITLE:
DRAWN TIH 1.Eye bolt20130606
is M8

CHK'D 2.Blind caps are 2XM25X1,5 and M20X1,5


Hoyer Motors DEBUR AND
BREAK SHARP
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING REVISION
1.Eye
01
bolt is
HMA3-100L2-4
APPV'D Over Hadstenvej 42, DK-8370 Hadsten
Tel : +45 86982111
EDGES

Fax: +45 86981779


www.hoyermotors.com

MFG

2.Blind caps
NAME SIGNATURE DATE TITLE:
DRAWN TIH 20120412

Q.A CHK'D MATERIAL: GMA2-100-B5


APPV'D DWG NO.
MFG

Q.A MATERIAL:

Al
Al DWG NO.
70358 A3
70464
WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:5 SHEET 1 OF 1

WEIGHT: Kg SCALE:1:5
© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Motors. It is to be used only for the purposes specified by Hoyer
Motors and for no other purpose.

© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Hoyer Motors. It is to be used only
Motors and for no other purpose.

NAME

DRAWN TIH
CHK'D

APPV'D

MFG

Q.A

Website
© 2010 Hoyer Motors All intellectual property rights and all rights in know-how in relation to this drawing may not be reproduced, stored, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical,pho
On the website you will also
Motors find
and for no information about our full product range and details on our exten-
other purpose.

sive stock.

15
Mounting
Positions

B6 B3 B5 B14

B7 V5 V1 V18

B8 V6 V3 V19

B3/B5 B3/B14 V1/V5 V3/V6

17
Other Hoyer
Catalogues

18
Pos 05.1
Vibration Pad
B50/30

STK Stacker
Novibra Bobbins
APPLICATIONS AND FEATURES

A supplementary range of cylindrical mountings for a wide range of applications. They


can be loaded either in compression or shear taking into consideration individual
demands for actual applications.

Made of natural rubber in hardness A (40-45 ° IRH) or hardness B (55-60 ° IRH).

Type A Type B Type C

Type D Type KD Type E

Compression load Shear load

49
Novibra Bobbins

Cylindrical mountings type A


Hardness B
Type D/H GxL Art.No. Compression load Shear load
Hardn. B kcomp Fmax kshear Fmax
(N/mm) (N) (N/mm) (N)
A 10/10 M 4x10 1255720 53 77 10 31
A 15/15 M 4x13 1255740 73 170 13 69
A 20/15 M 6x15 1255770 145 327 25 123
A 20/20 M 6x15 1255300 96 303 18 123
A 20/25 M 6x15 1255780 72 292 14 123
A 25/10 M 6x18 1255790 574 755 64 192
A 25/15 M 6x18 1255800 247 556 38 192
A 25/20 M 6x18 1255810 157 495 27 192
A 25/25 M 6x18 1255310 116 471 21 192
A 25/30 M 6x18 1255820 93 458 17 192
A 30/15 M 8x20 1255830 453 930 61 277
A 30/20 M 8x20 1255320 261 771 42 277
A 30/30 M 8x20 1255840 143 680 26 277
A 40/30 M 8x23 1255330 271 1288 47 493
A 40/40 M 8x23 1255850 184 1202 34 493
A 50/25 M 10x28 1255860 652 2442 93 770
A 50/30 M 10x25 1255870 472 2193 75 770
A 50/40 M 10x25 1255340 306 1970 54 770
A 50/45 M 10x25 1255880 261 1915 47 770
A 50/50 M 10x25 1255350 228 1877 42 770
A 75/40 M 12x37 1255360 827 5181 124 1732
A 75/50 M 12x37 1255900 579 4670 97 1732
A 100/55 M 16x41 1255910 994 8908 155 3079

Cylindrical mountings type B


Hardness B
Type D/H GxL (S) Art.No. Compression load Shear load
Hardn. B kcomp Fmax kshear Fmax
(N/mm) (N) (N/mm) (N)
B 20/15 M 6x15 (6) 1255960 159 298 25 123
B 20/20 M 6x15 (6) 1255970 105 275 18 123
B 25/25 M 6x18 (6) 1256010 127 428 21 192
B 30/20 M 8x20 (8) 1256040 285 701 42 277
B 30/30 M 8x20 (8) 1256060 156 618 26 277
B 50/30 M10x28 (10) 1256090 515 1994 75 770
B 50/40 M10x28 (10) 1256100 334 1791 54 770
B 50/50 M10x25 (10) 1256120 248 1706 42 770
B 75/55 M12x37 (12) 1256160 550 4111 87 1732
B 100/40 M16x41 (16) 1256170 1914 9992 221 3079

S = internal thread lenght


50
Pos. 06
Ball valve
500305 G1/2" F/F

STK Stacker
Kugelhähne | 169

Kugelhahn Serie 20 IG-IG


Ball-valve type 20 FF

ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
500303 G1/4 10 25 48 80 43 50 18 12
500304 G3/8 10 25 48 80 43 50 21 12
500305 G1/2 15 31 51 80 45 50 25 12
500306 G3/4 20 37 57 113 60 40 31 8
500307 G1 25 46 70 113 63 40 38 8
500308 G11/4 32 57 80 138 79 30 47 4
500309 G11/2 40 70 93 138 83 30 54 2
500310 G2 50 84 112 158 100 25 66 2

Kugelhahn Serie 21
Ball-valve type 21

ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
501303 G1/4 10 25 54 80 43 50 18 12
501304 G3/8 10 25 54 80 43 50 21 12
G1/2 15 31 59 80 45 50 25 12

Kugelhähne
501305
501306 G3/4 20 37 65 110 60 40 31 8
501307 G1 25 46 77 110 63 40 38 8
501308 G11/4 32 57 90 138 79 30 47 4
501309 G11/2 40 70 103 138 83 30 54 2
501310 G2 50 84 116 138 100 25 66 2

Kugelhahn Serie 30 IG-IG


Ball-valve type 30 FF
*schwarzer Griff/ black handle
ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
500403* G1/4 10 23,5 49,5 80 37 50 18 12
500404* G3/8 10 24 52,5 80 37 50 21 12
500405 G1/2 15 32,5 75 89 50 50 25 12
500406 G3/4 20 42 80 113 59 40 31 8
500407 G1 25 49,5 90 113 63 40 38 6
500408 G11/4 32 59,5 110 138 77 30 48 4
500409 G11/2 40 72 120 158 91 30 54 2
500410 G2 50 86 140 158 97 25 67 2
500411 G21/2 65 122 147 247 122 18 86 1
500412 G3 80 142 168 247 134 16 100 1
500413 G4 100 180 202 247 151 14 125 1

Kugelhahn Serie 31
Ball-valve type 31
*schwarzer Griff/ black handle
ITV A DN ØB C D E P [bar]
501403* R1/4 10 23,5 57 80 37 50 18 12
501404* R3/8 10 24 59 80 37 50 21 12
501405 R1/2 15 32,5 77 89 50 50 25 12
501406 R3/4 20 42,0 84 113 59 40 31 8
501407 R1 25 49,5 92 113 63 40 38 6
501408 R11/4 32 59,5 110 138 77 30 48 4
501409 R11/2 40 72 121 158 91 30 54 2
501410 R2 50 86 141 158 97 25 67 2
501411 R21/2 65 122 156 247 128 18 86 1
501412 R3 80 142 177 247 137 16 100 1
501413 R4 100 180 208 247 155 14 125 1
Pos. 07
Pressure filter
52001018
BPB32B10CN**03XX

Filter cartidge

EPE32NFC 12 mic. Abs

Electrical / visual indicator

STK Stacker
COMPONENTS

PRESSURE F I LT E R S

PB
MATERIALS
Head:
Cast iron
Bowl:
Steel
Bypass valve:
Steel
Seals:
NBR Nitrile
(FKM - on request fluoroelastomer)
Indicator housing:
Brass

PRESSURE (ISO 10771-1:2002)


Max. working: 42 MPa (420 bar)
Test: 62 MPa (620 bar)
Bursting: 126 MPa (1.260 bar)
Collapse, differential
for the filter element (ISO 2941):
series standard 2 MPa (20 bar)
serie H+ 21 MPa (210 bar)

APPLICATION EXAMPLE

BYPASS VALVE
Setting:
600 kPa (6 bar) ± 10%

WORKING TEMPERATURE
From -25° to +110° C

COMPATIBILITY (ISO 2943:1999)


Full with fluids: HH-HL-HM-HV-HTG
(according to ISO 6743/4)
For fluids different than the above
mentioned, please contact our Sales
Department.
PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
INSTALLATION DRAWING

FPB 31-32-33 FPB 34-35

H4

H4

D1
D1
H3

H5
H5
H1

H1
H2

H2
R

30

ø123
R

L4 30

L4
D2

L2

D2

L2

L3
L3 L1
L1

FILTER HOUSING
D1 D2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 L1 L2 L3 L4 R kg

FPB31 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 245 107 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 11,0

FPB32 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 337 199 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 13,9

FPB33 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 457 319 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 17,2

FPB34 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 558 420 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 22,0

FPB35 1” - 1” 1/4 - 1” 1/2 128 658 520 138 44 94 143 88 M10 43 100 25,0
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
ORDERING AND OPTION CHART PB

 6  
 ?          
 
  
  
* * ** * *D   

=!:.'">
=!:.'">

=!:.'">

 %"1'*23$

 %"1')23$
 
++ !"#"$%"&%', +- ./ %0( + + + + +
     
  2!$  !"#"$%"&%'(     



94$!: ;!
6)<")&".(
.'#'.3'-% 4#"%#'
  !  
"
.'#'.3'-% 4/&02"33#"%#'

 

$!.$%' 
 5  %; . '%"3! @'.  5
 A
 A



-$&'. D @8( CB Δ2 "&".(





-$&B D @8( &".
-$&'. E @8( CB Δ2 "&".(      -$&B E @8( &".
6-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 6 6 6 6 6 6-$&B @8( &".
A-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( A A A A A A-$&B @8( &".


-$&'. D @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 





-$&B D @8(&".
-$&'. E @8( CB Δ2 "&".(      -$&B E @8(&".
6-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( 6 6 6 6 6 6-$&B @8(&".
A-$&'. @8( CB Δ2 "&".( A A A A A A-$&B @8(&".
668'%%;% 3' @ C Δ2 "&".( 66 66 66 66 66 668'%B @ &".
6   A 6

*2 .!2%;11'> 
    
* * * * *
  
   
D  #$3;"%>$--'.'!$"%D<"D&".( D D D D D      
 
D  #$3;"%>$--'.'!$"% +<"+&".( D D D D D 
  
)  '%'8!.$8"% >$--'.'!$"% D<"D&".( ) ) ) ) )
)  '%'8!.$8"% >$--'.'!$"% +<"+&".( ) ) ) ) )
E$>$8"! .)4$!: A E E E E E
E $>$8"! .) 4$!: A E E E E E
N.B.
'%'8!B>$--BD<"D&".(4$!:!:'.@ 3!"!*F6      Indicator
series 72 & 73
*'%'8!B>$--B+<"+&".(4$!:!:'.@ 3!"!*F6 * * * * * only on request
7 7
66 
77 "88'33 .0"#"$%"&%' 77 77 77 77 77

FILTER ELEMENT
kg media kg media Area (cm2)
A B C F+ & C+ H+
øB
Media F+ Media H+ Media C+

EPB31 78 42,5 118 0,40 0,70 2.000 1.470 1.720

EPB32 78 42,5 210 0,80 1,30 3.695 2.695 3.170


C

EPB33 78 42,5 330 1,00 1,60 5.025 4.325 4.025

EPB34 78 42,5 430 1,20 1,80 6.585 5.685 6.585

EPB35 78 42,5 530 1,40 2,00 8.145 7.045 8.645


øA
A
PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S

FLUID SPEED
when selecting the lter size, we suggest to consider also the max recommended uid speed (in pressure lines normally 5 < v < 10 m/s).

800

750 Recommended
range
700

650

5 < v < 10 m/s


600

550

500
[l/min]

450
FLOW RATE

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1/4 1” 1/2
PORT SIZE

PRESSURE DROP CURVES (6p)


The “Assembly Pressure Drop (p)” is obtained by adding the pressure drop values of the Filter Housing and
of the Clean Filter Element corresponding to the considered Flow Rate and it must be lower than 120 kPa (1,2 bar).

FILTER HOUSING PRESSURE DROP


(mainly depending on the port size)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) FPB 11-12-13-21-22 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) FPB 31-32-33-34-35


1 100 1 100
1/2"
3/4"
0,75 75 0,75 75 1" 1” 1/4

0,5 50 0,5 50 1” 1/2


1"
0,25 25 0,25 25

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 100 200 300 400 500 600


l/min l/min

CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP WITH F+ AND C+MEDIA


(depending both on the internal diameter of the element and on the lter media)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 11 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 12


2 200 2 200

1,5 150 1,5 150 FB


FB FA
FA FD
FC
1 100 1 100
FC
FD
0,5 50 CC 0,5 50
CC
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
l/min l/min
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
PB
CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP WITH F+ AND C+MEDIA
(depending both on the internal diameter of the element and on the lter media)

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 13 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 21


2 200 2 200
FA FB FC
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150
FA
FC
1 100 1 100 FD
FD
0,5 50 0,5 50
CC
CC
0 15 30 45 60 75 90 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 22 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 31


2 200 2 200

1,5 150 FA FB 1,5 150 FB


FA FC
1 100 FC 1 100 FD

0,5 50 FD 0,5 50 CC
CC
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 32 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 33


2 200 2 200
FA FA FB
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150
FC
1 100 1 100 FD
FC
0,5 50 FD 0,5 50
CC
CC
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
l/min l/min

6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 34 6p (bar) 6p (kPa) EPB 35


2 200 2 200
FA
1,5 150 FB 1,5 150 FA
FB
1 100 1 100
FC FD FC
0,5 50 0,5 50 FD
CC CC
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
l/min l/min

N.B. All the curves have been obtained with mineral oil having a kinematic viscosity 30 cSt and specic gravity 0,9 kg/dm3; for uids with different features, please consider
the factors described in the rst part of this catalogue. All the curves are obtained from test done at the UFI HYDRAULIC DIVISION Laboratory, according to the specication
ISO 3968:2005. In case of discrepancy, please check the contamination level, viscosity and features of the uid in use.
CLEAN FILTER ELEMENT PRESSURE DROP
P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S
PB
 
  
  
          


WITH H+ MEDIA
  !
   
 

62&".( 62<"( * 62&".( 62<"( 


   

 6
D D D D

 6
  A  
A
D D D D

   *  D )    *  D )
%@$ %@$

BYPASS VALVE PRESSURE DROP


 
  
     
  


     ! 
         

        
  
  " #   
 
 
   
 
 
"

62&".( 62<"( ==* 62&".( 62<"( =


   

^ ^ D D

) )  

* * D D

   *  D )  D * D ) ED ^
%@$ %@$

62&".( 62<"(  


  
 

D D

 
$"%" &      
 !
 
 
 

D D 

 

 '* +   
 
 *=  >'?  

!
 
     
   


   
  " &     
    
 D  D  D *   @GJ KQWX&@ZJ[ WJ\J+J]$ Z  
  ^


 J+] '=_`jq**{" J   
    
%@$  

  

      

"

'*$#%'"#'

G 
  !  !   
!"#$#% '*$#%   
 G|%q}   G|%'}  
  !

   !  !
 
    
   
  

     
  
  

 
 ~X" # ^
 ! 
 
   !

 
    ! 

    _  
 ~|"

J  !  

   ! !    
  " J  
 ~|
  
 
 
    € _   
 
"

J  !  

   !   
 "

           



*   ‚** Z>

*_   q** Z>

*`   '** Z>

PB P R E S S U R E F I LT E R S

CLOGGING INDICATOR FILTER HOUSING FILTER ELEMENT SEAL GUARANTEED


A visual or visual-electrical diffe- The head by high performance cast The filter element is manufactu- A perfect O-ring seal is always
rential indicator is available as an iron and the bowl by extruded steel red with filter medias selected in ensured as it is not dependent on
option and allows monitoring of ensure the best fatigue resistance the UFI laboratory and mechani- the tightening torque applied to
the element conditions, giving an to the working pressures. cally supported to maintain the the bowl.
exact indication of the right time highest performance even at high
to replace the element. differential pressures. EASY MAINTENANCE
The hexagon end of the bowl
allows for easy maintenance by
using a simple hexagon wrench.

CLOGGING INDICATOR
Differential
For further technical informations
and other options see page 182-183.

SPARE SEAL KIT


NBR FKM
FPB11 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
FPB12 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
FPB13 521.0002.2 521.0086.2
SERIES 5E - 5F
FPB21 521.0003.2 521.0030.2
FPB22 521.0003.2 521.0030.2
FPB31 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB32 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB33 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
FPB34 521.0004.2 521.0087.2
SERIES 6E - 6F
SERIES 7E - 7F FPB35 521.0004.2 521.0087.2

SERIES T2 - T3

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. PB - EN - 03/2011

FILTER HOUSING FILTER ELEMENT CLOGGING INDICATOR SPARE PARTS ELEMENTS


(For filling up see table
“Ordering and option chart”)

B P B X X E P B

Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
on our website.
Pos. 08
Filler / Air filter
TM178G78
CFA21SWCCC

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CFA
F I L L I N G B R E AT H E R S

Filling plugs with inbuilt air breather;


flanged tank connection with standard
dimensions; protection basket against
(option “A”) (option “P”) ingression of coarse parts (removable for
ø D1 ø D4 X n°... holes
CFA23); zinc plated steel body and chrome
plated steel cap; seals by cork (Buna N -
Nitrile for pressurized version only).
H1

Air filter element (not replaceable):


cellulose 3µm
polyurathan 10µm
ø D5
H2

ø D6 For sizes CFA21 & CFA22 only the plug


has a safety chain.

ø D2
ø D3
tion “A”) (option “P”)
ø D4 X n°... holes

Is this datasheet Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CFA - EN - 03a/2011
ø D5 the latest release?
tank connection:
ø D6 DIN 24557/2 Please check
on our website.

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


Filtr. Flow rate holes
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 H1 H2 C TYPE
µm (l/min) n°
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C C
CFA11SWCCC 3 150 47 29 52 M5 3 31 41 48 64 F A FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
11 21 22 23
CFA11SWCPE 10 300 47 29 52 M5 3 31 41 48 64 S MOUNTING PATTERN
S = DIN 24557/2 flange S S S S
CFA21SWCCC 3 450 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 78 PRESSURIZATION VALVE
W = without W W W W
CFA21SWCPE 10 750 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 78 A = 0,35 bar - A A -
SEALS
CFA22SWCCC 3 450 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 148 C = sugheroil C C C C
N = NBR Nitrile (with A option only) - N N -
CFA22SWCPE 10 750 80 50 83 M5 6 52 73 57 148
FILTER MEDIA
CC = cellulose CC CC CC CC
CFA23SWCCC 3 450 80 40 83 M5 6 42 73 57 100 PE = polyurathan foam PE PE PE PE

CFA23SWCPE 10 750 80 40 83 M5 6 42 73 57 100 ACCESSORIES


P = padlock holder - P P -
Dimensions (mm) - Filtration (µ) - Flow Rates (m3 / min) Dimensions (mm) - Filtration (µ) - Débit (m3 / min)
Masse (mm) - Filterungs (µ) - Nennvolumenstrom (m3 / min) Dimensioni (mm) - Filtrazione (µ) - Portate (m3 / min)
ø 47 ø 80 M5

M5

57
48
ø 31
ø D2

H
ø 41
73

D1
64

ø 83

TM 178 G100 and TM 478 G100 without chain


TM 178 G100 und TM 478 G100 ohne Kettchen
TM 178 G100 et TM 478 G100 sans chaîne
TM 178 G100 e TM 478 G100 senza catenella
ø 29
Type
ø 52 Typ
H D1 D2 µ m3/min
Type
Tipo
Type
Typ TM 178 G78 78 50 52 10 0,45
µ m3/min
Type
Tipo TM 478 G78 78 50 52 40 0,75
TM 178 G150 148 50 52 10 0,45
TM 150 G65 10 0,15 TM 478 G150 148 50 52 40 0,75
TM 178 G100 100 38 40 10 0,45
TM 450 G65 40 0,30 TM 478 G100 100 38 40 40 0,75
Padlock holder add suffix “L”
Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code
Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L”
Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice.

ø 80

ø 80 M5
57

180

40
H

ø 73
Filler breather with tube
Einfullsieb mit Rohr
38 Bouchons de replissage avec tube
ø 83 Tappi di riempimento con tubo di rabbocco

ø 38
ø 63

Type Pressure valve Type Pressure valve


Typ Überdruck Typ Überdruck
µ m /min
3
µ m /min
3
Type Pressurisee Type Pressurisee
Tipo Pressurizzazione Tipo Pressurizzazione

TM 178 T100 10 0,45 -


TM 178 G100P3 10 0,45 0,35 bar
TM 478 T100 40 0,75 -
TM 178 T100P3 10 0,45 0,35 bar
TM 478 G100P3 40 0,75 0,35 bar
TM 478 T100P3 40 0,75 0,35 bar
Padlock holder add suffix “L” Padlock holder add suffix “L”
Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code Einfullsieb mit Bohrloch für Vorhangeschloss, beifügen “L” in der code
Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L” Prevu pour cadenas ajouter “L”
Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice. Per predisposizione lucchetto aggiungere “L” al codice.
Pos. 09
Level switch
CLB25UNM

STK Stacker
ACCESSORIES

CLB F L O AT S W I T C H E S
35

ø55
Electrical level indicators, an electrical signal is
activated when the minimum (or maximum) oil
10
2

level is reached.
21

1” BSP
The REED switch has SPDT contacts.
N.B. the float switch must be mounted at
min 50 mm from ferrous walls.
Max oil viscosity 150 cSt.

ELECTRICAL DATA MATERIALS


L

Tank connection:
Anodized aluminium
Rod:
Stainless steel
SPDT Reed switch Float:
Max load AC up to 48 V - 0,5 A Polyammide
Maxload DC up to 48 V - 0,5 A
Connector DIN 43650
Protection DIN 40050: IP 65 COMPATIBILITY
Full with fluids HH-HL-HM-HV-HTG
(according to ISO 6743/4). For fluids
different than the above mentioned,
please contact our Sales Department.

Technical data subject to variations without prior notice. CLB - EN - 03a/2011


M4 M4
Tank mounting
pattern possibilities:
WORKING TEMPERATURE
30°

- 1” BSP thread
- nr. 3 holes (a)
- nr. 2 holes (b) From -10°C to 90°C

ø34 ø34
a ø42 b ø42

DIMENSIONS ORDERING AND OPTION CHART


L
C TYPE
C = ACCESSORY PRODUCT C C C C C C
CLB15 150 L B FAMILY, SIZE & LENGTH
15 20 25 35 40 50
CLB20 200 U CONNECTION TYPE
U = universal, BSP+2-3 holes flange U U U U U U
CLB25 250 N SEALS
N = NBR Nitrile N N N N N N
CLB35 350
W ACCESSORIES
W = without W W W W W W
CLB40 400 Is this datasheet
the latest release?
Please check
CLB50 500
on our website.
Pos. 11
Needle valve
FT290-1/4

STK Stacker
GAUGE ISOLATOR NEEDLE VALVES IN LINE
The FT290 isolator needle valves (in line) are normally used to protect
the pressure gauge since they have the double function of dampening
pressure surge during opening and of isolating the pressure gauge entirely.

FT 290
Pressed in high-resistance steel, protected by an accurate treatment,
subjected to strict tests, they ensure reliability and long life.
A rotating swivel nut allows for accurate pressure gauge orientation.
The sealing, standard supplied, and inserted in the nut, prevents any
drawing between the connection and the gauge.
For pressure gauge with taper threads, it will be necessary to use copper
washers FT 1201 shown on page 182 of this catalogue (to be requested
separately). Suitable for pressure up to 400 bar and temperature
from -20° to +100° they can be panel mounted by use of log nut (G),
supplied on request.

On request
• Versions with connections female/female (01)
• For rigid pipes (04)
• For flexible pipes (05)
• Seals in Viton (V)
• Complete with lock nut (G). Indicate whether KM or hexagonal
• Version in AISI 316 code FT 2290

DIMENSIONS
Type A1 A2 B ØC D E ØF G H L M N P S OR ES Weight
UNI UNI kg
338 339
14 1/4”G 1/4”Gc 13 5,6 20 61,5 34 12 M15x1 53 15 2 8,5 33 2018 18 0,125
12 1/2”G 1/2”Gc 16 6,5 32 83 40 12,5 M20x1 82,5 19 6 11 40 2021 27 0,413

EXAMPLE FOR ORDERING

Code Type F/F Connection Panel lock nut Viton seal


FT 290 14 01 G V
FT 290 12 - G -

167
FT 290
291 1
FT 290 - 291

178
Pos. 12
Pressure gauge
Ø63, 250 bar 1/4" Type 1454

STK Stacker
Manometri a bagno di glicerina
Glycerine filled pressure gauges

24
Tipi e dimensioni
Type and dimensions

Attacco radiale Quote Dimensions


Bottom connection Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 e f Ch.
7211 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 10 69 63 51 12 14
7211 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 47 17 105 100 80 18 22

Attacco posteriore Quote Dimensions


Back connection Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 e f Ch.
Centrale Centric 7214 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 19 69 63 22 12 14
Eccentrico Eccentric 7215 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 31 105 100 35 18 22

Attacco posteriore con flangia Quote Dimensions


Back connection with Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 d2 d3 e
front fixing flange Centrale Centric 7216 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 19 84 63 75 12 14
Eccentrico Eccentric 7218 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 31 132 100 116 18 35

25
Tipi e dimensioni
Type and dimensions

Attacco posteriore con staffa di Quote Dimensions


fissaggio Tipo Type DN a b c d d1 f
Back connection with clamp 7217 63 ISO 228 1/4"G 31 5 82 68 2,5

Attacco posteriore con staffa di Quote Dimensions


fissaggio Tipo Type DN a b e d1 d2 c f q
Back connection with clamp 7219 100 ISO 228 1/2"G 37,5 35 100 M5 25 63 108

Esempio per l’ordinazione


Order example

Doppia Double
scala scale Codice
bar psi Code 63 - 7211 - 250
-1 + 1,5 bar No psi
-1 + 15 bar No psi Diametro
0 - 2,5 bar 36 psi Diameter
0 - 6 bar 85 psi
0 - 10 bar 140 psi Tipo
0 - 16 bar 230 psi Type
0 - 25 bar 350 psi
0 - 40 bar 550 psi Campo di misura
0 - 60 bar 850 psi Range
0 -100 bar 1400 psi
0 -160 bar 2300 psi
0 -250 bar 3500 psi
0 -400 bar 5500 psi
0 -600 bar 8500 psi
0 -1000 bar a richiesta on request

26
Caratteristiche tecniche
Technical data

Caratteristiche tecniche

Pressione d’esercizio: Stabile: 75% del valore di fondoscala


Temperatura d’utilizzo: Ambiente: -25°C a 65°C
Sovrapressione: 25% <= 100 bar ; 15% > 100 bar
Costruzione: cassa in acciaio inox riempita di glicerina con valvola di sfiato
Fascia bordata: in acciaio inox AISI 304
Flangia di fissaggio: in acciaio inox AISI 304 con tre fori
Quadrante: in alluminio a sfondo bianco, con graduazione e numerazione in nero e rosso
Marchio MCS in verde
Indice: in alluminio laccato nero
Vetro: in policarbonato trasparente
Attacco: in ottone per pressioni da 0 a 600 bar con strozzatura interna da 0,8 mm
Molla tubolare: - in bronzo fosforoso con saldature dolci per pressioni fino a 600 bar
- in acciaio al Cr-Ni con saldature forti per pressioni da 600 a 1000 bar
Dimensioni nominali e tipi
di montaggio: a norme EN 837
Precisione di misura a 20°C: - ± 1,6% v.f.s. per manometri ø 63 UNI 8293 e DIN 16005
- ± 1% v.f.s. per manometri ø100 UNI 8293 e DIN 16005
Grado di protezione: IP 65 secondo EN 837
Graduazione e numerazione: secondo EN 837

Technical data

Working pressure: Steady: 75% of full scale value


Working temperature range: Ambient: -25°C to 65°C / -40°F to 150°F
Overpressure: 25% <= 100 bar ; 15% > 100 bar
Casing body: glycerine filled in stainless steel case with safety vent.
Band ring: stainless steel AISI 304
Fixing flange: stainless steel AISI 304 with 3 holes
Dial: white painted aluminium with indelible black and
red graduation
MCS green mark
Needle: black painted aluminium
Transparent cover: polycarbonat
Connection: brass for pressure up to 600 bar
Tubolar spring: in phosphor bronze for pressure up to 600 bar
Cr-Ni steel for pressure up to 1000 bar
Dimensions and assembly: according to EN 837
Accuracy with temperature 20°C: +/- 1,6% referred to full scale value ø 63 UNI 8293 and DIN 16005
+/- 1% referred to full scale value ø 100 UNI 8293 and DIN 16005
Protection class: IP 65 according to EN 837
Range and graduation: according to EN 837

27
Pos. 13
Pressure relief valve
VP-RT-6-EP-315

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 20

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE


type VP-RT

- NS 6,10
- to 350 bar
- to 100 l/min
- Pilot operated
- Connecting dimensions to ISO 4401
- For vertical stacking - sandwich plate design
- Two pressure setting ranges

VP-RT-10, VP-RT-6

Description
These valves consist of a stack plate (1), pressure relief valve
of operation 3 10 5 6 7 housing (2), main spool insert (3) with a spring (4), pilot poppet (5),
spring (6) and pressure setting element (7). The P-line of this
pressure relief valve is connected with the hydraulic system. The
hydraulic medium pressure acts on the front side of the main spool
P insert (3). The bores (8,9) permit the introduction of pilot oil into the
pressure chamber (10) and the application of pressure to the
B A
opposite side of the main spool insert.
T This pressure relief valve remains in closed position till the system
pressure exceeds the valve set at the spring (6). A pressure rise in
the system above the value set by the pressure setting element (7),
provokes the movement of the pilot poppet (5) of the seat, freeing
the pilot oil discharge through the bores (9) and (11). A pressure
1 8 4 11 9 2 12 drop in the pressure chamber (10) rises the main spool insert (3),
thus clearing the hydraulic medium flow in the direction from port P
Pilot operated pressure relief valves type VP-RT of sandwich towards port T.
plate design, for vertical stacking, are used for maintaining and Loosening of the pressure setting element is prevented by a
limiting the maximum pressure in a hydraulic system. counternut (12).

Ordering code
VP-RT - - - - - Pressure setting in line
setting in line A = EA
Nominal size setting in line B = EB
Pressure setting in line setting in line P = EP
setting in line A and B (for size 6 only) =D
Pressure setting range
Seal type Pressure setting range
Special requirements to be briefly specified to 100 bar = 100
to 315 bar = 315
Seal type
Nominal size
NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
Size 6 = 6 FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 =E
Size 10 = 10 and ISO 15380

Technical data Symbol BV AV VP-RT-..EB PV TV

BV AV VP-RT-..EA PV T V
BP AP PP TP
BV AV VP-RT-..D PV TV
Size 6 10
Flow rate l/min 50 100
BP AP PP T P
Pressure setting range bar to 315 to 315
o
BV AV VP-RT-..EP PV T V
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 -20 bis +70
Viscosity range mm 2/s 15 to 380 15 to 380
Mass kg 1,2-1,7(D) 2,6
Filtration NAS 1638 8 8
BP AP PP T P BP AP PP TP

5.5.1
p - Q Performance curves (measured at t = 50 ºC and = 32 mm²/s)

Lowest settable pressure Lowest settable pressure


32 32
28 28
Diff. pressure (bar)

Diff. pressure (bar)


24 24
20 20
16 16
12 12
8 8
4 4

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 6 Flow (l/min) Size 10 Flow (l/min)

400 400
Operat. pressure (bar)

Operat. pressure (bar)


300 300

200 200

100 100
Lowest settable pressure Lowest settable pressure

0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 6 Flow (l/min) Size 10 Flow (l/min)

Dimensions (mm)
L1
53 VP-RT-6-EA VP-RT-6-EB VP-RT-6-EP VP-RT-6-D
L1 - - - 249
L2 154 - - -
L3 - 154 154 -
L4 90 90 90 121
S=6 S=19 B
L5 9 40,5 40,5 40
13 14
L2
64 L4 64
5,5 40,5 L5
13. O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
14. Nameplate
T
The value set on the pressure setting
A B element is protected by means of a lead
P stamp Ø11 and a wire Ø1,1 mm.
L3

L1 61 0,01/100mm

50 L3 Rmax4

Required quality of
the mating surface

S=6 S=19 VP-RT-10-EP VP-RT-10-EA VP-RT-10-EB


L1 156 161 -
6,5 L4 54 13 14
L2 - - 161
P L3 95,5 100,5 100,5
A B L4 28,5 28,5 18
T T
13. O-ring 12x2
14. Nameplate
L2 The value set on the pressure setting element is protected
by means of a lead stamp Ø11 and a wire Ø1,1 mm.

5.5.2
Pos. 13.1
Manifold
HK MRSL 3 3/8" NG6

STK Stacker
MR.S.L-3
80

X
Y
14 40
3/8" BSP
Y ou 1/2" BSP Y

P
64

B A

80
T
40

40
8

3/8" BSP 8 64 4 x Ø7 3/8" BSP


ou 1/2" BSP ou 1/2" BSP

Sorties X Y (kg)
Y

3/8" 35 17 0.95
1/2" 41 20 1.12
40
3/8" BSP
ou 1/2" BSP

P T B A
Caractéristiques Techniques
P A
Matière : Fonte EN-GJS-400-15 _ Phosphatation
T B
Pression : 300 bar maxi
Débit : 60 L/mn maxi (3/8" BSP)
80 L/mn maxi (1/2" BSP)

Code de désignation : MR . S . L - 3 - * G
MECABOR G : sorties BSP
Plaque de base
Sorties latérales 3/8"
1/2"
CETOP 3
Pos. 14
Cylinder

HM85-S-D-180/110x1816-S-SP-SAE
(FLS 20141490)

STK Stacker
BESTILLINGSVEJLEDNING / BESTELLFORMEL / HOW TO ORDER :

HM85 - X - X - D / d x slagl. / hub / stroke - X - X - (X)


Type / Typ / Type Sp = Speciel-Spezial-Special
Ændrede mål i forh. t/standard
Bundophæng / Geänderte Maße statt Standard
Anlenkung Bodenseitig / Not stand. measure from katalog
Rear mounting Stempelstangsophæng / Stempelstangsmateriale /
Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Kolbenstangenmaterial /
Funktion ** E - D Piston rod mounting Piston rod material

Cyl.rør / Zylinderrohr / Cylinder tube Stempelstangsdiameter / Kolbenstangendurchmesse / Piston rod diameter


** :E = Enk.virk./ Einf.wirk. / Single act.
:D = Dobb.virk. / Dopp.wirk. / Double act.

Bundophæng / Anlenkung-Bodenseitig / Rear mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A/B Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
BFL Bagflange / Flansch hinten / Rear flange
FFL Frontflange / Flansch vorne / Front flange
V Vippetappe / Schwenkzapfen / Trunnion mounting

Stempelstangsophæng / Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Piston rod mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
SFL Stempelstangsflange / Kolbenstangenflansch / Piston rod flange
GvK Ledleje m/ gev. / Gel.lager m/ Gew. / Sph. eye w/ thread
(SKAL bestilles sammen m/cyl. / NUR zusammen m/ Zylinder / order only WITH cylinder)

Katalog FST /HM85/Teknik1.xls


Pos. 15
Solenoid valve
45000328
KV-4/3-5KO-6-3-24Vdc

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 10

4/2 and 4/3 - WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES


type KV
- NS 6
- to 350 bar
- to 75 l/min
- Direct operation by solenoid
- Connection diagram and connecting dimensions to ISO 4401, DIN 24340
- Plug-in connector for solenoids to ISO 4400
- 5-chamber model with good spool guidance
- Optimized flow paths for low losses of pressure
- Adjustment of the switching time
- Wet pin solenoid with interchangeable coil
- Manual emergency control KV-4/3-5K0-6
- Protection of solenoid IP 65 to DIN EN 60529
- Fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC)

Description of operation

4 3 1 5 2 6

A B

T A P B T

A P B
T

Directional valves type KV with direct solenoid operation control When the solenoid (2) is de-energised, the control spool (3) is
the direction of the hydraulic medium flow. returned to its neutral position by the return spring (4). The
change-over can be done manually by pressing the emergency
These directional valves consist of a housing (1), a control spool hand operator (6).
(3), and one solenoid (2) with two return springs (4) in 4/2-way
directional valves, and two solenoids (2) with two return springs (4)
in 4/3-way directional valves. In 4/3-way directional valves the KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
centre position of the control spool is the neutral position. The
change-over to the operating position (a) and (b) is done by Directional valve with two operating position, two solenoids
energising the solenoids (2) "a" and "b" respectively, whereby the without springs allows the control spool to be held in the operating
solenoid plunger acts on the control spool (3) via the operating pin position (detent). The control spool remains in the operation
(5), thus clearing the corresponding flow ways and establishing position also when the solenoids are de-energised.
relevant links between ports A, B, P, and T. For selection of spool
types refer to page 3.6.2.

Technical data Hydraulic Electrical

Size 6 Supply voltage direct or 12, 24, 48


V
Flow rate see p-Q curves, page 3.6.3 alternating 110, 230
Operating pressure ports P,A,B bar 350 Power W 29*
Operating pressure port T bar 210 Switch-on time** ms 50 to 80
o
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 Switch-off time** ms 30 to 55
Viscosity range mm2/s 15 to 380 Switching frequency 1/h 15 000
o
Mounting position optional Ambient temperature C to +50
o
Mass 4/2 kg 1,9 Coil temperature C to +180
4/3 kg 2,7 Duty cycle continious
Filtration NAS 1638 8 ** -The switching-on and off times apply to 24 V DC solenoids
* -12V supply voltage - 36 W

3.11.1
Ordering code

KV - / -5KO- 6 - - P
Working ports
Number of control spool positions
Spool type
Supply voltage
Plug-in connector
If flow rates greater
Throttle than permissible
occur during change-
Seal type
over, a cartridge
Constant action restrictor throttle must be fitted
into P-line of the
Special requirements to be briefly specified
directional valve.

Working ports Plug-in connector


3 working ports = 3 without signal lamp = no design
4 working ports = 4 with signal lamp =L

Number of control spool positions Throttle


without throttle in "P" line = no desig.
two positions = 2
three positions = 3 throttle 0,8 mm dia = D08
throttle 1,0 mm dia = D10
throttle 1,2 mm dia = D12
Supply voltage
direct voltage alternating voltage Seal type
24 V = no desig. 12 V = 12 AC NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
12 V = 12 DC 24 V = 24 AC
FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 = E
48 V = 48 DC 48 V = 48 AC
and ISO 15380
110 V = 110 DC 110 V = 110 AC
230 V = 230 DC 230 V = 230 AC
- Alternating voltage solenoids are fitted with a bridge rectifier. Constant action restrictor
- With solenoids of over 48 V an earthing clamp ( ) Without restrictor = no desig.
to ISO 4400 must be connected. Restrictor 0,3 dia. = UD
* To fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC) a capacitor must be built in (see 10.2.2)

Spool types

A B A B A B A B
0 0
a 0 b a 0 0 b a b
a b a b a b
P T P T P T P T
=1 = 1A = 1B = 81

=2 = 2A = 2B

=3 = 3A = 3B

=6 = 6A = 6B

= 51A = 51B

= 41A = 41B

- Port T in the valves with spool type 41A and 41B to be used as lekage line.
Important note:
> 4 bar must
Valves with adjustment of the switching time - a constant or short - time static oil pressure of at least =
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain the pressure in the spring chambers.

3.11.2
Spool Flow path
12 3 4 5 type
18 P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T
6
7 1 8 8 6 6 -
15
Diff. pressure (bar) 8
12 9 2 5 5 4 4 1

9 3 8 8 7 7 -
6 5 5 9 9 -
6
81 5 5 1 1 -
3
51A, 51B 5 5 1 1 -
Flow
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min) 41A, 41B 7 7 - - -

p - Q Operating limits
350 Spool type Curve The operating limits of the valve are
320 determined at a voltage 10% below
1 1
280 the nominal rating. The curves refer
1 2 4 to application with symetrical flow
240
throw the valve (P-A and B-T). In the
200 3 3
Pressure (bar)

4 3 case of asymetric flow (e.g. one part


160 6 3 not used) reduced values may result.
2
120
81 1
80
51A, 51B 1 Note: For valves with adjustment of
40 the switching time reduced values of
Flow 41A, 41B 2 the operating limits may result.
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min)

Dimensions (mm) With hand operation - add letter G


ca. 157
before spool type in ordering code

P
45

32,5
31
46

B KV-4/2-5KO-6
A

T
17,5 40,5 87

Max. torque 30Nm Connection diagram and


S=20 connecting dimensions to
A ø 9,2 B
ISO 4401

Max. torque
6Nm
85

57

KV-4/3-5KO-6
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
0,01/100mm
ca.73 78
ca.224 Rmax4

Max. torque 30Nm


S=20
A ø 9,2 B Required quality of
the mating surface
Max. torque
6Nm
85

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
ca.73 78 29,5
ca.254

3.11.3
Function drawing
KV-4/3-5KO-6
4 1 9 7 3 8 5 2 6 (KV-4/2-5KO-6)

1 Solenoid "a" - MR-045


A B 2 Solenoid "b" - MR-045
3 Fixing screws 4 pcs M5 x 30
to DIN EN ISO 4762 -10.9
must be ordered separately
Required tightening torque
Md = 9 Nm
4 Plug-in connector "a" - grey
T A P B T 5 Plug-in connector "b" - black
6 Emergency hand operator
7 O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
8 Valve cap
9 Nameplate
10 Constant action restrictor

Vent screw
A B

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/3-5KO-6-2
A B

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/2-5KO-6-UD
A 10

T A P B T

Instalation A constant or short time static oil pressure of at least > 4 bar must
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain
The directional control valve must be installed horizontally the oil pressure in the spring chambers. If this is not the case, the
(Nameplate on top). If this is not the case, the valve must be preloaded oil volume of the restricted valve would leak into the T
removed for venting. Unscrew the vent screw. Move the spool channel through the leakage section of the control spool
alternately to the switching positions a and b until no more shoulders.
bubbles appear at the screw hole. The oil must be visible at the The dampening constancy also depends on the constancy of the
screw hole. Missing oil schould be refielld with an oilcan, drop by oil viscosity.
drop. Screw in the vent screw. For this reason the dampening effect should always be adjusted
with the system at operational temperature.

3.11.4
Pos. 16 -17
Over center valves

BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV250/N

BBV6-4FS/0,40/BY-0,30/SV210/N

STK Stacker
Safety for Hydraulics
Leak-free Load Control Valve, series BBV 6

1. General description
S prevents a hydraulic cylinder from S leak-free load-holding in neutral
running ahead of the available oil S the integral, pilot-operated pressure
supply when subjected to external relief valve protects the work cylinder
driving forces i.e. negative, or over- against over-pressure
running, loads
S prevents uncontrolled cylinder moĆ
vement in the event of a hose- or
pipe-rupture

2. Advantages of the BBV load control valve


S zero-leakage load-holding S above 100 bar load pressure, it conĆ S the valve is guaranteed to close,
S 420 bar working pressure with 3-fold trols like a compensated 2-way flow even with a broken spring
factor of safety controller S hardened, ground and lapped seat
S thanks to the various pilot control styĆ S load-control valve with initial decomĆ valve components ensure permaĆ
les, the valve can always be adapted pression, and bypass check valve nent leaktightness and long service
to the system requirements both combined in one axis life
S the load pressure has very little inĆ S compact design means small space S very low hysteresis
fluence on the pilot pressure required requirements
(area ratio 1:66)

3. Applications 4. Safety information 5. Installation information


S safety function for booms, derricking S this valve must only be used for the S observe the port markings
gear, etc. purpose for which it has been desiĆ S protect seals and flange faces from
S controlling the speed of cylinders, gned damage
hydraulic motors and derricking gear S it must only be adjusted by trained S use only mounting bolts of the correct
personnel strength class (12.9).
S before removing or disassembling S use the correct tightening torques
the valve, all hydraulic pressure must (see section 11. Dimensions)
be vented from the system - double S at commissioning, bleed all air from
check! the hydraulic system
S the valve must not be opened without
the express permission of the manuĆ
facturer.

6. Main characteristics (for applications outside these parameters, contact Bucher Hydraulics)
6.1 General Type prop. pilot-controlled seat valve, hydr. piloted
Mounting method flanged SAE 6000 psi or pipe-mounted
Ports A, A1 = G3/8"
see sect. 11. B = SAE 1/2 6000 psi (models with sec. PRV)
= G3/8" (models without secondary PRV)
B1 = G3/8" (models without secondary PRV)
X = G1/4
Mounting attitude unrestricted
Flow direction A → B free flow
B → A flow controllable by pressure at X
Weight with secondary PRV = 2.9 kg
without secondary PRV = 2.0 kg
Opening ratio pilot piston area 66
=
pilot ball seat area 1

Issue: 09.2015
Replaces: 2.2.1 1/6 1/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
Classification: 430.90.39.10
Reference: 300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
6.2 Hydraulic characteristics Nominal size 6
Max. flow rate 50 l/min.
Max. working pressure 420 bar
Hydraulic fluid mineral oil per DIN 51524 and
DIN 51525 (HL/HLP)
(other fluids - contact Bucher Hydraulics)
Fluid temperature range -20_C...+80_C, (for application outside
this range, contact Bucher Hydraulics)
Viscosity range 2.8 ... 1500 mm@/s (cSt)
Filtration NAS 1638 class 9, β10 ≥ 75.

7. Adjusting the secondary pressure relief valve


(Allen screw 4 A/F hex. skt., lock nut To increase the pressure ð clockwise Ê
13 A/F)
To reduce the pressure ð counter-clockwise É
Rate of pressure change ð approx. 240 bar / full rotation
After adjusting the pressure setting, always lock the adjusting screw with the
lock nut (max. tightening torque 20 Nm)

8. Functional description, sectional view


8.1 Neutral position (load pressure at B, ports A and X depressurized)
In the neutral position, there is zero leaĆ acts on the pilot valve ball and thus on the pilot valve ball and the control
kage from B to A. The valve is held cloĆ the control spool, and also by the load spool.
sed by the check valve spring, which pressure, which acts on the rear side of

8.2 The check valve function (flow from A ! B)


To raise the actuator, pump pressure is to open, pushing against the check during the check valve function the piĆ
applied via port A to the valve seat area valve spring. Due to the small effective lot ball moves with it, and does not lift
of the control spool and causes the area of the pilot ball, when the control from its seat in the spool.
control spool together with the pilot ball spool moves in the opening direction

8.3 The "Lowering" function (flow from B ! A)


Initial decompression Opening the control spool Damping
The pilot pressure at port X moves the With further increase in the pilot presĆ The system can be protected against
pilot piston in opposition to the pilot sure (X), the pilot piston compresses oscillations by using suitable damping
spring, lifting the pilot ball from its seat the pilot spring still more. It then makes orifices. The effect of the bypass orifice
in the control spool. The load pressure direct contact with the control spool from X to A is to make it necessary to
behind the control spool now decays and pushes it open against the check use higher pilot pressures (pressure diĆ
as it escapes past the pilot ball seat to valve spring. vider function) and this improves the
port A. The pilot pressure acting on the pilot damping behaviour.
piston therefore controls the open meĆ The orifices are protected against conĆ
tering area of the control spool, and tamination by a mesh filter at port X and
consequently the flow rate from B to A. a check valve that prevents flow from A.

8.4 Secondary pressure relief valve


The secondary pressure relief valve is relief valve poppet opens to create a in the opening direction. The excess
connected directly to the cylinder port flow path to the pilot chamber X. This pressure in B is now relieved to A
B. When the pressure setting (which is causes the pressure in the pilot chamĆ though the open control spool.
externally adjustable) is reached, the ber to rise, which moves the pilot piston

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
2/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
2/6
Filter Damping orifice Bypass orifice Pilot piston Pilot spring Control spool Pilot ball Check valve spring

A/A1
X

MB

Pressure relief valve Poppet Filter

9. Performance curves (measured at 33 mm2/s [cSt])


Dp A ! B Dp B ! A
Check valve ∆p f(Q) fully open
60 100
90
50 80
∆p A ! B [bar]

70
∆p B ! A [bar]

40
60
30 50
40
20
30

10 20
10
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min]

Pilot pressure X (with damping orifice, without bypass orifice) Relief valve characteristics p=f(Q)
at 200 bar load pressure
40 400
Setting: 330 bar
35 350

300
Pilot pressure X [bar]

30 Setting: 230 bar


∆p B ! A [bar]

25 250

20 200 Setting: 130 bar

15 150

10 100

5 50

0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 7.5 l/min with 2FL
Flow rate [l/min] Flow rate [l/min] 15 l/min with 4FL
30 l/min with 4FS
from B ! A
50 l/min with 4SL

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
3/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
3/6
9.1 Table of opening pressures
Opening pressures at 200 bar pX: pX: pX:
load pressure (theoretical values)
pre-opening start of fully open [bar] Bypass Damping
[bar] opening [bar] orifice ø orifice ø
9 16 33 closed 0.25 - 0.40
12 21 45 0.3 0.40
14 25 52.5 0.3 0.35
14 25 54 0.35 0.40
18 32 67.5 0.30 0.30
18 32 67.5 0.35 0.35
18 32 67.5 0.40 0.40
23 42 88.5 0.45 0.40
24 43 91.5 0.40 0.35
26 46 97.5 0.35 0.30
28 49 105 0.30 0.25
34 60 126 0.45 0.35
37 67 141 0.40 0.30
44 78 165 0.35 0.25
54 97 205.5 0.45 0.30
68 121 258 0.40 0.25
103 184 390 0.45 0.25
The opening pressure can be modified by changing the orifices

10. Symbol, circuit example


without secondary pressure relief valve

B B1
A B

Damping orifice X
X

A A1
Bypass orifice
A

with secondary pressure relief valve


B

MB
Damping orifice

A1 A
Bypass orifice

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
4/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
4/6
11. Dimensions
11.1 Without secondary pressure relief valve (with threaded port G3/8")
A B

56
28
Serial no.
7

5
A1 B1 20
2x ø6.4 Orifice filter
mounting holes 100 10

166.5
35.5 123 (8)
64.5
35

A B

40
X 20

11.2 With secondary pressure relief valve (port B= SAE 1/2" 6000 psi)
Tightening torque
MA = 40Nm

A
20.25

B
M8 DIN 912
(12.9)
56
20.25

X SV
28

14
A1
9.12 9.12 43 12
35 60

(72)

(172)
41 123
35.5 64.5 8

X
A
Serial no.

43

MB
14

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
5/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
5/6
12. Model code key

BBV 6 – / / BY – / /

Load control valve Seal material

BBV 6 = BBV N= Nitrile (standard)


V= Viton
T= Low-temperature
Nominal Size
6 =6 Pressure setting

... = PRV setting up to 500 bar


Spool type
2FL = 2FL Optional secondary pressure relief valve
4FL = 4FL
4FS = 4FS SV = with secondary PR valve
4SL = 4SL

Bypass orifice
Damping orifice
0.00 = closed
orifice ø0.25 = 0.25 0.30 = orifice ø0.30
orifice ø0.30 = 0.30 0.35 = orifice ø0.35
orifice ø0.35 = 0.35 0.40 = orifice ø0.40
orifice ø0.40 = 0.40 0.45 = orifice ø0.45

Bypass
With bypass = BY

Seal material NITRILE VITON LOW–TEMP.


Art. No. for basic valve
without secondary PRV 300 0008828..... Contact Bucher Hydraulics Contact Bucher Hydraulics
(without specific features)

Art. No. for basic valve-


with secondary PRV 300 0008816..... Contact Bucher Hydraulics Contact Bucher Hydraulics
(without specific features)

info.ch@bucherhydraulics.com www.bucherhydraulics.com
Bucher Hydraulics AG, CH-6345 Neuheim
All rights reserved
BUCHER HYDRAULICS www.bucherhydraulics.com
Data
Germany is provided for the purpose of productNetherlands
France description only, andUK must not be construed USAas warranted
characteristics
Phone
Fax
+49 7742 85 20
+49 7742 71 16
in the legal
Phone
Fax
sense.
+33 389 The information
64 22 44
+33 389 65 28 78
Phone
Fax
does not relieveFaxusers
+31 79 34 26 24 4
+31 79 34 26 28 8
Phone +44from the duty Fax
24 76 35 35 61
+44 24 76 35 35 72
of conducting
Phone their own
+1 262 605 82 80
+1 262 605 82 78
evaluations and tests. info.fr@bucherhydraulics.com
info.de@bucherhydraulics.com Because the productsinfo.nl@bucherhydraulics.com
are subject to continual improvement, we info.wi@bucherhydraulics.com
info.uk@bucherhydraulics.com reserve the right to
amend the product specifications
Switzerland Italy containedAustria
in this catalogue. China Product Center (Elevator)
Phone +41 33 67 26 11 1 Phone +39 0522 92 84 11 Phone +43 6216 44 97 Phone +86 10 64 44 32 38 Phone +41 41 757 03 33
Fax +41 33 67 26 10 3 Fax +39 0522 51 32 11 Fax +43 6216 44 97 4 Fax +86 10 64 44 32 35 Fax +41 41 757 16 49
info.ch@bucherhydraulics.com info.it@bucherhydraulics.com info.at@bucherhydraulics.com info.bj@bucherhydraulics.com info.nh@bucherhydraulics.com

We reserve the right of modification without notice.

Issue: 09.2015
300-P-9050020-E-00/06.03
6/6 Reference: 300-P-9050020-EN-00
6/6
Pos. 18
PT100 sensor
Type B (PR-5333A), 0-100°C, L=150

STK Stacker
Kjaerulf Pedersen a/s Sheet no.
1-4

RESISTANCE THERMOMETER type: RT-B


Process attachment: welded coupling or flange / adjustable coupling or flange
Measuring inset: interchangeable

Application:
· For measuring temperatures in closed pipelines and containers with
gaseous or liquid media, e.g. air, steam, gas, water or oil.
· Field of application: up to 600 °C, max. 50 bar and media velocities
of up to 25 m/sec

M20 x 1,5
· Typically applied in:
- processing plants
- power plants
- district heating, energy distribution

L2
Properties:
· Pt100 resistance thermometer in accordance with DIN IEC 751
· Mechanical and thermal stress in accordance with DIN 43763
· Process attachment: welded
· Measuring inset: interchangeable, short reaction time
· Outer protective sheath: stainless acid-proof steel

L1
· Modular construction and standard length minimizes the number of
spare parts
· Can be delivered with head mounted transmitter
· The sensors are approved by: DNV, LR, GL, NK, RINA, ABS, KR
and BV
Ø

RT-B 5452-E280103

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Protective sheath: ------------------------------------------- 1.4571 1xPt100 ----Sensor element:


Wnr.1.4571 (AISI316TI max 850°C) 1 x Pt100
Special 2 x Pt100
1 x Pt500
Sensor diameter mm: --------------------------------------- Ø9 mm 1 x Pt1000
Ø8 / Ø9 / Ø11/ Ø15
Special 3-wire -----Number of conductors:
2 conductors
Extension length L2: ------------------------------------------- 25 mm 3 conductors
50 mm, 100 mm, 150 mm 4 conductors
Special:
250 °C -----Media temperature max:
Immersion length L1: ------------------------------------ 150 mm +180°C
100mm, 150mm, 200mm, 250mm, 300mm +250°C
Special: +400°C
+600°C
Process attachment: ------------------------------------------1/2" BSP
Welded coupling 1/4” BSP welded B 1/1 DIN -----Tolerance in acc. with DIN IEC 751:
Welded coupling 1/2” BSP coupling Type A DIN(i.e.±(0,15+0,002xTactual)°C)
Adjustable coupling 1/4” BSP Type B 1/1 DIN (i.e.±(0,3+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable coupling 1/2” BSP Type B 1/3 DIN(i.e.±(0,1+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable thermowell Ø10xL100x1/4” BSP Type B 1/6 DIN(i.e.±(0,05+0,005xTactual)°C)
Adjustable thermowell Ø10xL200x1/2” BSP Type B 1/10 DIN(i.e.±(0,03+0,005xTactual)°C)
None
Special No X Yes -----Programmable transmitter.
If “yes”: Measuring range min/max: -200/+850°C
Protection head: -------------------------------------------- B-head Output: 2-wire, 4-20mA
B (aluminium, enamelled, low cap, IP62) Min span: 25°C
4mA= 0 °C
BH (aluminium, enamelled, high cap, IP54) Ambient temperature min/max:
BSB (aluminium, tilting lid w. screw, low cap, IP65)
20mA= 150 °C -40/+85°C
BSBH (aluminium, tilting lid w. screw, high cap, IP65)
CE (aluminium, enamelled, screw cap, IP68)
BSP (plastic, black, screw cap, IP54)
BRF-M16 (stainless, screw cap,M16x1,5, IP67)
BRF-M20 (stainless, screw cap, M20x1,5, IP67)
Special

Date: 12.12.2012 KP item No.: KP5452251X-0-150 Customer item No.: --

Company name: Fritz Schur Teknik A/S Name: Ingolf Jönsson Tel.: +45 39537045 Fax/ e-mail: IHJ@fst.dk

Kjærulf Pedersen a/s, Taastrupgårdsvej 8-10, DK-2630 Taastrup, Tel.: +45 39760203, Fax: +45 39760501, sensor@kp-as.com, www.kp-as.com
PRetop 5333A

2-WIRE PROGRAMMABLE TRANSMITTER

RTD or Ohm input

High measurement accuracy

3-wire connection

Programmable sensor error value

For DIN form B sensor head mounting

Application:
• Linearised temperature measurement with
Pt100...Pt1000 or Ni100...Ni1000 sensor. 2-wire installation
in control room
• Conversion of linear resistance variation to a RTD to 4...20 mA
standard analogue current signal, for instance
from valves or Ohmic level sensors. +
V+

Technical characteristics:
-

mA

• Within a few seconds the user can program


PR5333A to measure temperatures within all
2-wire installation
RTD ranges defined by the norms. in control room
Resistance to 4...20 mA
• The RTD and resistance inputs have cable
compensation for 3-wire connection.
V+
+

Mounting / installation:
-

• For DIN form B sensor head or DIN rail mA

mounting with the PR fitting type 8421.

Lerbakken 10 · DK-8410 Rønde


Tlf. 8637 2677 · Fax 8637 3085
www.prelectronics.dk
Order: 5333A

Type

5333A

Connections:
Input: Output:
RTD, 2-wire RTD, 3-wire Resistance, 2-wire Resistance, 3-wire 2-wire installation
3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 1 2

+ mA -

Electrical specifications: Electrical specifications, input:


Specifications range: RTD and linear resistance input:
-40°C to +85°C
RTD Min. Max. Min.
Common specifications: Standard
type value value span
Supply voltage, DC............................ 8.0...35 V
Internal consumption.......................... 25 mW...0.8 W Pt100 -200°C +850°C 25°C IEC 60751
Voltage drop....................................... 8 VDC Ni100 -60°C +250°C 25°C DIN 43760
Warm-up time..................................... 5 min. Lin. R 0W 10000 W 30 W -----
Communications interface................. Loop Link Max. offset.......................................... 50% of selec. max. value
Signal / noise ratio.............................. min. 60 dB Cable resistance per wire (max.)........ 10 Ω
Response time (programmable)......... 0.33...60 s Sensor current.................................... > 0.2 mA, < 0.4 mA
Signal dynamics, input....................... 19 bit Effect of sensor cable resistance
Signal dynamics, output..................... 16 bit (3-wire)................................................ < 0.002 Ω/ Ω
Calibration temperature...................... 20...28°C Sensor error detection........................ Yes
Accuracy, the greater of general and basic values:
Output:
General values Current output:
Absolute Temperature Signal range....................................... 4...20 mA
Input type accuracy coefficient Min. signal range................................ 16 mA
All ≤ ±0.1% of span ≤ ±0.01% of span / °C Updating time..................................... 135 ms
Load resistance.................................. ≤ (Vsupply- 8) / 0.023 [Ω]
Basic values Load stability...................................... < ±0.01% of span/100 Ω
Basic Temperature Sensor error detection:
Input type accuracy coefficient Programmable.................................... 3.5...23 mA
Namur NE43 Upscale...................... 23 mA
RTD ≤ ±0.3°C ≤ ±0.01°C/°C
Namur NE43 Downscale.................. 3.5 mA
Lin. R ≤ ±0.2 Ω ≤ ±20 mW / °C Ex approval:
EMC immunity influence................................. < ±0.5% of span
KEMA 10ATEX0003 X......................... II 3 GD Ex nA [nL] IIC
T4...T6 or
Effect of supply voltage variation....... ≤ 0.005% of span / VDC II 3 GD Ex nL IIC
Vibration............................................. IEC 60068-2-6 Test FC T4...T6 or
Lloyd’s specification no. 1.................. 4 g / 2...100 Hz II 3 GD Ex nA [ic] IIC
Max. wire size..................................... 1 x 1.5 mm2 stranded wire T4...T6 or
Humidity............................................. < 95% RH (non-cond.) II 3 GD Ex ic IIC
Dimensions......................................... Ø 44 x 20.2 mm T4...T6
Protection degree (encl. / terminal).... IP68 / IP00 ATEX Installation Drawing No........ 5333QA02
Weight................................................ 50 g Marine approval:
Det Norske Veritas, Ships & Offshore.... Stand. for Certific. No. 2.4
GOST R approval:
VNIIM, Cert. No.................................. www.prelectronics.com
Observed authority requirements: Standard:
EMC 2004/108/EC............................. EN 61326-1
ATEX 94/9/EC..................................... EN 60079-0, -11, -15

Of span = Of the presently selected range

5333AY110-UK (1005)
Pos. 20
Oil heater
BOCX 60, incl. VK7 Thermostate 10-88°C

STK Stacker
Member of the NIBE Group

SAN Immersion Heaters Type BO


for oil heating etc.

Application:
All types are equipped with thermo well and can be delivered with thermostat.
Delivered with terminal box.

Technical data:
Heating element: Flat profile B, stainless steel,
Werkstoff. no. 1.4571, AISI 316Ti
Bushing: Brass
Terminal box: Silumine, IP55, no. 70556, for 2” WRG bushing
For type BOL: Galvanized box, IP55.

BOL 1”WRG 230V


2
Type Power W Immersion W/cm Part no.
length mm
BOL 20 200 200 1.5 84125
BOL 25 250 200 2.0 84130
BOL 55 550 500 1.5 84135
BOL 75 750 600 2.0 84140

BOCX 1.0W/cm2 2”WRG 3x230/400V


Type Power kW Immersion Part no.
length mm
BOCX 60 0.60 300 84100
BOCX 105 1.05 500 84101
BOCX 180 1.80 800 84107
BOCX 210 2.10 1000 84108

Gillelejevej 30b - DK-3230 Graested - Denmark


Tel.: +45 48 39 88 88 - Fax: +45 48 39 88 98 - info@san-as.com - www.san-as.com
CVR No.: 42 16 59 13
January 2012
01040 ENG

UK: Germany: China:

Harold Comerford Wolfgang Biehs Sun Qiang


H_comerford@btconnect.com wolfgang.biehs@nibe.de qsun@nibechina.com
tel.: +44 1432 851999 tel.: +49 6171 887 724 tel.: +86 21 58366522
mobile: +44 7802 853862 mobile: +49 1622 793 484 mobile: +86 1391 680 5151

Production: Shenzhen, China


REF.NO.: SN600XX
DATA SHEET SAN-Immersion heater
DATE: 24.10.2013 Made by: MHA

Immersion Heater type BOCX/BOEX

Part nos: SN60037, SN60041, SN60044, SN60044-1, SN60045, SN60059

Purpose: Heating of oil.

Material: Bush : Brass Ms 4168


Heating elements : Stainless steel, AISI 316Ti
Thermowell : RS-steel AISI 316
Terminal box : Silumin
Solder : Hard solder.

Construction: The heater consists of 3 off heating elements type BV, each of 230 V, bent in hairpin and with 2”
brass bush, brazed. Hereafter the heating elements are sealed.
The thermowell is soldered in the bush.
The leads are connected to a terminal board which is marked and fastened in the box.
Mounted with thermostat type 31700, VK7 10-88°C, 20A-250

Technical data: Power :


Voltage : 3 x 230/400 V
Dept of insertion :
Watt density :
Thermowell : ∅ 10/9 x 285 mm
Max. operational pressure : 7,5 bar at 100°C
(can be delivered for higher pressure).
Test pressure : 10 bar
Bush : B = 2” RG
Width across flats = 74 mm
Protection mode : IP 55
Screwed connection : 2 off PG 16
Thermostat : Type 31700, VK7 10-88°C, 20A-250
Weight : approx. 2,5 kg

Remarks: The heater must not be switched on until the heating elements are covered with fluid.
PE

The immersion heater can be delivered for other voltages.

Diagram Heating element


Varmelegeme
L1 L2 L3

40 14,25
5,5
6,5

486
15,5

Bukkemål = Længde /2
1 2

500 Bukkes over rulle 25,


klemmes til 15 mm

Total længde for vlg : 1000

Thermostat 10-88°C
Thermostat 30-110°C
mm

Drawing: 121
94,8

2"
Brass Bush
A
Ø 57
136

A
Length

NW
74 A-A ( 1 / 2 )

Terminal box Sensor pocket


Silumin Ø9 x 185

Cable glands
PG 16
Nylon 66
UV94V-2
patron\BOEX\84111-MA.idw

Type Power Voltage Length Surface load W/cm² Part no. PE L1 L2 L3 PE L1 L2 L3


3x400 V(Y)
BOEX 135 1,35 kW 3 x 230 / 400 300 2,0 84104 3x230 V(∆)
Pos. 21-24
Pressure gauge connector

EMA 3/ 1/4" ED

STK Stacker
-INIPRESADIPRESSIONEAVVITABILE SERIE
4HREADEDCHECKCOUPLING SERIES

-INIPRESACONCAPPUCCIODIPLASTICA -INIPRESACONCAPPUCCIODIMETALLO
#HECK COUPLINGWITHPLASTICCAP #HECK COUPLINGWITHMETALCAP

&ILETTATURA 4IPODI PMAX 1UOTE #ONCAPPUCCIO #ONCAPPUCCIO


TENUTA $IMENSIONS DIPLASTICA DIMETALLO
4HREAD 3EALING , #H *¢  7ITHPLASTIC 7ITHMETAL
' TYPE MM MM MM CAP CAP
-X &/2-! BAR     
)3/' &/2-! BAR     
-X &/2-" BAR     
)3/' &/2-" BAR     
)3/' &/2-" BAR     
5.)-X &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
)3/2 &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
 .04& &/2-# BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
)3/' &/2-% BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
-X &/2-& BAR     
 5.& &/2-& BAR     

 5.& &/2-& BAR     


 5.& &/2-& BAR     
 5.& &/2-& BAR     
*)3' &/2-& BAR     
)3/' "3 BAR     


3OLOSURICHIESTA
/NLYONREQUEST


Pos. 25
Solenoid valve
45000140
KV-4/3-5KO-6-6-24Vdc

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 10

4/2 and 4/3 - WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES


type KV
- NS 6
- to 350 bar
- to 75 l/min
- Direct operation by solenoid
- Connection diagram and connecting dimensions to ISO 4401, DIN 24340
- Plug-in connector for solenoids to ISO 4400
- 5-chamber model with good spool guidance
- Optimized flow paths for low losses of pressure
- Adjustment of the switching time
- Wet pin solenoid with interchangeable coil
- Manual emergency control KV-4/3-5K0-6
- Protection of solenoid IP 65 to DIN EN 60529
- Fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC)

Description of operation

4 3 1 5 2 6

A B

T A P B T

A P B
T

Directional valves type KV with direct solenoid operation control When the solenoid (2) is de-energised, the control spool (3) is
the direction of the hydraulic medium flow. returned to its neutral position by the return spring (4). The
change-over can be done manually by pressing the emergency
These directional valves consist of a housing (1), a control spool hand operator (6).
(3), and one solenoid (2) with two return springs (4) in 4/2-way
directional valves, and two solenoids (2) with two return springs (4)
in 4/3-way directional valves. In 4/3-way directional valves the KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
centre position of the control spool is the neutral position. The
change-over to the operating position (a) and (b) is done by Directional valve with two operating position, two solenoids
energising the solenoids (2) "a" and "b" respectively, whereby the without springs allows the control spool to be held in the operating
solenoid plunger acts on the control spool (3) via the operating pin position (detent). The control spool remains in the operation
(5), thus clearing the corresponding flow ways and establishing position also when the solenoids are de-energised.
relevant links between ports A, B, P, and T. For selection of spool
types refer to page 3.6.2.

Technical data Hydraulic Electrical

Size 6 Supply voltage direct or 12, 24, 48


V
Flow rate see p-Q curves, page 3.6.3 alternating 110, 230
Operating pressure ports P,A,B bar 350 Power W 29*
Operating pressure port T bar 210 Switch-on time** ms 50 to 80
o
Oil temperature range C -20 to +70 Switch-off time** ms 30 to 55
Viscosity range mm2/s 15 to 380 Switching frequency 1/h 15 000
o
Mounting position optional Ambient temperature C to +50
o
Mass 4/2 kg 1,9 Coil temperature C to +180
4/3 kg 2,7 Duty cycle continious
Filtration NAS 1638 8 ** -The switching-on and off times apply to 24 V DC solenoids
* -12V supply voltage - 36 W

3.11.1
Ordering code

KV - / -5KO- 6 - - P
Working ports
Number of control spool positions
Spool type
Supply voltage
Plug-in connector
If flow rates greater
Throttle than permissible
occur during change-
Seal type
over, a cartridge
Constant action restrictor throttle must be fitted
into P-line of the
Special requirements to be briefly specified
directional valve.

Working ports Plug-in connector


3 working ports = 3 without signal lamp = no design
4 working ports = 4 with signal lamp =L

Number of control spool positions Throttle


without throttle in "P" line = no desig.
two positions = 2
three positions = 3 throttle 0,8 mm dia = D08
throttle 1,0 mm dia = D10
throttle 1,2 mm dia = D12
Supply voltage
direct voltage alternating voltage Seal type
24 V = no desig. 12 V = 12 AC NBR seals for mineral oil HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 = no desig.
12 V = 12 DC 24 V = 24 AC
FPM seals for HETG, HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568 = E
48 V = 48 DC 48 V = 48 AC
and ISO 15380
110 V = 110 DC 110 V = 110 AC
230 V = 230 DC 230 V = 230 AC
- Alternating voltage solenoids are fitted with a bridge rectifier. Constant action restrictor
- With solenoids of over 48 V an earthing clamp ( ) Without restrictor = no desig.
to ISO 4400 must be connected. Restrictor 0,3 dia. = UD
* To fulfil EMC (89/336/EEC) a capacitor must be built in (see 10.2.2)

Spool types

A B A B A B A B
0 0
a 0 b a 0 0 b a b
a b a b a b
P T P T P T P T
=1 = 1A = 1B = 81

=2 = 2A = 2B

=3 = 3A = 3B

=6 = 6A = 6B

= 51A = 51B

= 41A = 41B

- Port T in the valves with spool type 41A and 41B to be used as lekage line.
Important note:
> 4 bar must
Valves with adjustment of the switching time - a constant or short - time static oil pressure of at least =
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain the pressure in the spring chambers.

3.11.2
Spool Flow path
12 3 4 5 type
18 P-A P-B A-T B-T P-T
6
7 1 8 8 6 6 -
15
Diff. pressure (bar) 8
12 9 2 5 5 4 4 1

9 3 8 8 7 7 -
6 5 5 9 9 -
6
81 5 5 1 1 -
3
51A, 51B 5 5 1 1 -
Flow
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min) 41A, 41B 7 7 - - -

p - Q Operating limits
350 Spool type Curve The operating limits of the valve are
320 determined at a voltage 10% below
1 1
280 the nominal rating. The curves refer
1 2 4 to application with symetrical flow
240
throw the valve (P-A and B-T). In the
200 3 3
Pressure (bar)

4 3 case of asymetric flow (e.g. one part


160 6 3 not used) reduced values may result.
2
120
81 1
80
51A, 51B 1 Note: For valves with adjustment of
40 the switching time reduced values of
Flow 41A, 41B 2 the operating limits may result.
0 15 30 45 60 75 (l/min)

Dimensions (mm) With hand operation - add letter G


ca. 157
before spool type in ordering code

P
45

32,5
31
46

B KV-4/2-5KO-6
A

T
17,5 40,5 87

Max. torque 30Nm Connection diagram and


S=20 connecting dimensions to
A ø 9,2 B
ISO 4401

Max. torque
6Nm
85

57

KV-4/3-5KO-6
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
0,01/100mm
ca.73 78
ca.224 Rmax4

Max. torque 30Nm


S=20
A ø 9,2 B Required quality of
the mating surface
Max. torque
6Nm
85

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81
21,5

A P B

ø 5,3
ca.73 78 29,5
ca.254

3.11.3
Function drawing
KV-4/3-5KO-6
4 1 9 7 3 8 5 2 6 (KV-4/2-5KO-6)

1 Solenoid "a" - MR-045


A B 2 Solenoid "b" - MR-045
3 Fixing screws 4 pcs M5 x 30
to DIN EN ISO 4762 -10.9
must be ordered separately
Required tightening torque
Md = 9 Nm
4 Plug-in connector "a" - grey
T A P B T 5 Plug-in connector "b" - black
6 Emergency hand operator
7 O-ring 9,25 x 1,78
8 Valve cap
9 Nameplate
10 Constant action restrictor

Vent screw
A B

KV-4/2-5KO-6-81

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/3-5KO-6-2
A B

T A P B T

Vent screw
KV-4/2-5KO-6-UD
A 10

T A P B T

Instalation A constant or short time static oil pressure of at least > 4 bar must
prevail at connection T of the directional control valve to maintain
The directional control valve must be installed horizontally the oil pressure in the spring chambers. If this is not the case, the
(Nameplate on top). If this is not the case, the valve must be preloaded oil volume of the restricted valve would leak into the T
removed for venting. Unscrew the vent screw. Move the spool channel through the leakage section of the control spool
alternately to the switching positions a and b until no more shoulders.
bubbles appear at the screw hole. The oil must be visible at the The dampening constancy also depends on the constancy of the
screw hole. Missing oil schould be refielld with an oilcan, drop by oil viscosity.
drop. Screw in the vent screw. For this reason the dampening effect should always be adjusted
with the system at operational temperature.

3.11.4
Pos. 26
Counter Balance valve
01003326
BC 2-1,2 G

STK Stacker
Pos. 27-28
Counter Balance valve
01003325
BC 2-1,0 F

STK Stacker
Pos. 29
Counter Balance valve
01003325
BC 2-1,0 F

STK Stacker
Pos. 30-31
Bend cylinders
61000466-01
HM85-B-D-160/100-655-GVK-SP

STK Stacker
BESTILLINGSVEJLEDNING / BESTELLFORMEL / HOW TO ORDER :

HM85 - X - X - D / d x slagl. / hub / stroke - X - X - (X)


Type / Typ / Type Sp = Speciel-Spezial-Special
Ændrede mål i forh. t/standard
Bundophæng / Geänderte Maße statt Standard
Anlenkung Bodenseitig / Not stand. measure from katalog
Rear mounting Stempelstangsophæng / Stempelstangsmateriale /
Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Kolbenstangenmaterial /
Funktion ** E - D Piston rod mounting Piston rod material

Cyl.rør / Zylinderrohr / Cylinder tube Stempelstangsdiameter / Kolbenstangendurchmesse / Piston rod diameter


** :E = Enk.virk./ Einf.wirk. / Single act.
:D = Dobb.virk. / Dopp.wirk. / Double act.

Bundophæng / Anlenkung-Bodenseitig / Rear mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A/B Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
BFL Bagflange / Flansch hinten / Rear flange
FFL Frontflange / Flansch vorne / Front flange
V Vippetappe / Schwenkzapfen / Trunnion mounting

Stempelstangsophæng / Kolbenstangenanlenkung / Piston rod mounting:


S Sfærisk ledleje / Sfärische Gelenkauge / Spherical eye
A Smalt ledleje / Schmales Gelenkauge / Slim spherical eye
F Fastøje / Schwenkauge / Pivot lug
G Gaffel / Gabel / Clevis
Gv Gevind / Gewinde / Thread
SFL Stempelstangsflange / Kolbenstangenflansch / Piston rod flange
GvK Ledleje m/ gev. / Gel.lager m/ Gew. / Sph. eye w/ thread
(SKAL bestilles sammen m/cyl. / NUR zusammen m/ Zylinder / order only WITH cylinder)

Katalog FST /HM85/Teknik1.xls


Pos. 32
Double check valve
45000147
VP-NOV-6-D

STK Stacker
2005 03.
Series 30

CHECK VALVE type VP-NOV

- NS-6, 10
- to 350 bar
- to 100 l/min
- Direct operated
- Connecting dimensions to ISO 4401
- Flow shut-off in both or one service line
- For vertical stacking - sandwich plate design
- Height and width of the valves to ISO 7790 norms

VP-NOV-10-.., VP-NOV-6-..

Description of operating Performance curves


Pilot operated check valves type VP-NOV enable the hydraulic p - Q Performance curves of the flow in direction
fluid flow in the service lines to be automatically shut off and V to P (through check valve) and in direction P to V
made free, respectively. (check valve pilot opened with px=80 bar).
Free flow direction is always from the valve side "V" to the Measured at t = 50 ºC and = 32 mm²/s
subplate side "P". In the opposite direction is the valve blocked 25 P V
for the hydraulic fluid flow. Free flow in port A in direction P to V pilot
is achieved by means of pressure in port B, and vice versa. opened
Diff. pressure (bar)
20
To assure zero leakage there is necessary to discharge ports A
and B towards T in the zero position of the directional valve. V P
15 against
spring force
10

5
Ordering code
VP-NOV- - - - 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Size
Size 6 Flow (l/min)
Check valve in port 16 V P
against
Seal type 14 spring force
Diff. pressure (bar)

Special requirements to be briefly specified 12 P V


10 pilot
8 opened
Size Seal type
6
Size 6 = 6 NBR seals for mineral oil = no desig.
Size 10 = 10 HL, HLP, to DIN 51524 4
FPM seals for HETG, =E 2
HEES, HEPG to VDMA 24568
and ISO 15380 0 20 40 60 80 100
Size 10 Flow (l/min)
Check valve in port (symbol)

V V V Mounting
example
=EB =EA =D

P P P P
A B A B A B

Technical data

Size 6 10
V
Flow rate l/min 60 100
Operating pressure bar 350 350 a A B b
Cracking pressure bar 1 0,5 0
a b
Area ratio 1:3,9 1:3,6
Oil temperature range o
C -20 to +70 -20 to +70 P T
2
Viscosity range mm /s 15 to 380 15 to 380
Filtration NAS 1638 8 8
Mass kg 1,8 3,5

1.5.1
Dimensions (mm)

2 1
s=10

40
125

5,4-z=4 1. Nameplate

32,5
20,8
31

45
2. O-ring 9,25x1,78-4 pcs
3. Fixing bores for fixing
screws M5

6,8 34 12,7
21,5
30,2 3
40,5

2 1
s=12
50

158
12
21,4

6,8 - z=4
6,3
32,5
46

70

1. Nameplate
2. O-ring 12,42x1,78-5 pcs
3. Fixing bores for fixing
screws M6

6,7 45,5 3,2


16,7
27
3
37,3
50,8
54

Reqired quality of 0,01/100 mm


the mating surface
Rmax 4

1.5.2
Cabinet
Cover for Stacker

FST STK Stacker


8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
810

F F
4
6

960
1/2'' svejsebøsning
svejses på bundpladen.

E E

4 stk. Ø10 huller,


som vist på snit A
Rammen opbygges i 40x40x3mm Vinkeljern.

Front side

Bagpladen kan svejses på vinkeljern.


D D

1120
1200
3

A
A
40

C 2 C

104
109

Fødderne skal svejses på bundpladen, som er 3mm tykke.


7

bemærkning: forben er 5mm kortere end bagben


930
784 Ø10
73
23

Parts List
ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
B 1 1 D2-108-00-B Bagplade B
2 4 D2-108-00-C For og bagben RHS-40x40x4
C 3 1 D2-108-00-D Bundplade + ramme for tank
4 1 D2-108-00-F Top plade
5 4 D2-108-00-M Forstærkningsklods for øjebolte
1000

954

6 4 DIN 580 - M10 x 17 Øjebolte


7 1 D4-3531-01 1/2'' svejsebøsning
23

Dette dokument tilhører Fritz Schur Teknik AS, og må ikke anvendes, overdrages, kopieres eller
efterlignes uden skriftlig godkendelse af Fritz Schur Teknik AS.
n10 Originalt dokument samt evetuelle kopier skal retuneres til Fritz Schur Teknik AS straks efter brug, og
senest sammen med tilbud eller følgeseddel.
5 4
Mål uden toleranceangivelse: DS/ISO 2768- c
73
A cover for ST stacker A
Sydmarken 46, DK-2860 Søborg
Phone: +45 70 20 16 16
Alle skarpe kanter og hjørner brydes! Matr: Jern A3 Fax: +45 70 20 16 15
C Skabet males grå Ral (FLS farve)
Tegnet af: Tegnet den: Godkendt af: Rev. nr: Tegn.nr:
RSA 12-05-2009 00 D2-108-00
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Assembly, Start, Repair, and Disassembling

Hydraulic Units

This direction shall be seen as a general direction. If in the single system there are special
components, which are problematic to you, please contact our technical department
immediately.

1. Assembling

1.1 The system shall always stand in a place, which gives easy access for repair and
maintenance. Avoid to place it close to strong heat/cold influence or in a dusty area.
The system shall be placed on a solid ground and good ventilation around the
system shall be secured.

1.2 Before the power pack is connected to the system it shall be secured that hoses,
tubes, fittings, as well as other components are at least prescribed to the pressure
that is indicated on the type board on the power pack.

1.3 It is important to secure that all components, tubes, and hoses are carefully cleaned
before being attached. Even small pollution may spoil a power pack during very
short time.

1.4 If you are not quite sure of how to attach the power pack, how to clean the system,
etc. Please contact our technical department for more instructions.

1
2. Start

2.1 The system is filled with oil of a known brand. It is important to choose oil that fits to
the working conditions to which the system is exposed. It may e.g. be an outdoors
or indoor system or special environmental considerations have to be taken. Consult
the Oil Company for assistance. For normal systems we will recommend oil that
does at least comply with DIN 51524 with a viscosity according to ISO VG32 or
VG46. We recommend the oil to be filled through a filter of minimum 10-micron
nominal.

2.2 As a standard the power pack is based on use of mineral oil or oils that are miscible
with mineral oil. If other types of oil are used our technical department shall approve
them. We draw your attention to the fact that e.g. certain types of oils require other
seal types, different working conditions etc.

NOTE!
Never mix different oil types without approval from oil suppliers!

2.3 It is important to control that tubes, hoses, fittings etc. are tightened correctly and
that the components have been assembled according to the diagram. If you are not
quite sure if the connection on the outlet ports of the components is correct please
ask our technical department.

2.4 We recommend that you short-circuit the connections to cylinders and hydraulic
motors in order that dust does not damage them in the start phase.

2.5 In systems with piston pump and piston motors the pump housing shall be filled
before start.

2.6 Please control that all directional valves are in neutral position (dead) and that the
power pack can be started without load.

2.7 Please adjust the escape valve to minimum value. A leak or malfunction works
violently at high pressure. Pressure valves, if any, at the accumulators must not be
adjusted.

2.8 Please check that a proper screening of the machine has been made in order to
avoid personal injury in connection with a malfunction or leakage.

2.9 Start the electric motor shortly (few seconds) and control the rotation direction.

2.10 Start the pump and let go weak for some minutes.

2.11 Operate every single function (directional valve) unloaded at as high a pressure as
possible. This should be repeated until the system has been scavenged (the oil in
the tank should be clear). The oil level should be controlled now and then and if
necessary fill up.

2
2.12 Assemble connections to cylinders and hydraulic motors again and repeat the
scavenging.

2.13 Let the system go unloaded for 10-20 minutes, and then raise pressure slowly to the
pressure stated. Control now and then leakages and abnormal noise. Adjust other
components e.g. pressure switches.

2.14 Let the system go for a while and control - also the temperature on the oil tank,
which may not exceed 65 degrees Celsius. Normal working temperature should be
around 50 degrees Celsius.

2.15 The safety valve may not be blocked or put at a higher pressure than the one
indicated on the type board.

2.16 Parts where the adjustment is sealed must not be adjusted without written
permission from the vendor.

3. Service

3.1 It is very important to secure a regular maintenance on the system, which will
reduce the risk of expensive breakdowns. Note regularly in a book all facts
concerning pressure, temperature, change of filters etc. This will give you a
comprehensive view of the system and its condition and as such give you the
possibility of preventing expensive breakdowns.

3.2 The filter elements shall be changed regularly, first time after approximately 40 - 50
hours’ operation. Notoriously, they shall be changed after 500-800 hours’ operation.
We recommend providing the filters with indicators, as hereby a better control of
blocking is obtained and unnecessary filter change is avoided. The filter elements
should be changed/cleaned at least every 6 months.

3.3 The oil should be controlled now and then dependent of the working conditions,
consult e.g. your oil supplier. We generally recommend that the oil is changed after
approx. 1600 - 2000 hours’ operations, however at least every 12 months. In other
systems we recommend to make an oil test and let it be analysed with the oil
company. With this you obtain a control of the oil condition and at the same time
you get an analysis of the wear particles in the oil, which may give you a preliminary
warning about pump damages etc.

3.4 When changing components, hoses, and fittings you should use parts that do at
least comply with the same data as the parts being changed.

NOTE!

Far the most parts of defects on hydraulic systems can be tracked to pollution of the oil.
Therefore, it is very important to be utmost careful with the cleanliness as well as with
assembly and maintenance.

3
4. Disassembling

4.1 Before the power pack is being disassembled it is very important to control that
there is no pressure on the system. After the pump has been stopped there may still
be pressures in the system e.g. from accumulators or cylinders that are under
loading.

4.2 All electric connections shall be disassembled before the disassembling is being
started.

4.3 All connections shall be dimmed very carefully immediately after being separated.

Please remember to protect your skin against oil; you should alternatively wash with
frequent intervals.

Should you have any questions in connection with this direction please don’t hesitate to
contact us.

FRITZ SCHUR TEKNIK AS

Вам также может понравиться